Golden State Fire Apparatus Proposal.pdf — Fairfield City Council, January 20, 2026 (part 1 of 2)

PREPARED ESPECIALLY FOR:

CITY OF FAIRFIELD

One (1) Pierce Manufacturing, Inc.

Enforcer 1500 GPM Type 1 Fire Engine

Product Proposal
Standard Terms and Conditions (Exhibit A)
Product Specifications (Exhibit B)
▪ Supporting Documents (If Applicable)
◦ Electrical Analysis
◦ Turning Radius Report
Product Warranties (Exhibit C)
Dealer Supplied Products and/or Services (Exhibit D)

TABLE OF CONTENTS
1 2
3 4
5 goldenstateﬁre.com
JROGHQVWDWHĆUHFRP

PRODUCT
PROPOSAL1

OPTION A
100% PRE-PAYMENT

This will be the price of the Product(s)
contingent upon the Customer paying the
Grand Total Purchase Price to GSFA within
thirty (30) calendar days of the Executed Date
pursuant to the Payment Terms

Please note this discount is also available contingent upon a Third Party (Leasing Company) paying 100% of the Grand Total Purchase Price on behalf of the Customer to GSFA within thirty (30) calendar days of the Executed Date pursuant to the Payment Terms

IF YOU ELECT THIS OPTION,

IT RESULTS IN A SAVINGS OF
($173,522.00) OFF

OF THE GRAND TOTAL OF OPTION B

goldenstatefire.com

7400 Reese Road, Sacramento, CA 95828 | 916.330.1638

PRODUCT PROPOSAL FOR:

City of Fairfield
1200 Kentucky Avenue
Fairfield, CA 94533
Sales Consultant
Mike Martinez
[email protected]
Mobile: (916) 704-7755

Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc. (“GSFA ”) is pleased to provide this proposal for the fire apparatus(es) and equipment identified below (the " Product”) to CITY OF FAIRFIELD (“Customer ”) for consideration. This proposal (this “ Product Proposal ”) includes the following exhibits attached hereto: the Standard Terms and Conditions attached as Exhibit A (the “Terms and Conditions ”); the Product Specifications attached as Exhibit B (the “Specifications ”); the Product Warranties attached as Exhibit C; and the Dealer Supplied Products and/or Services attached as Exhibit D (the “Dealer Supplied Products/Services List ”) (all of the foregoing, collectively, the “ Agreement”). Through its signature below or other Acceptance (as defined on page 2), Customer a cknowledges having received and read, and agrees to be bound by, the Agreement. The Agreement shall be effective as of the latest date appearing in the signature blocks below (the “ Executed Date”).

** IMPORTANT SALES/USE TAX NOTICE – ACTION REQUIRED: The City of Fairfield is responsible for paying all applicable sales/use tax directly to the State of California. To comply with state tax regulations, the following documentation must be provided to Golden State Fire Apparatus Inc.:

a) Complete and return the State of California “STATEMENT CONCERNING PROPERTY PURCHASED WITHOUT PAYMENT OF CALIFORNIA SALES TAX” form CDTFA-504-C REV. 14 (12-23) within ten (10) calendar days of payment.

SUBMITTED DATE EXPIRATION DATE GSFA PROPOSAL # MANUFACTURER BID # MANUFACTURER CONSORTIUM 12/31/2025 02/06/2026 41231-25A 984 Pierce
Manufacturing Inc.

HGAC contract FS12-
23, Model 23P-105

ITEM PRODUCT DESCRIPTION UNIT PRICE
A One (1) Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. Enforcer 1500 GPM Type 1 Fire Engine 1,165,133.00 B Fire Fighting Equipment Fund 15,000.00
C Contingency Reserve Fund 15,000.00
D Pre-Payment Discount for 100% Payment at Time of Order (the “Prepayment Discount”) (176,133.00) E SUBTOTAL 1,019,000.00
F 8.375% State Sales Tax 0.00*
G California Tire Fee 10.50
H 100% Performance Bond 2,691.00
I GRAND TOTAL PURCHASE PRICE 1,021,701.50*

goldenstatefire.com

7400 Reese Road, Sacramento, CA 95828 | 916.330.1638
b) Submit the completed form to: RYAN WRIGHT VIA EMAIL AT [email protected]

PAYMENT TERMS – Customer shall pay the total purchase price set forth directly above (the “ Grand Total Purchase Price”) to GSFA within thirty (30) calendar days of the Executed Date. If payment of the Grand Total Purchase Price is late, a late fee as sp ecified in section 6 of the Terms and Conditions may be applied, and the Prepayment Discount may be adjusted, and the Gr and Total Purchase Price increased in accordance with section 2.c of the Terms and Conditions. Customer shall pay any balance due as a result of Change Orders to GSFA at the time of GSFA’s delivery of the applicable Product to Customer’s address listed above ( or Customer’s pick up of such Product at GSFA’s facilities, as applicable and if approved by GSFA) .

MANUFACTURER – Customer acknowledges that GSFA is not an agent of the Product manufacturer identified above (“Manufacturer”) and is not capable of binding Manufacturer. Within five (5) business days of the Executed Date, GSFA shall submit an order form to the Manufacturer for the Product. GSFA’s further performance under the Agreement is contingent upon Manufacturer’s acceptance of such order form at the price and on the terms GSFA believed to be available when submitting this Product Proposal to Customer. If Manufacturer rejects such order as submitted or fails to respond to GSFA within a reasonable amount of time, GSFA shall notify Customer in writing, and unless GSFA and Customer otherwise agree in writing , the Agreement shall then terminate and have no further force or effect.

PRODUCT COMPLETION – The Product shall be ready for final inspection by Customer at the manufacturing facility within approximately 48 to 51 MONTHS after the Executed Date. The foregoing estimate is provided as a good faith approximation as of the date of submission of this Product Proposal and is subject to the Terms and Conditions.

PREDELIVERY SERVICE – If applicable, after transportation from the manufacturing facility and prior to final delivery or pick up, the Product shall receive those additional Products and/or services identified on the Dealer Supplied Products/Services List. It is estimated that such a service will add approximately 0.5 to 1 MONTH(S) to the above Product completion estimate. The foregoing estimate is provided as a good faith approximation as of the date of submission of this Product Proposal and is subject to the Terms and Conditions.

PROPOSAL EXPIRATION – This Product Proposal supersedes any previous proposal(s) presented to Customer by GSFA and its employees and may be accepted by Customer on or before the Expiration Date identified above. Unless accepted by the Expiratio n Date, GSFA reserves the right to withdraw this Product Proposal or to alter its terms (including by providing updated Product pricing) prior to an order being accepted.

PURCHASE ORDER – If the Customer elects to issue a Purchase Order (PO) it shall be made out to: Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc. – 7400 Reese Road – Sacramento, CA 95828.

ACCEPTANCE – ACCEPTANCE OF THIS PROPOSAL CREATES AN ENFORCEABLE BINDING AGREEMENT BETWEEN GSFA AND CUSTOMER. “ACCEPTANCE” MEANS THAT THE CUSTOMER DELIVERS TO GSFA: (A) A SIGNED COPY OF THIS PRODUCT PROPOSAL, OR (B) A SIGNED COPY OF A PURCHASE ORDER INCORPORATING THE AGREEMENT IN ITS ENTIRETY. ANY ADDITIONAL OR DIFFERENT TERMS, WHETHER CONTAINED IN CUSTOMER’S FORMS OR OTHERWISE PRESENTED BY CUSTOMER AT ANY TIME, ARE HEREBY REJECTED AND OF NO EFFECT UNLESS APPROVED IN WRITING SIGNED BY GSFA.

COUNTERPARTS - This Product Proposal may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original (including copies sent to a party by electronic transmission) as against the party signing such counterpart, but which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. A signed copy of this Product Proposal delivered by facsimile, email or other means of electronic transmission will be deemed to have the same legal effect as delivery of an original signed copy of this Product P roposal.

If this Product Proposal is returned to GSFA with the signature of Customer’s authorized representative but without an attest ation or co-signers signature, then absent Customer’s written notice to the contrary, GSFA shall be entitled to rely on such single signature as sufficient evidence of the signatory’s authority to execute the Agreement and bind Customer thereby.

[Signature Page Follows]

goldenstatefire.com

7400 Reese Road, Sacramento, CA 95828 | 916.330.1638
INTENDING TO CREATE A BINDING AGREEMENT, Customer and GSFA have each caused this Product Proposal dated 12/31/25, GSFA Proposal Number 41231-25A to be executed by their duly authorized representatives effective as of the Executed Date.

ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO BY CUSTOMER

AUTHORIZED CUSTOMER REPRESENTATIVE:

_______________________________________
Signature

_______________________________________
Print Name

_______________________________________
Title

_______________________________________
Date

ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO BY GSFA

AUTHORIZED GSFA REPRESENTATIVE:

_______________________________________
Signature

_______________________________________
Print Name

_______________________________________
Title

_______________________________________
Date

OPTION B

PAYMENT AT TIME OF DELIVERY OR PICKUP

This will be the price of the Product(s) contingent
upon the Customer paying the Grand Total
Purchase Price to GSFA at time of delivery or pickup
pursuant to the Payment Terms

goldenstatefire.com

7400 Reese Road, Sacramento, CA 95828 | 916.330.1638

PRODUCT PROPOSAL FOR:

City of Fairfield
1200 Kentucky Avenue
Fairfield, CA 94533
Sales Consultant
Mike Martinez
[email protected]
Mobile: (916) 704-7755

b) Submit the completed form to: RYAN WRIGHT VIA EMAIL AT [email protected]

SUBMITTED DATE EXPIRATION DATE GSFA PROPOSAL # MANUFACTURER BID # MANUFACTURER CONSORTIUM 12/31/2025 02/06/2026 41231-25B 984 Pierce
Manufacturing Inc.

HGAC contract FS12-
23, Model 23P-105

ITEM PRODUCT DESCRIPTION UNIT PRICE
A One (1) Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. Enforcer 1500 GPM Type 1 Fire Engine 1,165,133.00 B Fire Fighting Equipment Fund 15,000.00
C Contingency Reserve Fund 15,000.00
D SUBTOTAL 1,195,133.00
E 8.375% State Sales Tax 0.00*
F California Tire Fee 10.50
G GRAND TOTAL PURCHASE PRICE 1,195,143.50*

goldenstatefire.com

7400 Reese Road, Sacramento, CA 95828 | 916.330.1638
PAYMENT TERMS – Customer shall pay the total purchase price set forth directly above (the “ Grand Total Purchase Price”) to GSFA no later than the time of GSFA’s delivery of the applicable Product to Customer’s address listed above ( or Customer’s pick up of such Product at GSFA’s facilities, if approved by GSFA). GSFA shall have no obligation to deliver, or permit pick up of the Product if the Customer does not have full payment ready when the Product is complete and ready to deliver or pick up, as applicable. Customer shall pay any balance due as a result of Change Orders as described in the Terms and Conditions .

PURCHASE ORDER – If the Customer elects to issue a Purchase Order (PO) it shall be made out to: Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc. – 7400 Reese Road – Sacramento, CA 95828.

[Signature Page Follows]

goldenstatefire.com

7400 Reese Road, Sacramento, CA 95828 | 916.330.1638

INTENDING TO CREATE A BINDING AGREEMENT, Customer and GSFA have each caused this Product Proposal dated 12/31/25, GSFA Proposal Number 41231-25B to be executed by their duly authorized representatives effective as of the Executed Date.

ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO BY CUSTOMER

AUTHORIZED CUSTOMER REPRESENTATIVE:

_______________________________________
Signature

_______________________________________
Print Name

_______________________________________
Title

_______________________________________
Date

ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO BY GSFA

AUTHORIZED GSFA REPRESENTATIVE:

_______________________________________
Signature

_______________________________________
Print Name

_______________________________________
Title

_______________________________________
Date

JROGHQVWDWHĆUHFRP

STANDARD TERMS

AND CONDITIONS
Exhibit “A”
2 1

STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS

1. Definitions.

a. “Agreement” has the meaning given in the Product Proposal. b. “Customer” means the customer identified in the Product Proposal. c. “Dealer Preparation,” if applicable, means additional product(s) and/or services added or provided by GSFA after Manufacturer’s completion of the Product and transportation to GSFA’s premises prior to delivery to Customer, in accordance with the Dealer Supplied Products/Services List and/or a valid Change Order(s). d. “Dealer Supplied Products/Services List” means the Dealer Supplied Products and/or Services List attached to the Product Proposal as Exhibit D, which reflects all Dealer Pre paration under the Agreement absent a valid Change Order(s).
e. “Grand Total Purchase Price ” means the total purchase price for the Product identified in the Product Proposal (subject to any adjustments required or permitted by these Terms and Conditions, including by the execution of a valid Change Order(s)).
f. “GSFA” means Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc., a California corporation. g. “Manufacturer” means the person or persons, company, firm, corporation, partnership, or other organization identified in the Product Proposal as responsible for manufacturing the Product . h. “Party” or “Parties” means GSFA and/or Customer, as applicable. i. “Prepayment Discount” means a discount to the purchase price for the Product granted to Customer in connection with Customer’s advance payment of the Grand Total Purchase Price (or portion thereof, as specified in the Product Proposal), if applicable.
j. “Product” means the fire apparatus(es) and any associated equipment listed in the Product Proposal and further described in the Specifications.
k. “Product Proposal” means the GSFA proposal executed by Customer to which these Terms and Conditions are attached.
l. “Product Warranties ” means the Manufacturer warranties for the Product attached to the Product Proposal as Exhibit C.
m. “Specifications” means the specifications for the Product attached to the Product Proposal as Exhibit B. n. “Terms and Conditions ” means these Standard Terms and Conditions , which are attached to the Product Proposal as Exhibit A.

2. Purchase and Payment.

a. Purchase. Customer agrees to purchase the Product a t the Grand Total Purchase Price (as such amount may be adjusted in accordance with these Terms and Conditions) , pursuant to the payment terms set forth in the Product Proposal. The Grand Total Purchase Price is payable in U.S. dollars.

b. Contingency Reserve Fund. The Grand Total Purchase Price may include an amount to be set aside for the purpose of funding any future costs or financial obligations incurred by Customer under the Product Proposal or any valid Change Order(s) (the “Contingency Reserve Fund”). If applicable, the amount of any required Contingency Reserve Fund will be set forth in either the Product Proposal or Exhibit D. The Contingency Reserve Fund may be withdrawn against by Customer or GSFA for the purpose of satisfying Customer’s payment obligations under the initial Product Proposal or any valid Change Order (s) (including, without limitation, a Change Order submitted by GSFA pursuant to Section 8.b). If a Contingency Reserve Fund is required under the Agreement, the amount of such fund is not intended as an estimate of the actual additional costs of contingencies, Change Orders, unforeseen items or other required work that may be incurred under the Agreement after submission of the Product Proposal to Customer, which amounts Customer acknowledges may exceed the Contingency Reserve Fund amount. The balance of any Contingency Reserve Fund will be credited against Customer’s payment obligations, or otherwise returned to Customer within thirty (30) calendar days of delivery of all Products under the Agreement (provided that Customer has paid all amounts owed under the Agreement as of such date).

2 c. Prepayment Discount . If GSFA has granted Customer a Prepayment Discount, Customer must provide each associated prepayment (each, a “ Prepayment”) within the time frame specified in the Product Proposal in order to receive such discount. Custom er’s failure to timely make any Prepayment may result in: (i) GSFA’s termination of the Agreement; and/or (ii) Customer’s loss of the Prepayment Discount for the portion of the Grand Total Purchase Price represented by such outstanding Prepayment and the application of a late f ee as set forth in Section 6, in each case in GSFA’s sole discretion.

d. State Sales Tax . Customer shall be responsible for the cost of state sales tax associated with, or attributable to, the Product. The taxes stated in the Product Proposal are subject to adjustment for the applicable state sales tax rate in effect at the time of delivery. Therefore, the sales tax set forth on the Product Proposal is only an estimate of such taxes and will be increased or decreased at the time of d elivery if a change in the applicable sales tax rate has occurred, in which case Customer shall pay GSFA (or be refunded by GSFA) the difference in the applicable sales tax.

3. Product Completion Date . Within thirty (30) calendar days of the date on which the last required signatory executes the Product Proposal (such date, the “Executed Date”), GSFA shall submit to Customer a tentative Product completion date based on the then -estimated time to complete the manufacturing of the Product(s) and for the Product(s) to be ready for inspection and final approval by Customer at the manufacturing facility (which may differ from the Product completion estimate contained in the Product Proposal) . Due to global supply chain constraints, any Product completion date contained herein, or in the Product Proposal, or otherwise provided to Customer, is a good faith estimate only as of the date provided to Customer , and merely an approximation based on current information available to GSFA and Manufacturer . Customer shall not be entitled to rely on any such estimate, and GSFA shall have no liability to Customer for a failure by GSFA or Manufacturer to meet any such estimate. All Product completion estimates are subject to modification and, if applicable, GSFA will provide updates to such estimates to Customer when available.

4. Stock / Demo Units. Notwithstanding any other provision contained in the Agreement (including Section 12 hereof concerning warranties), any Products constituting stock/demo unit(s) are sold to Customer on an as-is, first-come and first-served basis and GSFA makes no further representation or warranty to any customer with respect to such unit(s). Regardless of the terms of the Product Proposal, GSFA shall only be obligated to sell such stock/demo unit(s) to the first customer to enter into a purchase agreement with GSFA identifying such unit(s), and after the execution by GSFA of such agreement any subsequent purchase agreement (including the Agreement, as applicable) shall have no further force or effect with respect to such unit(s).

5. Multiple Unit Purchase. If the Grand Total Purchase Price includes pricing for multiple Products, the Product price stated in the Product Proposal shall only be valid if the quantity of Products being proposed are purchased at the same time, pursuant to the same Agreement. GSFA shall have no obligation to offer the same price for any Product if purchased by Customer pursuant to a later purchase agreement.

6. Late Fee; Storage Fee. A late fee equal to 0.033% of the outstanding portion of the Grand Total Purchase Price will be charged per calendar day for overdue payments beginning ten (1 0) calendar days after the payment is due and continuing for the first thirty (30) calendar days thereafter. After such thirty (30) calendar day period , the late fee shall increase to 0.044% per calendar day until payment of the outstanding portion of the Grand Total Purchase Price is received; provided that if Customer is a public agency, the foregoing late fees shall not exceed the statutory limit set forth in Section 926.10 of the California Government Code . If Customer is unable to satisfy the delivery requirements hereunder or is unwilling to take delivery of the Product, then GSFA shall be entitled to a storage charge running from the earlier of: (i) the date of delivery agreed to between GSFA and Customer (provided GSFA is willing and able to deliver the Product on such date) , or (ii) twenty-one ( 21) calendar days after GSFA notifies Customer that the Product is available for delivery. The storage charge is equal to: (i) $175.00 per calendar day per apparatus stored, or (ii) the actual charges incurred by GSFA with a third party for storage of the Product, whichever is greater. Such storage charge shall continue until the actual time of d elivery and Customer’s po ssession of the Product, and any such storage by GSFA or such third party shall be at the sole risk of Customer.

3 7. Delivery; Inspection and Acceptance.

a. Delivery. Subject to Section 5 hereof, the Product is scheduled to be delivered to the location and within the time period specified in the Product Proposal . Such delivery date is an estimate, and GSFA is , notwithstanding this Section 7.a, not bound to such date unless it otherwise agrees in a separate writing to complete delivery by a date certain. For the avoidance of doubt, GSFA is not responsible for delivery delays caused by or because of actions, omissions or conduct of Customer, the Manufacturer, or their respective employees, affiliates, suppliers, contractors, and carriers. Risk of loss for the Product shall pass to Customer at the point and time of delivery (which shall include an attempted d elivery by GSFA which cannot be complet ed due to any act or omission of Customer) .

However, title to the Product shall only pass to Customer upon d elivery if Customer has then fully paid GSFA all amounts due hereunder (including additional amounts due under any valid Change Order). Absent GSFA’s separate written agreement, which it may or may not provide in its sole and absolute discretion, d elivery of the Product will not occur before Customer has fully paid all amounts due under the Agreement and provided proof of insurance reasonably satisfactory to GSFA. If GSFA permits Customer to take possession of the Product prior to such payment, Customer may not mount equipment, conduct training, or place the Product into service until all amounts due under the Agreement have been paid. If Customer has ordered multiple Products, GSFA reserves the right to deliver such Products in installments and to separately invoice Customer for such Products.

b. Inspection and Acceptance . Upon delivery, Customer shall have ten (10) calendar days within which to inspect the Product for substantial conformance to the Specifications, and in the event of substantial non- conformance to the Specifications to furnish GSFA with written notice sufficient to permit GSFA to evaluate such non-conformance (“ Notice of Nonconformance to Specifications ”). Contingent upon part availability and Customer’s cooperation, any Product not in substantial conformance to material Specifications shall be remedied by GSFA (by repair or replacement, at GSFA’s election) within thirty (30) calendar days from GSFA’s receipt of the Notice of Nonconformance to Specifications. In the event GSFA does not receive a Notice of Nonconformance to Specifications within ten (10) calendar days of d elivery, the Product will be deemed to be in conformance with Specifications and accepted by Customer.

8. Changes to Agreement Terms.

a. Change Orders . The Customer may request that GSFA incorporate a change to the Product or the Specifications for the Product, or GSFA may submit changes to the Agreement required or permitted to be made by GSFA (pursuant to Section 8.b or otherwise), by delivering a written Change Order to the other party hereto , which shall include a description of the proposed change sufficient to permit the receiving party to evaluate such change (either, a “Change Order”). For any Change Order submitted by Customer, GSFA will provide Customer a written response (a “Response”) stating (i) whether GSFA will accommodate such Change Order (which GSFA may decide in its sole and absolute discretion) ; and (ii) the terms of the modification to the order, including any increase or decrease in the Grand Total Purchase Price resulting from such Change Order, a date on which any increase in the Grand Total Purchase Price must be paid, and an estimate of any effect on production scheduling or delivery resulting from such Change Order. Customer shall have seven (7) calendar days after receipt of the Response to notify GSFA as to whether Customer desires to make the changes GSFA has approved in the Response. In the event Customer countersigns GSFA’s Response, Customer shall pay the increase (or be refunded the decrease) in the Grand Total Purchase Price by the date specified in the Response. GSFA may also send Customer a Change Order to account for any changes to the Agreement required or permitted to be made by GSFA (including those changes required pursuant to Section 8.b hereof), and such Change Order shall be effective upon d elivery to Customer unless Customer elects to terminate the applicable Product order under the Agreement in accordance with Section 9.

b. Additional Changes.

i. Component Price Volatility ; Increases Imposed by Manufacturer . GSFA shall not be responsible for (i) any unforeseen price increase or surcharge enacted by suppliers of major components of the Product (including but not limited to commercial chassis, engine, transmission, and fire pump); or (ii) price increases imposed on GSFA by Manufacturer pursuant to Manufacturer’s terms and conditions for sale of the Product (a “Manufacturer 4 Price Increase”), after Customer becomes bound by the Agreement . Customer shall be responsible for all amounts arising from a ny price increas es for major components of the P roduct (including all ass ociated taxes an d fees thereon) or any Manufacturer Price Increase s occurring after the execution of the Agreement which increase the cost of the Product to GSFA , and such amounts will be documented on a Change Order adjusting the Grand Total Purchase Price accordingly . Customer shall pay any such p rice increase prior to Product delivery. A Manufacturer Price Increase may include, but shall not be limited to, an increase in Product price resulting from an increase in the Producer Price Index of Components for Manufacturing (see www.bls.gov Series ID: WPUID6112) in excess of a compounded annual growth rate of five percent (5%), as measured between the month Manufacturer accepts the applicable Product order and the month that is fourteen (14) months prior to the then- current estimated Product completion date (the foregoing, a “ PPI-Based Price Increase”) . If, upon Customer’s receipt of a Change Order reflecting a PPI-Based Price Increase, Customer elects to terminate the applicable Product o rder in accordance with Section 8.b.iii rather than pay such increase, then in lieu of the cancellation fees described in Section 9.a hereof GSFA shall be entitled to recover and Customer shall pay GSFA’s actual non- reimbursable costs incurred in connection with the Product order through the date of Customer’s termination of such Product order.

ii. New Legal Standards. In the event the Product design, materials or specifications require an alteration arising from new regulations issued by any governmental entity or trade association, including, but not limited to, the NFPA, DOT, and EPA , and such alteration increases the cost of the Product to GSFA , Customer shall be responsible for changes to the Grand Total Purchase Price arising from such alteration. GSFA shall promptly notify Customer when it becomes aware of any potential or required change in regulations occurring prior to delivery that would impact the Product purchased.

iii. Change Orders. Customer shall execute any Change Order submitted by GSFA documenting any of the changes required or permitted by Sections 8.b.i and 8.b.ii above (which shall, to the extent practicable, itemize any increases in the Grand Total Purchase Price and specify a commercially reasonable date by which Customer must pay such increase), unless Customer instead elects to terminate the applicable Product order under the Agreement within fifteen (15 ) calendar days of Customer’s receipt of such Change Order and in accordance with Section 9.

Absent such a termination, failure or refusal to execute a Change Order does not alter Customer’s obligations under this Section 8.b.

c. Changes in Commercial Specifications . Specifications for all components of the Product manufactured by companies other than the Manufacturer are subject to change without notice. Specifications for such components will be as available at the time of manufacture of the Product. GSFA shall not be liable for any deviations in such specifications arising from a substitution of components or changes in the design of any component by their original manufacturer.

9. Termination.

a. By Customer. Customer may terminate a Product order identified in the Product Proposal o r a Change Order by providing written notice to GSFA in accordance with Section 16 hereof. If Customer elects to terminate a Product order, Customer shall pay GSFA a cancellation fee as follows: (a) after the Product order is accepted and entered by GSFA , 10% of the portion of the Grand Total Purchase Price applicable to such Product (including all associated taxes, fees and costs) (such amount, the “ Product Purchase Price ”); (b) after completion of the pre - construction phase of the order process , 20% of the Product Purchase Price ; and (c) after the requisition of any materials or commencement of any manufacturing or assembly of the Product by either GSFA or Manufacturer but before substantial completion of such Product, 50% of the Product Purchase Price. Customer shall not be permitted to terminate a Product order after substantial completion of manufacturing and assembly of such Product (excluding any Dealer Preparation or other pre -delivery services or untypical Product customization, if applicable).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the applicable tier of cancellation fee is not sufficient to cover all actual costs and fees incurred by GSFA with Manufacturer in connection with Customer’s termination of the Product order (“Manufacturer Termination Fees”), then in addition to such cancellation fee Customer shall pay the balance of all Manufacturer Termination Fees. If Customer received a Prepayment Discount, such discount shall not be considered for the purpose of calculating the above cancellation fee. The tier of cancellation fee applicable to any cancellation, 5 as well as the determination of whether a Product has reached substantial completion, shall be in the sole and absolute discretion of GSFA. Customer may request a fee waiver, and GSFA, in its sole discretion, may agree to waive and/or adjust such fee . GSFA will return the balance of the Grand Total Purchase Price or Product Purchas e Price, as applicable, within thirty (30) calendar days of the effective date of the cancellation of the Product order or termination of the Agreement.

Customer may terminate the Agreement for an Event of Default by GSFA after providing GSFA with written notice in accordance with Section 16 (which notice shall describe with reasonably particularity the Event of Default justifying such termination ) if such Event of Default remains uncured (if capable of cure) thirty (30) days following GSFA’s receipt of such notice; provided, however, that the foregoing cure period shall continue if and for so long as GSFA has commenced and is continuing to undertake commercially reasonable efforts to cure such Event of Default as promptly as reasonably practicable.

b. By GSFA . GSFA may terminate the Agreement for an Event of Default by Customer after providing Customer with written notice in accordance with Section 16 (which notice shall describe with reasonably particularity the Event of Default justifying such termination) if such Event of Default remains uncured (if capable of cure) thirty (30) days following Customer’s receipt of such notice; provided, however, that the foregoing cure period shall continue if and for so long as Customer has commenced and is continuing to unde rtake commercially reasonable efforts to cure such Event of Default as promptly as reasonably practicable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, GSFA may terminate the Agreement effective immediately upon written notice to Customer for Customer’s failure to pay any amount owed under the Agreement when due .

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if Customer terminates a Product order in accordance with Section 9.a above, GSFA may elect to instead terminate the Agreement upon notice to Customer in accordance with Section 16 hereof. If GSFA terminates the Agreement in accordance with this Section 9 .b, Customer shall pay the applicable tier of cancellation fee for all Products pursuant to Section 9.a above as if Customer had elected to terminate each applicable Product order.

c. Based on Discontinuation or Cancellation by Manufacturer . In the event that Manufacturer cancels a Product order (provided that such cancellation is not the result of an act by Customer in violation of the Agreement) or discontinues the manufacture o f a Product prior to its completion and d elivery: (i) if such Product is the only Product contemplated under the Agreement, then the Agreement shall terminate; or (ii) if additional Products are contemplated under the Agreement, then only the Product order for the applicable cancelled or discontinued Product shall be terminated . Such Agreement termination or Product termination , as applicable, shall be effective upon GSFA’s written notice to Customer of such cancellation or discontinuance in accordance with Section 16 hereof.

GSFA’s only obligation to Customer in such event shall be the return of any Prepayment paid by Customer for the cancelled or di scontinued Product. For the avoidance of doubt, the cancellation fees contemplated in Section 9.a hereof shall not apply in the event of a termination pursuant to this Section 9.c .

10. Customer’s Obligations . Customer shall provide its timely and best efforts to cooperate with GSFA and Manufacturer during the Product manufacturing and Dealer Preparation process. Reasonable and timely cooperation includes, without limitation, Customer’s providing timely information in response to any requests from Manufacturer or GSFA and the participation of Customer’s authorized representatives in traveling to Manufacturer’s facility for inspections and approval of the Product , including a final approval before the Product leaves Manufacturer’s facility.

11. Representations and Warranties . Customer hereby represents and warrants to GSFA as of the Executed Date that the execution of the Agreement and the purchase of the Product(s) and performance of the other obligations of Customer under the Agreement have been approved by Customer in accordance with applicable general laws and, as applicable, Customer’s charter, ordinances , purchasing policies, and other governing documents, and executed by the appropriate Customer employees, officials, and/or representatives , and fundi ng for Customer’s performance of its obligations under the Agreement has been duly budgeted and appropriated by Customer.

6 12. Standard Warranty . All applicable M anufacturer warranties are contained in the Product Warranties . Any additional warranties must be expressly approved in a writing signed by GSFA, and Customer acknowledges and agrees that Manufacturer will not be liable for any such additional warranties .

a. Disclaimer. OTHER THAN AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THE AGREEMENT, GSFA, ITS AFFILIATES, AND THEIR

RESPECTIVE OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES, SHAREHOLDERS, AGENTS, OR REPRESENTATIVES, DO NOT MAKE

ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES WITH RESPECT TO THE PRODUCT (WHETHER RELATING TO THE CONDITION

OR QUALITY OF THE PRODUCT, OR OTHERWISE) PROVIDED HEREU NDER OR OTHERWISE REGARDING THE

AGREEMENT (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WITH RESPECT TO ANY APPLICABLE DEALER PREPARATION) , WHETHER ORAL OR WRITTEN, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY. WITHOUT LIMITING THE FOREGOING, ANY

IMPLIED WARRANTY OR CONDITION OF MERCHANTABILITY, THE IMPLIED WARRANTY AGAINST INFRINGEMENT, THE

IMPLIED WARR ANTY OR CONDITION OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE , AND ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE ARE EXPRESSLY EXCLUDED AND DISCLAIMED BY GSFA.

STATEMENTS MADE BY SALES CONSULTANTS OR IN PROMOTIONAL MATERIALS DO NOT CONSTITUTE WARRANTIES.

b. Exclusions of Incidental and Consequential Damages . In no event shall GSFA be liable for special, consequential, incidental, indirect or punitive damages incurred by Customer in connection with any matter ar ising out of or relating to the Agreement, or the breach thereof, even if GSFA has been advised of the possibility of such damages, and regardless of whether such damages arise out of breach of warranty, the Agreement, indemnity, whether resulting from non -delivery or from GSFA’s own negligence, or otherwise, except and solely to the extent such damages arise from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of GSFA.

13. Default. The occurrence of one or more of the following events (each, an “Event of Default”) shall constitute a default under the Agreement: (a) Customer’s failure t o pay any amounts due or to perform any of its obligations under the Agreement ; (b) GSFA’s failure to perform any of its obligations under the Agreement; (c) either Party becoming insolvent or becoming subject to bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings; (d) any representation made by either Party under the Agreement which is false in any material respect; (e) any action by Customer to dissolve, merge, consolidate or transfer a substantial portion of its property to another entity during the term of the Agreement; (f) any other material breach of the terms of the Agreement by a Party; or (g ) a default or breach by Customer under any other agreement with GSFA or its affiliates.

14. Indemnity. To the fullest extent provided for by law, each Party (“ Indemnifying Party”) agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless the other Party, its directors, officers, employees, and agents (each, an “ Indemnified Party”) from and against any and all claims, whether or not involving a third-party claim, including demands, actions, damages, loss, costs, expenses, and attorney’s fees (collectively, “Indemnity Claims”), arising out of or resulting from any breach, negligent act, error or omission or intentional mi sconduct by the Indemnifying Party or its trustees, directors, officers, employees, contractors, subcontractors or agents under the terms of this Agreement; provided, however, that the Indemnifying Party will not have any obligation to indemnify the Indemnified Party from or against any Indemnity Claims to the extent caused by, resulting from, relating to or arising out of the negligence or intentional misconduct of an Indemnified Party or any of its directors, officers, employees or agents. The indemnification and assumptions of liability and obligation herein provided shall continue in full force and effect notwithstanding the termination of the Agreement, whether by expiration of time, by operation of law or otherwise.

15. Force Majeure. GSFA shall not be responsible nor deemed to be in default of any provision of the Agreement on account of delays in performance due to causes which are beyond GSFA’s or Manufacturer’s control and which make GSFA’s performance impracticable, including but not limited to wars, insurrections, strikes or labor unrest, riots, fires, storms, floods, other acts of nature, explosions, earthquakes, accidents, any act of federal, st ate or local government, failure or delays in transportation, inability to obtain nece ssary labor , supplies or manufacturing facilities, supply chain issues, allocation regulations or orders affecting materials, equipment, facilities or completed products, failure to obtain any required license or certificates, acts of God or the public enemy or terror ism, failure of transportation, disease, pandemics or epidemics, quarantine restrictions, failure of vendors (due to causes similar to those within the scope of this clause) to perform their agreements or labor troubles causing cessation, slowdown, or interruption of work.
7 16. Notice. Any notices, requests, consents, claims, demands, waivers and other communications required or permitted to be given hereunder must be given in writing at the address of each P arty set forth below, or t o such other address as either P arty may substitute by written notice to the other in accordance with this Section 16 , by one of the following methods: hand delivery; registered, express, or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid; or nationally recognized private express courier. All such communicati ons will be deemed to have been given: (i) when delivered by hand (with written confirmation of receipt); (ii) on the third (3 rd) calendar day after the
date mailed, by registered, express or certified mail; or (iii) when delivered by the addressee if sent by a nationally recognized private express courier.

GSFA: CUSTOMER:

Golden State Fire Apparatus Inc. To the address listed in the Product Proposal 7400 Reese Road
Sacramento, CA 95828

17. Contradictions. In the event of a conflict between the Agreement and any Change Order, or between Change Orders, the terms of the latest executed Change Order shall control.

18. Manufacturer’s Statement of Origin . It is agreed that the manufacturer’s statement of origin (“ MSO”) for the Product covered by the Agreement, if applicable, shall be retained and remain in the possession of GSFA per California Department of Vehicles (DMV) directive s. Notwithstanding the for egoing, GSFA shall provide Customer with the original MSO if the Customer is self- registering, and Customer shall comply with all good-faith Process of Duty and other DMV requirements applicable to the Product and retain its own MSO.

19. Assignment. The relationship of the Parties established under the Agreement is that of independent contractors and neither Party is a partner, employee, agent, or joint venturer of or with the other. Neither Party may assign its rights and obligations under the Agreement unless it has obtained the prior written approval of the other P arty.

20. Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Disputes. Without regard to any conflict of laws provisions, the Agreement is to be governed by and under the laws of the state of California. Prior to taking any legal action that may and/or can arise out of the Agreement, the Parties shall first attempt mediation with an agreed upon mediator. If the Parties cannot agree upon a mediator within thirty (30) calendar days of the submission of written notice of a dispute in accordance with Section 16 hereof, if any disputed matter remain unresolved within thirty (30) calendar days of the commencement of discussions, or if any party refuses to meet, then either party may submit any remaining disputes concerning and/or claim regarding the Agreement and/or the terms and conditions herein to the Superior Court, County of Sacramento (and the parties expressly consent to exclusive personal jurisdiction and venue before such court).

21. Entire Agreement; Amendments. The Agreement, including the Product Proposal, its exhibits and all valid Change Orders, is the exclusive agreement between the Parties regarding the subject matter contained herein and therein.

No change in, modi fication of, or revision of the Agreement shall be valid unless in writing and signed by duly authorized representatives of both Parties with authority to sign such amendments to the Agreement.

END OF STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS
JROGHQVWDWHĆUHFRP

PRODUCT

SPECIFICATIONS
Exhibit “B”
3 Proposal Details Report
OptionCode
Type
Option
ProposalText
0766611
Boiler Plates, Pumper

Golden State Fire Apparatus
is pleased to submit a proposal to
Fairfield Fire Department
for a
Pierce® triple combination pumper
per your request for quotation. The following paragraphs will describe in detail the apparatus, construction methods, and equipment proposed. This proposal will indicate size, type, model and make of components parts and equipment, providing proof of compliance with each and every item (except where noted) in the departments advertised specifications.

PIERCE MANUFACTURING was founded in
1913
. Since then, we have been building bodies
with one philosophy, "BUILD THE FINEST". Our skilled craftsmen take pride in their work, which is reflected, in the final product. We have been building fire apparatus since the early "forties" giving Pierce Manufacturing over
75 years of experience in the fire apparatus market. Pierce Manufacturing has built and put into service more than
62,500
apparatus, including more than
33,900
on Pierce custom chassis designed and built specifically for fire and emergency applications. Our Appleton, Wisconsin facility has over 870,000
total square feet of floor space
situated on approximately
105
acres of land. Our Bradenton, Florida facility has
300,000
square
feet of floor space situated on approximately
38 acres of land.

Our beliefs in high ethical standards are carried through in all of our commitments and to everyone with whom we do business. Honesty, Integrity, Accountability and Citizenship are global tenets by which we all live and work. Consequently, we neither engage in, nor have we ever been convicted of price fixing, bid rigging, or collusion in any domestic or international fire apparatus market.

Pierce has only one brand of fire apparatus "Pierce", ensuring you are receiving top of the line product that meets your specification.

In accordance with the current edition of applicable NFPA standards, this proposal will specify whether the fire department, manufacturer, or apparatus dealership will provide required loose equipment.

Images and illustrative material in this proposal are as accurate as known at the time of publication but are subject to change without notice. Images and illustrative material are for reference only and may include optional equipment and accessories and may not include all standard equipment.

GENERAL DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION
To control quality, ensure compatibility, and provide a single source for service and warranty, the custom cab, chassis, pump module and body will be entirely designed, assembled/welded and painted in Pierce owned manufacturing facilities. This includes, but not limited to the cab weldment, the pumphouse module assembly, the chassis assembly, the body and the electrical system.

QUALITY AND WORKMANSHIP
Pierce has set the pace for quality and workmanship in the fire apparatus field. Our tradition of building the highest quality units with craftsmen second to none has been the rule right from the beginning and we demonstrate that ongoing commitment by: Ensuring all steel welding follows American Welding Society D

1.1-2004
recommendations for structural steel welding. All aluminum welding follows American Welding society and ANSI D

1.2-2003
requirements for structural
welding of aluminum. All sheet metal welding follows American welding Society B

2.1-2000

requirements for structural welding of sheet metal. Our flux core arc welding uses alloy rods, type 7000
and is performed to American Welding Society standards A

5.20 -E
70 T
1 . Furthermore, all
employees classified as welders are tested and certified to meet the American welding Society codes upon hire and every three (
3 ) years thereafter. Pierce also employs and American Welding Society certified welding inspector in plant during working hours to monitor weld quality.

Pierce Manufacturing operates a Quality Management System under the requirements of ISO 9001
. These standards sponsored by the International Organization for Standardization (ISO) specify the quality systems that are established by the manufacturer for design, manufacture, installation and service. A copy of the certificate of compliance is included with this proposal.

In addition to the Quality Management system, we also employ a Quality Achievement Supplier program to ensure the vendors and suppliers that we utilize meet the high standards we demand.

That is just part of our overall "Quality at the Source" program at Pierce.

To demonstrate the quality of our products and services, a list of at least five (
5 )
fire
departments/municipalities that have purchased vehicles for a second time is provided.

DELIVERY
The apparatus will be delivered under its own power to ensure proper break-in of all components while the apparatus is still under warranty.

A qualified delivery representative shall deliver the
apparatus and remain for a sufficient length of time to instruct personnel in proper operation, care and maintenance of the equipment delivered.

MANUAL AND SERVICE INFORMATION
At time of delivery, complete operation and maintenance manuals covering the apparatus will be provided. A permanent plate will be mounted in the driver's compartment specifying the quantity and type of fluids required including engine oil, engine coolant, transmission, pump transmission lubrication, pump primer and drive axle.

SAFETY VIDEO
At the time of delivery Pierce will also provide one (
1 )
39 -minute, professionally produced
apparatus safety video, in DVD format. A link to the video is also available on the Pierce Training website. This video will address key safety considerations for personnel to follow when they are driving, operating, and maintaining the apparatus, including the following: vehicle pre-trip inspection, chassis operation, pump operation, aerial operation, and safety during maintenance.

PERFORMANCE TESTS
A road test will be conducted with the apparatus fully loaded and a continuous run of no less than 12/18/2025
Customer:

Fairfield Fire Department
Bid Number:
984
Representative
Martinez, Mike
Job Number:

Requirements Manager:

Organization:

Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc
Description:

Fairfield FD Enforcer 1500 GPM
Chassis:

Enforcer Chassis
Body:

Pumper, Medium, Galvanneal, 2nd Gen
1 984
Bid #:

ten (
10 ) miles. During that time the apparatus will show no loss of power, nor will it overheat. The transmission drive shaft or shafts and the axles will run quietly and be free of abnormal vibration or noise. The apparatus when fully loaded will not have less than 25 percent nor more than
50 percent on the front axle, and not less than
50 percent nor more than
75 percent on the rear axle.

The apparatus will meet the current edition of applicable NFPA standards acceleration and braking requirements.

SERVICE AND WARRANTY SUPPORT
Pierce dealership support will be provided by
Golden State EVS
by
operating in conjunction with

a Pierce authorized service center. The service center will have factory-trained mechanics on staff versed in Pierce fire apparatus. The service facility will be located within fifty (
50 ) miles
of the
fire department.

In addition to the dealership, Pierce has service facilities located in both, Weyauwega, Wisconsin and Bradenton, Florida. Pierce also maintains a dedicated parts facility of over 100,000
square
feet in Appleton, Wisconsin. The parts facility stocks in excess of $5,000,000
in parts dedicated to
service and replacement parts. The parts facility employs a staff dedicated solely for the distribution and shipment of service and replacement parts.

Service parts for the apparatus being proposed can be found via Pierceparts.com which, is an interactive online tool that delivers information regarding your specific apparatus as well as the opportunity to register for training classes.

As a Pierce customer you have the ability to view the complete bill of materials for your specific apparatus, including assembly drawings, piece part drawings, and beneficial parts notations. You will also have the ability to search the complete Pierce item master through a parts search function which offers all Pierce SKU's and descriptions offered on all Pierce apparatus. Published component catalogs, which include proprietary systems along with an extensive operator's manual library is available for easy reference.

Pierce Manufacturing maintains a dedicated service and warranty staff of over 35 personnel,
dedicated to customer support, which also maintains a
24 hour
7 day a week toll free hot line,
four (
4 ) on staff EVTs, and offers hands-on repair and maintenance training classes multiple times a year.

LIABILITY
The successful bidder will defend any and all suits and assume all liability for the use of any patented process including any device or article forming a part of the apparatus or any appliance furnished under the contract.

INSURANCE PROVIDED BY BIDDER
Commercial General Liability Insurance
The successful bidder will, during the performance of the contract and for three ( 3 ) years
following acceptance of the product, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of commercial general liability insurance:

Each Occurrence:
$1,000,000
Products/Completed Operations Aggregate:
$1,000,000
Personal and Advertising Injury:
$1,000,000
General Aggregate:
$2,000,000
Coverage will be written on a Commercial General Liability form. The policy will be written on an occurrence form and will include Contractual Liability coverage for bodily injury and property damage subject to the terms and conditions of the policy. The policy will include Owner as an additional insured when required by written contract.

Commercial Automobile Liability Insurance
The successful bidder will, during the performance of the contract, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of commercial automobile liability insurance and coverage will be written on a Commercial Automobile liability form:

Each Accident Combined Single Limit:
$1,000,000
Umbrella/Excess Liability Insurance
The successful bidder will, during the performance of the contract and for three ( 3 ) years
following acceptance of the product, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of umbrella liability insurance:

Aggregate:
$3,000,000
Each Occurrence:
$3,000,000
The umbrella policy will be written on an occurrence basis and at a minimum provide excess to the bidder's General Liability and Automobile Liability policies.

The required limits can be provided by one (
1 ) or more policies provided all other insurance
requirements are met.

Coverage will be provided by a carrier(s) rated A- or better by A.M. Best.

All policies will provide a
30 -day notice of cancellation to the named insured. The Certificate of Insurance will provide the following cancellation clause: Should any of the above described polices be cancelled before the expiration date thereof, notice will be delivered in accordance with the policy provisions.

Bidder agrees to furnish owner with a current Certificate of Insurance with the coverages listed above along with the bid. The certificate will show the purchaser as certificate holder.

INSURANCE PROVIDED BY MANUFACTURER
Product Liability Insurance
The manufacturer will, during the performance of the contract and for three ( 3 ) years following
acceptance of the product, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of Product Liability insurance:

Each Occurrence:
$1,000,000
Products/Completed Operations Aggregate:
$1,000,000
Coverage will be written on a Commercial General Liability form. The policy will be written on an occurrence form. The manufacturer's policy will include the owner as additional insured when required by written contract between the Owner and a Pierce authorized dealer. 2 984
Bid #:

Umbrella/Excess Liability Insurance
The manufacturer will, during the performance of the contract and for three ( 3 ) years following
acceptance of the product, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of umbrella liability insurance:

Each Occurrence:
$25,000,000
Aggregate:
$25,000,000
The umbrella policy will be written on an occurrence basis and provide excess to the manufacturer's General Liability/Products policies.

The required limits can be provided by one (
1 ) or more policies provided all other insurance
requirements are met.

Coverage will be provided by a carrier(s) rated A- or better by A.M. Best.

Manufacturer agrees to furnish owner with a current Certificate of Insurance with the coverages listed above along with the bid. The certificate will show the purchaser as the certificate holder. 0661794
Single Source Compliance

SINGLE SOURCE MANUFACTURER
Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. provides an integrated approach to the design and manufacture of our products that delivers superior apparatus and a dedicated support team. From our facilities, the chassis, cab weldment, cab, pumphouse (including the sheet metal enclosure, valve controls, piping and operators panel) and body will be entirely designed, tested, and hand assembled to the customer's exact specifications. The electrical system either hardwired or multiplexed, will be both designed and integrated by Pierce Manufacturing. The warranties relative to these major components (excluding component warranties such as engine, transmission, axles, pump, etc.) will be provided by Pierce as a single source manufacturer. Pierce's single source solution adds value by providing a fully engineered product that offers durability, reliability, maintainability, performance, and a high level of quality.
0584456
Manufacture Location, Appleton,
Wisconsin
Your apparatus will be manufactured in Appleton, Wisconsin. 0584452
RFP Location: Appleton, Wisconsin

0588609
Vehicle Destination, US
0670275
Unit to be Similar in some Aspects,
Excluding Pump Panel

SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS
The apparatus being proposed will be designed and built to match the Job#
37089
. However,
some variation may be necessary due to changes in our manufacturing processes or our product offering. Revisions in NFPA guidelines and/or other regulations may also affect our ability to match the previous unit.
0816491
Comply NFPA 1900 Changes
Effective Jan 1, 2024, With
Exceptions
NFPA
2024

STANDARDS
This unit will comply with the NFPA standards effective January 1 ,
2024
, except for fire
department directed exceptions. These exceptions will be set forth in the Statement of Exceptions.

Certification of slip resistance of all stepping, standing and walking surfaces will be supplied with delivery of the apparatus.

All horizontal surfaces designated as a standing or walking surface that are greater than

48.00 "
above the ground must be defined by a

1.00 " wide line along its outside perimeter. Perimeter markings and designated access paths to destination points will be identified on the customer approval print and are shown as approximate. Actual location(s) will be determined based on materials used and actual conditions at final build. Access paths may pass through hose storage areas and opening or removal of covers or restraints may be required. Access paths may require the operation of devices and equipment such as the aerial device or ladder rack.

A plate that is highly visible to the driver while seated will be provided. This plate will show the overall height, length, and gross vehicle weight rating.

The manufacturer will have programs in place for training, proficiency testing and performance for any staff involved with certifications.

An official of the company will designate, in writing, who is qualified to witness and certify test results.
0533347
Pumper/Pumper with Aerial Device
Fire Apparatus
0588611
Vehicle Certification, Pumper

3 984
Bid #:

0661778
Agency, Apparatus Certification,
Pumper/Tanker, U.L.

NFPA COMPLIANCY
Apparatus proposed by the bidder will meet the applicable requirements of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) as stated in current edition at time of contract execution. Fire department's specifications that differ from NFPA specifications will be indicated in the proposal as "non-NFPA".

PUMP TEST
Underwriters Laboratory (UL) will test, approved, and certify the pump. The test results and the pump manufacturer's certification of hydrostatic test; the engine manufacturer's certified brake horsepower curve; and the pump manufacturer's record of pump construction details will be forwarded to the Fire Department.

GENERATOR TEST
If the unit has a generator, Underwriters Laboratory (UL) will test, approved, and certify the generator. The test results will be provided to the Fire Department at the time of delivery.

BREATHING AIR TEST
If the unit has breathing air, Pierce Manufacturing will draw an air sample from the air system and have the sample certified that the air quality meets the requirements of NFPA 1989
,
Standard
on
Breathing Air Quality for Fire and Emergency Services Respiratory Protection. 0816495
Certification, Vehicle Inspection
Program, NFPA 1900

VEHICLE INSPECTION PROGRAM CERTIFICATION
To assure the vehicle is built to current NFPA
1900
standards, the apparatus, in its entirety, will
be third-party, independent, audit-certified through Underwriters Laboratory (UL) that it is built and complies to all applicable standards in the current edition. The certification includes: all design, production, operational, and performance testing of not only the apparatus, but those components that are installed on the apparatus.

A placard will be affixed in the driver's side area stating the third party agency, the date, the standard and the certificate number of the whole vehicle audit. 0536644
Customer Service Website

AFTERMARKET SUPPORT WEBSITE
Pierceparts.com will provide
Pierce authorized dealer
access to comprehensive information
pertaining to the maintenance and service of their customer's apparatus. This tool will provide the Pierce authorized dealer the ability to service and support their customers to the best of their ability with factory support at their fingertips.

Pierceparts.com is also accessible to the end user through the guest login. Limited access is available and vehicle specific parts information accessible by entering a specific VIN number. All end users should see their local authorized Pierce dealer for additional support and service.

The website will consist of the following screens at the dealer level:

My Fleet Screen
The My Fleet screen will provide access to truck detail information on the major components of the vehicle, warranty information, available vehicle photographs, vehicle drawings, sales options, applicable vehicle software downloads, etc.

Parts Screens
The Parts screens will provide parts look-up capability of Pierce Manufacturing sourced items, with the aid of digital photographs, part drawings and assembly drawings. The parts search application will permit the searching of parts by item description or function group (major system category). The parts application will provide the ability to submit electronically a parts order, parts quote, or parts return request directly to Pierce Manufacturing for processing.

Warranty Screen
The Warranty screens will provide dealers the ability to submit electronically warranty claims directly to Pierce Manufacturing for reimbursement.

My Reports Screens
The My Reports screens will provide access to multiple dealer reports to allow the dealership to maintain communication with the customer on the status of orders, claims, and phone contacts.

Technical Support Screens
The Technical Support screens will provide access to all currently published Operation and Maintenance and Service Publications. Access to Pierce Manufacturing Service Bulletins and Work Instructions, containing information on current service topics and recommendations will be provided.

Training
The Training screens will provide access to upcoming training classes offered by Pierce Manufacturing along with interactive electronic learning modules (Operators Guides) covering the operation of major vehicle components will be provided. Access to training manuals used in Pierce Manufacturing training classes will be provided.

About Pierce
Access to customer service articles, corporate news, quarterly newsletters, and key contacts within the Customer Service Department will be provided. The current Customer Service Policy and Procedure Manual, detailing the operation of the Customer Service group will also be accessible.
0620362
Consortium, HGAC

0537375
Unit of Measure, US Gallons

4 984
Bid #:

0030006
Bid Bond Not Requested

BID BOND NOT REQUESTED
A bid bond will not be included. If requested, the following will apply:

All bidders will provide a bid bond as security for the bid in the form of a 5 percent bid bond to
accompany their bid. This bid bond will be issued by a Surety Company who is listed on the U.S.

Treasury Departments list of acceptable sureties as published in Department Circular 570
. The
bid bond will be issued by an authorized representative of the Surety Company and will be accompanied by a certified power of attorney dated on or before the date of bid. The bid bond will include language, which assures that the bidder/principal will give a bond or bonds as may be specified in the bidding or contract documents, with good and sufficient surety for the faithful performance of the contract, including the Basic One (
1 ) Year Limited Warranty, and for the
prompt payment of labor and material furnished in the prosecution of the contract.

Notwithstanding any document or assertion to the contrary, any surety bond related to the sale of a vehicle will apply only to the Basic One (
1 ) Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle. Any surety
bond related to the sale of a vehicle will not apply to any other warranties that are included within this bid (OEM or otherwise) or to the warranties (if any) of any third party of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. In the event of any contradiction or inconsistency between this provision and any other document or assertion, this provision will prevail.
0816571
Performance Bond, 100% with 25%
Warranty Bond, 1 Yr, and Payment
Bond, PPI Terms

PERFORMANCE BOND,
1 YEAR
The successful bidder will furnish a Performance and Payment bond (Bond) equal to 100
percent
of the total contract amount within
30 days of the notice of award. Such Bond will be in a form acceptable to the Owner and issued by a surety company included within the Department of Treasury's Listing of Approved Sureties (Department Circular 570
) with a minimum A.M. Best
Financial Strength Rating of A and Size Category of XV. In the event of a bond issued by a surety of a lesser Size Category, a minimum Financial Strength rating of A+ is required.

Bidder and Bidder's surety agree that the Bond issued hereunder, whether expressly stated or not, also includes the surety's guarantee of the vehicle manufacturer's Basic One ( 1 ) Year Limited
Warranty period included within this proposal. Owner agrees that the penal amount of this bond will be simultaneously amended to
25 percent of the total contract amount upon satisfactory acceptance and delivery of the vehicle(s) included herein. Notwithstanding anything contained within this contract to the contrary, the surety's liability for any warranties of any type will not exceed one (
1 ) year from the date of such satisfactory acceptance and delivery, or the actual Basic One (
1 ) Year Limited Warranty period, whichever is shorter.

Due to global supply chain constraints, any delivery date contained herein is a good faith estimate as of the date of this order/contract, and merely an approximation based on current information. Delivery updates will be made available, and a final firm delivery date will be provided as soon as possible.

If the Producer Price Index of Components for Manufacturing [www.bls.gov Series ID:

WPUID
6112
] ("PPI") has increased at a compounded annual growth rate of

5.0%
or more
between the month Pierce accepts the order ("Order Month") and a month 14 months prior to the
then predicted Ready For Pickup date ("Evaluation Month"), then pricing may be updated in an amount equal to the increase in PPI over

5.0%
for each year or fractional year between the Order
Month and the Evaluation Month.

The seller will document any such updated price for the customer's approval before proceeding and provide an option to cancel the order.
0000007
Approval Drawing

APPROVAL DRAWING
A drawing of the proposed apparatus will be prepared and provided to the purchaser for approval before construction begins. The Pierce sales representative will also be provided with a copy of the same drawing. The finalized and approved drawing will become part of the contract documents. This drawing will indicate the chassis make and model, location of the lights, siren, horns, compartments, major components, etc.

A "revised" approval drawing of the apparatus will be prepared and submitted by Pierce to the purchaser showing any changes made to the approval drawing. 0002928
Electrical Diagrams

ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAMS
Two (
2 ) electrical wiring diagrams, prepared for the model of chassis and body, will be provided. 0649754
Enforcer Chassis

ENFORCER CHASSIS
The Pierce Enforcer
™
is the custom chassis developed exclusively for the fire service. Chassis provided will be a new, tilt-type custom fire apparatus. The chassis will be manufactured in the apparatus body builder's facility eliminating any split responsibility. The chassis will be designed and manufactured for heavy-duty service, with adequate strength, capacity for the intended load to be sustained, and the type of service required. The chassis will be the manufacturer's first line tilt cab.
0000110
Wheelbase

WHEELBASE
The wheelbase of the vehicle will be
191.50
"
.
0000070
GVW Rating

GVW RATING
The gross vehicle weight rating will be
43,500
lbs
.
5 984
Bid #:

0729280
Frame Rails, 13.38 x 3.50 x .375,
Enforcer
FRAME
The chassis frame will be built with two (
2 ) steel channels bolted to five (
5 ) cross members or
more, depending on other options of the apparatus. The side rails will have a

13.38 " tall web over
the front and mid sections of the chassis, with a continuous smooth taper to

10.75 " over the rear
axle. Each rail will have a section modulus of

25.992
cubic inches and a resisting bending
moment (rbm) of
3,119,040
in-lb over the critical regions of the frame assembly, with a section modulus of

18.96 cubic inches with an rbm of
2,275,200
in-lb over the rear axle. The frame rails
will be constructed of
120,000
psi yield strength heat-treated

0.38 " thick steel with

3.50 " wide
flanges.
0020018
Frame Liner Not Req'd

0630705
Axle, Front, Oshkosh TAK-4, Non
Drive, 19,500 lb, Enforcer

FRONT NON DRIVE AXLE
The Oshkosh TAK-
4 ® front axle will be of the independent suspension design with a ground rating of
19,500
lb.

Upper and lower control arms will be used on each side of the axle. Upper control arm castings will be made of
100,000
-psi yield strength
8630
steel and the lower control arm casting will be
made of
55,000
-psi yield ductile iron.

The center cross members and side plates will be constructed out of 80,000
-psi yield strength
steel.

Each control arm will be mounted to the center section using elastomer bushings. These rubber bushings will rotate on low friction plain bearings and be lubricated for life. Each bushing will also have a flange end to absorb longitudinal impact loads, reducing noise and vibrations.

There will be nine (
9 ) grease fittings supplied, one (
1 ) on each control arm pivot and one (
1 ) on
the steering gear extension.

The upper control arm will be shorter than the lower arm so that wheel end geometry provides positive camber when deflected below rated load and negative camber above rated load.

Camber at load will be zero degrees for optimum tire life.

The ball joint bearing will be of low friction design and be maintenance free.

Toe links that are adjustable for alignment of the wheel to the center of the chassis will be provided.

The wheel ends must have little to no bump steer when the chassis encounters a hole or obstacle.

The steering linkage will provide proper steering angles for the inside and outside wheel, based on the vehicle wheelbase.

The axle will have a turning angle of up to
45 degrees.
0030264
Suspension, Front TAK-4, 19,500 lb,
Qtm/AXT/Imp/Vel/Enf/SFR

FRONT SUSPENSION
Front Oshkosh TAK-
4 ™
independent suspension will be provided with a minimum ground rating of
19,500
lb.

The independent suspension system will be designed to provide maximum ride comfort. The design will allow the vehicle to travel at highway speeds over improved road surfaces and at moderate speeds over rough terrain with minimal transfer of road shock and vibration to the vehicle's crew compartment.

Each wheel will have torsion bar type spring. In addition, each front wheel end will also have energy absorbing jounce bumpers to prevent bottoming of the suspension.

The suspension design will be such that there is at least

10.00 " of total wheel travel and a
minimum of

3.75 " before suspension bottoms.

The torsion bar anchor lock system allows for simple lean adjustments, without the use of shims.

One can adjust for a lean within
15 minutes per side. Anchor adjustment design is such that it allows for ride height adjustment on each side.

The independent suspension was put through a durability test that simulated 140,000
miles of
inner city driving.
0087572
Shock Absorbers, KONI, TAK-4,
Qtm/AXT/Imp/Vel/Enf

FRONT SHOCK ABSORBERS
KONI heavy-duty telescoping shock absorbers will be provided on the front suspension. 0000322
Oil Seals, Front Axle

FRONT OIL SEALS
Oil seals with viewing window will be provided on the front axle. 0802633
Tires, Front, Goodyear, Armor Max
MSA, 385/65R22.50, 18 ply, Fire Ser.

Load Rtg

FRONT TIRES
Front tires will be Goodyear
385/65
R

22.5 radials,
18 ply Armor Max MSA tread, rated for
20,050

lb maximum axle load and
68 mph maximum speed.
0019611
Wheels, Front, Alcoa, 22.50" x

12.25", Aluminum, Hub Pilot

The tires will be mounted on Alcoa 22.50" x 12.25" polished aluminum disc type wheels with a ten (10) stud, 11.25" bolt circle.
0530458
Axle, Rear, Meritor RS24-160, 24,000
lb, Saber/Enforcer

REAR AXLE
The rear axle will be a Meritor
™,
Model RS-
24-160
, with a capacity of
24,000
lb.
0544253
Top Speed of Vehicle, 68 MPH /109
KPH

TOP SPEED OF VEHICLE
A rear axle ratio will be furnished to allow the vehicle to reach a top speed of 68 mph /
109
kph.
6 984
Bid #:

0565379
Suspen, Rear, Single Slipper Spring,
24,000 lb, Saber/Enforcer

REAR SUSPENSION
The rear suspension will be Standens, semi-elliptical,

3.00 " wide x

52.50 " long, with a ground
rating of
24,000
lb. The spring hangers will be castings.

The two (
2 ) top leaves will wrap the forward spring hanger pin, and the rear of the spring will be a slipper style end that will ride in a rear slipper hanger.

A steel encased rubber bushing will be used in the spring eye. The steel encased rubber bushing will be maintenance free and require no lubrication.
0000485
Oil Seals, Rear Axle

REAR OIL SEALS
Oil seals will be provided on the rear axle(s).
0782552
Tires, Rear, Goodyear, Endurance
RSA, 12R22.50, LRH, Single

REAR TIRES
Rear tires will be four (
4 ) Goodyear
12 R

22.50 radials, load range H, Endurance RSA highway
tread, rated for
27,120
lb maximum axle load and
75 mph maximum speed.
0826780
Wheels, Rear, Alcoa, 22.50" x 8.25",
Alum, Dura-Bright, Hub Pilot, Single
The tires will be mounted on Alcoa®, Dura-Bright® model, 22.50" x 8.25" polished aluminum disc wheels with a ten (10) stud, 11.25" bolt circle.
0568081
Tire Balancing, Counteract Beads

TIRE BALANCE
All tires will be balanced with Counteract balancing beads. The beads will be inserted into the tire and eliminate the need for wheel weights.
0620570
Tire Pressure Monitoring,
RealWheels, AirSecure, Valve Cap,
Single Axle

TIRE PRESSURE MANAGEMENT
There will be a RealWheels LED AirSecure
™
tire alert pressure management system provided,
that will monitor each tire's pressure. A sensor will be provided on the valve stem of each tire for a total of
six (
6 ) tires
.

The sensor will calibrate to the tire pressure when installed on the valve stem for pressures between
10 and
200
psi. The sensor will activate an integral battery operated LED when the pressure of that tire drops
5 to
8 psi.

Removing the cap from the sensor will indicate the functionality of the sensor and battery. If the sensor and battery are in working condition, the LED will immediately start to flash. 0801909
Lug Nut, Covers, Chrome

CHROME LUG NUT COVERS
Chrome lug nut covers will be supplied on front and rear wheels. 0003245
Axle Hub Covers w/center hole, S/S,
Front Axle

FRONT HUB COVERS
Stainless steel hub covers will be provided on the front axle. An oil level viewing window will be provided.
0001960
Axle Hub Covers, Rear, S/S, High
Hat (Pair)

REAR HUB COVERS
A pair of stainless steel high hat hub covers will be provided on rear axle hubs. 0012045
Mud Flap, Rear, Pierce Logo

MUD FLAPS
Mud flaps with a Pierce logo will be installed behind the rear wheels. 0544802
Chocks, Wheel, SAC-44-E, Folding,
(Up to 44" Diameter Tires)

WHEEL CHOCKS
There will be
one (
1 ) pair
of folding Ziamatic, Model SAC-
44 -E, aluminum alloy, Quick-Choc
wheel blocks, with easy-grip handle provided.
0544806
Mounting Brackets, Chocks, SAC-44-
E, Folding, Horizontal
Wheel Chock Brackets
There will be
one (
1 ) pair
of Zico, Model SQCH-
44 -H, horizontal mounting wheel chock brackets
provided for the Ziamatic, Model SAC-
44 -E, folding wheel chocks. The brackets will be made of aluminum and consist of a quick release spring loaded rod to hold the wheel chocks in place. The brackets will be mounted
one (
1 ) forward and one (
1 ) rearward of the left side rear tire
.
7 984
Bid #:

0820509
ESC/ABS/ATC Wabco Brake
System, Single Rear Axle, NFPA
1900/ULC

ELECTRONIC STABILITY CONTROL
A vehicle control system will be provided as an integral part of the ABS brake system from Meritor Wabco.

The system will monitor and update the lateral acceleration of the vehicle and compare it to a critical threshold where a side roll event may occur. If the critical threshold is met, the vehicle control system will automatically reduce engine RPM, engage the engine retarder (if equipped), and selectively apply brakes to the individual wheel ends of the front and rear axles to reduce the possibility of a side roll event.

The system will monitor directional stability through a lateral accelerometer, steer angle sensor and yaw rate sensor. If spinout or drift out is detected, the vehicle control system will selectively apply brakes to the individual wheel ends of the front and rear axles to bring the vehicle back to its intended direction.

ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM
The vehicle will be equipped with a Wabco
4 S
4 M, anti-lock braking system. The ABS will provide
a four (
4 ) channel anti-lock braking control on both the front and rear wheels. A digitally controlled system that utilizes microprocessor technology will control the anti-lock braking system. Each wheel will be monitored by the system. When any wheel begins to lockup, a signal will be sent to the control unit. This control unit will then reduce the braking of that wheel for a fraction of a second and then reapply the brake. This anti-lock brake system will eliminate the lockup of any wheel thus helping to prevent the apparatus from skidding out of control.

AUTOMATIC TRACTION CONTROL
An anti-slip feature will be included with the ABS. The Automatic Traction Control will be used for traction in poor road and weather conditions. The Automatic Traction Control will act as an electronic differential lock that will not allow a driving wheel to spin, thereby supplying traction at all times. The ABS electronic control unit (ECU) will work with the engine ECU, sharing information concerning wheel slip. Engine ECU will use information to control engine speed, allowing only as much throttle application as required for the available traction, regardless of how much the driver is asking for. An "off road traction" switch will be provided on the instrument panel. Activation of the switch will allow additional tire slip to let the truck climb out and get on top of deep snow or mud.
0030185
Brakes, Knorr/Bendix 17", Disc,
Front, TAK-4
BRAKES
The service brake system will be full air type.

The front brakes will be Knorr/Bendix disc type with a

17.00 " ventilated rotor for improved
stopping distance.

The brake system will be certified, third party inspected, for improved stopping distance. 0509206
Brakes, Meritor, EX225, Disc Plus,
Rear, Single Axle
The rear brakes will be Meritor
™,
Disc Plus, Model EX225, disc operated with automatic slack adjusters and a 17.00" ventilated rotor for improved stopping distance. 0735527
Air Compressor, Brake, Wabco 26.8
CI, Paccar

AIR COMPRESSOR, BRAKE SYSTEM
The air compressor will be a Wabco single piston compressor with a

26.8 CI displacement.
0644232
Brake Reservoirs, 4,272 Cubic Inch
Minimum Capacity, Saber
FR/Enforcer

BRAKE SYSTEM
The brake system will include:

Brake treadle valve
Heated automatic moisture ejector on air dryer
Total air system minimum capacity of
4,272
cubic inches
Two (
2 ) air pressure gauges with a red warning light and an audible alarm, that activates when air pressure falls below
60 psi
Spring set parking brake system
Parking brake operated by a push-pull style control valve A parking "brake on" indicator light on instrument panel Park brake relay/inversion and anti-compounding valve, in conjunction with a double check valve system, with an automatic spring brake application at
40 psi
A pressure protection valve to prevent all air operated accessories from drawing air from the air system when the system pressure drops below
80 psi (
550
kPa)
1/4
turn drain valves on each air tank
The air tank will be primed and painted to meet a minimum 750
hour salt spray test.

The air tanks will be painted
black
#98
.

To reduce the effects of corrosion, the air tank will be mounted with stainless steel brackets. 0568012
Air Dryer, Wabco System Saver
1200, Heater, 2010

BRAKE SYSTEM AIR DRYER
The air dryer will be WABCO System Saver
1200
with spin-on coalescing filter cartridge and
100

watt heater.
0000790
Brake Lines, Nylon

BRAKE LINES
Color-coded nylon brake lines will be provided. The lines will be wrapped in a heat protective loom in the chassis areas that are subject to excessive heat. 8 984
Bid #:

0813346
Inlet/Outlet, Air, w/Disconnect Fitting,
1/4 Turn Valve, Location

AIR INLET/OUTLET
One (
1 ) air inlet/outlet
will be installed with the female coupling located
on the pump operator's
panel
. This system will tie into the "wet" tank of the brake system and include a check valve in the inlet line and an
85 psi pressure protection valve in the outlet line. The air outlet will be controlled by a
1/4
turn valve.

A mating male fitting will be provided with the loose equipment.

The air inlet will allow a shoreline air hose to be connected to the vehicle. This will allow station air to be supplied to the brake system of the vehicle to insure constant air pressure. 0000860
Outlet, Air, with shut off valve

AIR OUTLET
One (
1 ) air outlet
will be installed with a female coupling and shut off valve, located on the driver
side pump panel
. This system will tie into the "wet" tank of the brake system and include an 85 -
psi pressure protection valve in the outlet line to prevent the brake system from losing all air.

Female coupling and male fitting will be .
25 " thread.

A mating male fitting will be provided with the loose equipment. 0014130
Air Tank, Additional for Extra Air Horn
Capacity

ADDITIONAL AIR TANK FOR AIR HORN
An additional air tank with
1,454
cubic inch displacement will be provided to increase the capacity of the air system. This tank will be dedicated for air horn use.

The air tank will be primed and painted to meet a minimum 750
hour salt spray test. To reduce
the effects of corrosion, the air tank will be mounted with stainless steel brackets.

The air tank(s) will be painted
black
#101
.

The output flow of the engine air compressor varies with engine rpm. Full compressor output is only achieved at governed engine speed. Engine speed may be limited by generators, pumps and other PTO driven options.
0055486
Drain, Remote Air Tank, w/Pull
Cable, All Tanks

REMOTE AIR TANK DRAIN
There will be a remote cable controlled drain valve installed on each air supply reservoir. The drain valve will be actuated from the side of the vehicle and be a vinyl covered stainless steel cable, firmly attached to the underside of the vehicle. A loop will be provided at the cable end for ease of pulling the drain.
0808515
Engine, Paccar MX, 510HP, 1850 lb-
ftW/OBD, EPA 2027, Saber
FR/Enforcer
ENGINE
The chassis will be powered by an electronically controlled engine as described below:

Make:

Paccar
Model:

MX
Power:
510
hp at
1600
rpm
Torque:
1850
lb-ft at
1000
rpm
Governed Speed:
1900
rpm
Emissions Certification:

EPA
2027
Fuel:

Diesel
Cylinders:

Six (
6 )
Displacement:

13.7 L
Starter:

DP
60 Fuel Filters:

Dual cartridge style with check valve, water separator, and water in fuel sensor The engine will include On-board diagnostics (OBD), which provides self diagnostic and reporting. The system will give the owner or repair technician access to state of health information for various vehicle sub systems. The system will monitor vehicle systems, engine and after treatment. The system will illuminate a malfunction indicator light on the dash console if a problem is detected.
0811409
Not Required, Engine Contingency
Adjustment
0001244
High Idle w/Electronic Engine,
Custom

HIGH IDLE
A high idle switch will be provided, inside the cab, on the instrument panel, that will automatically maintain a preset engine rpm. A switch will be installed, at the cab instrument panel, for activation/deactivation.

The high idle will be operational only when the parking brake is on and the truck transmission is in neutral. A green indicator light will be provided, adjacent to the switch. The light will illuminate when the above conditions are met. The light will be labeled "OK to Engage High Idle." 9 984
Bid #:

0735687
Engine Brake, Fully Integrated,
Paccar MX13 Engine

ENGINE BRAKE
The compression release brake option is a fully integrated MX engine braking system. It utilizes the turbocharger and back pressure valve, but adds in a hydraulically operated compression brake to increase overall retarding power.

To maximize the effectiveness of the compression brake the MX engine brake system works in conjunction with the turbocharger and back pressure valve.

The driver will be able to turn the engine brake system on/off and have a high, medium and low
setting
.
0644227
Clutch, Fan, Air Actuated, Saber
FR/Enforcer

CLUTCH FAN
A fan clutch will be provided. The fan clutch will be automatic when the pump transmission is in "Road" position, and constantly engaged when in "Pump" position. 0644573
Air Intake, Water & Ember Screen,
Saber FR/Enforcer

ENGINE AIR INTAKE
The engine air intake will be located above the engine cooling package. It will draw fresh air from the front of the apparatus through the radiator grille.

The ember separator is designed to prevent road dirt and recirculating hot air from entering the engine.

The ember separator will be easily accessible by tilting the cab. 0814375
Exhaust System, Horizontal, Right
Side

EXHAUST SYSTEM
The exhaust system will be stainless steel from the turbo to the engine's aftertreatment device.

The exhaust system will include an aftertreatment device to meet current EPA standards. An insulation wrap will be provided on all exhaust pipe between the turbo and the aftertreatment device to minimize the transfer of heat to the cab.

The exhaust will terminate horizontally ahead of the right side rear wheels and will be flush with
the body rub rail
. The exhaust pipes will be
aluminized steel
.

There will be
an aluminized steel exhaust diffuser reduced to

4.00 " in the center to accommodate
the fire department's air recovery system
with
a standard straight tip on the end
provided to
reduce the temperature of the exhaust as it exits. Heat deflector shields will be provided to isolate chassis and body components from the heat of the tailpipe diffuser. 0788765
Radiator, Saber FR/Enforcer

RADIATOR
The radiator and the complete cooling system will meet or exceed the current edition of applicable NFPA and engine manufacturer cooling system standards.

For maximum corrosion resistance and cooling performance, the entire radiator core will be constructed using long life aluminum alloy. The radiator core will consist of aluminum fins, having a serpentine design, brazed to aluminum tubes.

The radiator core will have a minimum front area of
1060
square inches.

Supply tank will be made of heavy duty glass-reinforced nylon and the return tank will be made of aluminum. Both tanks will be crimped onto the core assembly using header tabs and a compression gasket to complete the radiator core assembly. There will be a full steel frame around the inserts to enhance cooling system durability and reliability.

The radiator will be compatible with commercial antifreeze solutions.

The radiator assembly will be isolated from the chassis frame rails with rubber isolators to prevent the development of leaks caused by twisting or straining when the apparatus operates over uneven terrain.

The radiator will include a de-aeration/expansion tank. For visual coolant level inspection, the radiator will have a built-in sight glass. The radiator will be equipped with a 15 psi pressure relief
cap.

A drain port will be located at the lowest point of the cooling system and/or the bottom of the radiator to permit complete flushing of the coolant from the system.

Shields or baffles will be provided to prevent recirculation of hot air to the inlet side of the radiator. 0001090
Cooling Hoses, Rubber

COOLANT LINES
Gates, or Goodyear, rubber hose will be used for all engine coolant lines installed by Pierce Manufacturing.

Hose clamps will be stainless steel constant torque type to prevent coolant leakage. They will expand and contract according to coolant system temperature thereby keeping a constant clamping pressure on the hose.
0579673
Fuel Tank, 75 Gallon, Dual Fills

FUEL TANK
A
75 gallon fuel tank will be provided and mounted at the rear of the chassis. The tank will be constructed of
12 -gauge, hot rolled steel. It will be equipped with swash partitions and a vent. To eliminate the effects of corrosion, the fuel tank will be mounted with stainless steel straps.

A .
75 " drain plug will be provided in a low point of the tank for drainage.

A fill inlet will be located on the left hand and right hand side of the body and be covered with a hinged, spring loaded, stainless steel door that is marked "Ultra Low Sulfur - Diesel Fuel Only." A .
50 " diameter vent will be provided running from top of tank to just below fuel fill inlet.

The tank will meet all FHWA
393.67
requirements, including a fill capacity of
95 percent of tank
volume.
0001129
Lines, Fuel
All fuel lines will be provided as recommended by the engine manufacturer. 10 984
Bid #:

0889521
DEF Tank, 7.3 Gallon, LS Fill, Under
Cab, Paccar, Lift Up Fill Dr, Spring,
ENF

DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID TANK
A

7.3 gallon diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) tank will be provided and mounted under the cab on the driver's side.

A fill inlet will be provided on the driver's side of the cab. The lift up door will be spring loaded and be
painted
.
0552793
Not Required, Fuel Priming Pump

0552712
Not Required, Shutoff Valve, Fuel
Line
0699437
Cooler, Chassis Fuel, Not Req'd.

0763564
SP
Door, Fuel Fill(s), Painted and Striped

FUEL FILL DOOR(S)
The fuel fill door(s) will be painted to match the body. The door(s) will be covered with striping to match the body.
0597656
Fuel Lines, Extended, Pumper/Aerial

FUEL LINES
The fuel lines for the fuel tank will be a minimum of
4 ' longer than standard. This will allow the
lines to be coiled above the fuel tank and aid in an easier removal of the fuel tank if necessary. 0690880
No Selection Required From This
Category

0887546
Trans, Allison 6th Gen, 4000 EVS P,
w/Prognostics, Imp/Vel/SFR/Enf

TRANSMISSION
An Allison
6 th generation, Model EVS
4000
P, electronic, torque converting, automatic
transmission will be provided.

The transmission will be equipped with prognostics to monitor oil life, filter life, and transmission health. A wrench icon on the shift selector's digital display will indicate when service is due.

Two (
2 ) PTO openings will be located on left side and top of converter housing (positions 8 o'clock and
1 o'clock).

A transmission temperature gauge with an amber light and buzzer will be installed on the cab instrument panel.
0625331
Transmission, Shifter, 6-Spd, Push
Button, 4000 EVS

TRANSMISSION SHIFTER
A six (
6 )-speed push button shift module will be mounted to right of driver on console. Shift position indicator will be indirectly lit for after dark operation.

The transmission ratio will be:
1 st

3.51 to

1.00 2
nd

1.91 to

1.00 3
rd

1.43 to

1.00 4
th

1.00 to

1.00 5
th

0.75 to

1.00 6
th

0.64 to

1.00 R

4.80 to

1.00 0684459
Transmission Oil Cooler, Modine,
External

TRANSMISSION COOLER
A Modine plate and fin transmission oil cooler will be provided using engine coolant to control the transmission oil temperature.
0001375
Driveline, Spicer 1810

DRIVELINE
Drivelines will be a heavy-duty metal tube and be equipped with Spicer® 1810
universal joints.

The shafts will be dynamically balanced before installation.

A splined slip joint will be provided in each driveshaft where the driveline design requires it. The slip joint will be coated with Glidecoat® or equivalent. 0734211
Steering, Sheppard M110 w/Tilt,
TAK-4, Paccar Pump, w/Cooler,
Paccar

STEERING
Dual Sheppard, Model M
110
, steering gears, with integral heavy-duty power steering, will be provided. For reduced system temperatures, the power steering will incorporate an air to oil cooler and Paccar hydraulic pump with integral pressure and flow control. All power steering lines will have wire braded lines with crimped fittings.

A tilt and telescopic steering column will be provided to improve fit for a broader range of driver configurations.
11 984
Bid #:

0605356
Steering Wheel, 4 Spoke without
Controls, Saber FR/Enforcer

STEERING WHEEL
The steering wheel will be

18.00 " in diameter, have tilting and telescoping capabilities, and a 4 -
spoke design.
0690274
Logo/Emblem, on Dash

LOGO AND CUSTOMER DESIGNATION ON DASH
The dash panel will have an emblem containing the Pierce logo and customer name. The emblem will have three (
3 ) rows of text for the customer's department name. There will be a maximum of eight (
8 ) characters in the first row,
11 characters in the second row and
11 characters in the third row.

The first row of text will be:
-
The second row of text will be:

Fairfield
The third row of text will be:

Fire Department
0630342
Bumper, 16" Extended, Steel
Painted, Saber FR/Enforcer

BUMPER
A one (
1 ) piece bumper manufactured from

0.25 " formed steel with a

0.38 " bend radius will be
provided. The bumper will be a minimum of

10.00 " high with a

1.50 " top and bottom flange, and
will extend

16.00 " from the face of the cab. The bumper will be

95.28 " wide with
45 degree
corners and side plates.

To provide adequate support strength, the bumper will be mounted directly to the front of the C channel frame. The frame will be a bolted modular extension frame constructed of 50,000
psi
tensile steel.

The bumper will be metal finished and painted to match the lower job color of the apparatus.

Gravel Pan
A gravel pan, constructed of bright aluminum treadplate, will be furnished between the bumper and the cab face. The pan will be properly supported from the underside to prevent flexing and vibration.
0640199
Tray, Hose, Center, 16" Bumper,
Outside Air Horns

CENTER HOSE TRAY
A hose tray, constructed of aluminum, will be placed in the center of the bumper extension.

The tray will have a capacity of
100
' of

1.75 " double jacket cotton-polyester hose
.

Black rubber grating
will be provided at the bottom of the tray. Drain holes are also provided. 0630813
Cover, Aluminum Treadplate, One (1)
D-Ring Latch, Hose Tray
Center Hose Tray Cover
A bright aluminum treadplate cover will be provided over the center hose tray.

The cover will be attached with a stainless steel hinge.

One (
1 ) D-ring latch will secure the cover in the closed position and a pneumatic stay arm
will
hold the cover in the open position.
0614646
No Lift & Tow Package, Imp/Vel,
AXT, SFR/Enf
0072306
Tow Eyes, Chrome, Extended Out
Front of Bumper

TOW EYES
Two (
2 ) chrome tow eyes will be mounted through the front face of the bumper.

The inner and outer edges of the tow eyes will have a . 25 " radius.

Tow eyes will be mounted directly to the bumper frame.

Cutouts will be provided in the front face of stainless steel bumper to allow tow eyes to extend out the front.

The tow eyes will be designed and positioned to allow up to a 9,000
lb straight horizontal pull in
line with the centerline of the vehicle. The tow eyes will not be used for lifting of the apparatus. 12 984
Bid #:

0648332
Cab, Enforcer, 7010
CAB
The Enforcer cab will be designed specifically for the fire service and manufactured by the chassis builder.

The cab will be built by the apparatus manufacturer in a facility located on the manufacturer's premises.

For reasons of structural integrity and enhanced occupant protection, the cab will be a heavy duty design, constructed to the following minimal standards.

The cab will have
12 main vertical structural members located in the A-pillar (front cab corner posts), B-pillar (side center posts), C-pillar (rear corner posts), and rear wall areas. The A-pillar will be constructed of solid A
356
-T
5 aluminum castings. The B-pillar and C-pillar will be
constructed from

0.13 " wall extrusions. The rear wall will be constructed of two ( 2 )

2.00 " x

2.00 "
outer aluminum extrusions and two (
2 )

2.00 " x

1.00 " inner aluminum extrusions. All main vertical
structural members will run from the floor to

4.625
" x

3.864
" x

0.090
" thick roof extrusions to
provide a cage-like structure with the A-pillar and roof extrusions being welded into a

0.25 " thick
corner casting at each of the front corners of the roof assembly.

The front of the cab will be constructed of a

0.13 " firewall plate, covered with a minimum

0.090
"
front skin thickness, and reinforced with a full width x

0.50 " thick cross-cab support located just
below the windshield and fully welded to the engine tunnel. The cross-cab support will run the full width of the cab and weld to each A-pillar, the

0.13 " firewall plate, and the front skin.

The cab floors will be constructed of

0.125
" thick aluminum plate and reinforced at the firewall
with an additional

0.375
" thick cross-floor support providing a total thickness of

0.50 " of structural
material at the front floor area. The front floor area will also be supported with two ( 2 ) triangular

0.30 " wall extrusions that also provides the mounting point for the cab lift. This tubing will run from the floor wireway of the cab to the engine tunnel side plates, creating the structure to support the forces created when lifting the cab.

The cab will be

96.00 " wide (outside door skin to outside door skin) to maintain maximum maneuverability.

The centerline of front axle to the rear of the cab will be

70.00 " long.

The forward cab section will have an overall height (from the cab roof to the ground) of approximately

99.00 ". The crew cab section will have a

10.00 " raised roof, with an overall cab
height of approximately
109.00
". The overall height listed will be calculated based on a truck configuration with the lowest suspension weight rating, the smallest diameter tires for the suspension, no water weight, no loose equipment weight, and no personnel weight. Larger tires, wheels, and suspension will increase the overall height listed.

The floor to ceiling height inside the crew cab will be

64.50 " in the center and outboard positions.

The crew cab floor will measure

46.00 " from the rear wall to the back side of the rear facing seat risers.

The medium block engine tunnel, at the rearward highest point (knee level), will measure

61.50 "
to the rear wall. The big block engine tunnel will measure between

45.00 " and

51.50 " to the rear
wall.

The crew cab will be a totally enclosed design with the interior area completely open to improve visibility and verbal communication between the occupants.

The cab will be a full tilt cab style.

A
3 -point cab mount system with rubber isolators will improve ride quality by isolating chassis vibrations from the cab.

CAB ROOF DRIP RAIL
For enhanced protection from inclement weather, a drip rail will be furnished on the sides of the cab. The drip rail will be painted to match the cab roof, and bonded to the sides of the cab. The drip rail will extend the full length of the cab roof.

FENDER LINERS
Full circular inner fender liners in the wheel wells will be provided.

PANORAMIC WINDSHIELD
A one (
1 )-piece safety glass windshield will be provided with over 2,775
square inches of clear
viewing area. The windshield will be full width and will provide the occupants with a panoramic view. The windshield will consist of three (
3 ) layers: outer light, middle safety laminate, and inner light. The outer light layer will provide superior chip resistance. The middle safety laminate layer will prevent the windshield glass pieces from detaching in the event of breakage. The inner light will provide yet another chip resistant layer. The cab windshield will be bonded to the aluminum windshield frame using a urethane adhesive. A custom frit pattern will be applied on the outside perimeter of the windshield for a finished automotive appearance.

WINDSHIELD WIPERS
Three (
3 ) electric windshield wipers with washer will be provided that meet FMVSS and SAE requirements.

The washer reservoir will be able to be filled without raising the cab. 0747442
Engine Tunnel, X12, MX13, Spray
Insulation, Enforcer

ENGINE TUNNEL
Engine hood side walls will be constructed of

0.375
" aluminum. The top will be constructed of

0.125
" aluminum and will be tapered at the top to allow for more driver and passenger elbow room.

The engine hood will be insulated for protection from heat and sound. The noise insulation keeps the dBA level within the limits stated in the current edition of applicable NFPA standards.

The engine tunnel will be no higher than

17.00 " off the crew cab floor.
0887601
Cab Insulation, Enforcer/Saber FR

INTERIOR CAB INSULATION
The cab will include

1.00 " insulation in the ceiling,

1.50 " insulation in the side walls, a minimum of

1.00 " insulation in the crew cab floor, and

2.00 " insulation in the rear wall to maximize acoustic absorption and thermal insulation.
0610508
Rear Wall, Interior, Adjustable
Seating, Not Available

13 984
Bid #:

0632103
Rear Wall, Exterior, Cab, Saber
FR/Enforcer

CAB REAR WALL EXTERIOR COVERING
The exterior surface of the rear wall of the cab will be overlaid with bright aluminum treadplate
except for areas that are not typically visible when the cab is lowered .
0639727
Cab Lift, Elec/Hyd, Manual Override,
Saber FR/Enforcer

CAB LIFT
A hydraulic cab lift system will be provided consisting of an electric powered hydraulic pump, dual lift cylinders, and necessary hoses and valves.

Hydraulic pump will have a manual override for backup in the event of electrical failure.

Lift controls will be located on the right side pump panel or front area of the body in a convenient location.

The cab will be capable of tilting
43 degrees to accommodate engine maintenance and removal.

The cab will be locked down by a
2 -point normally closed spring loaded hook type latch that fully engages after the cab has been lowered. The system will be hydraulically actuated to release the normally closed locks when the cab lift control is in the raised position and cab lift system is under pressure. When the cab is completely lowered and system pressure has been relieved, the spring loaded latch mechanisms will return to the normally closed and locked position.

The hydraulic cylinders will be equipped with a velocity fuse that protects the cab from accidentally descending when the control is located in the tilt position.

For increased safety, a redundant mechanical stay arm will be provided that must be manually put in place on the left side between the chassis and cab frame when the cab is in the raised position. This device will be manually stowed to its original position before the cab can be lowered.

Cab Lift Interlock
The cab lift system will be interlocked to the parking brake. The cab tilt mechanism will be active only when the parking brake is set and the ignition switch is in the on position. If the parking brake is released, the cab tilt mechanism will be disabled. 0695930
Grille, Bright Finished, Front of Cab,
Enforcer
GRILLE
A bright finished aluminum mesh grille screen, inserted behind a bright finished grille surround, will be provided on the front center of the cab.
0002224
Scuffplates, S/S At Cab Door Jambs,
4-Door Cab

DOOR JAMB SCUFFPLATES
All cab door jambs will be furnished with a

1.00 "
polished stainless steel
scuffplate, mounted on
the striker side of the jamb.
0737410
Scuffplates, S/S, Pike Poles, Location

SCUFFPLATES, PIKE POLE
There will be
one (
1 )
polished stainless steel
scuffplate(s) located
on the DS cab roof by the trash
hook to prevent the tool from resting on the paint
.
0812466
Scuffplate, Top of Rear Facing Seat
Risers Only

SCUFFPLATE
There will be
bright aluminum treadplate
scuffplate installed on the top of both rear facing seat risers.
0647932
Not Required, Trim, S/S Band,
Across Cab Face,
AXT/Saber/Enforcer
0015440
No Chrome Molding, On side of cab

0032189
Mirrors, Ramco, 8000PCHR,
Heated/Remote, w/Heated/Remote
Convex, Door Mount

MIRRORS
One (
1 ) Ramco, Model
8000
-PCHR, polished aluminum mirror will be mounted on each of the cab doors. The mirrors will be

9.25 " wide x

13.50 " high with a convex section.

The mirror head
will have a highly polished aluminum finish.

The flat glass in each mirror will be heated and adjustable, with remote controls that are convenient to the driver.

The convex section in each mirror will be heated and adjustable, with remote controls that are convenient to the driver.
0072188
Mirror, Down View, Passenger Side
for Driver, 8" Round

SIDE VIEW MIRROR
An

8.00 " diameter convex mirror will be provided over the officer's side front corner of the cab.

The mirror will provide the driver with a view of the passenger side of the vehicle.

The mirror housing, tubing, clamps and hardware will be constructed of corrosion resistant stainless steel.
0807672
SP
Mirror, Special Mounting, Ramco
8000, 9000, 1350 or 1750
Mirror Mounting Location
The mirrors will be mounted higher than standard. The top of the mirror mount will align with the chassis logo mounted on the cab doors.
14 984
Bid #:

0648170
Door, Half-Height, Saber FR/Enforcer
4-Door Cab, Raised Roof
DOORS
To enhance entry and egress to the cab, the forward cab door openings will be a minimum of

37.50 " wide x

63.37 " high. The crew cab doors will be located on the sides of the cab and will be constructed in the same manner as the forward cab doors. The crew cab door openings will be a minimum of

34.30 " wide x

73.25 " high.

The forward cab and crew cab doors will be constructed of extruded aluminum with a nominal material thickness of

0.093
". The exterior door skins will be constructed from

0.090
" aluminum.

A customized, vertical, pull-down type door handle will be provided on the exterior of each cab door. The finish of the door handle will be
chrome/black
. The exterior handle will be designed
specifically for the fire service to prevent accidental activation, and will provide

4.00 " wide x

2.00 "
deep hand clearance for ease of use with heavy gloved hands.

Each door will also be provided with an interior flush, open style paddle handle that will be readily operable from fore and aft positions, and be designed to prevent accidental activation. The interior handles will provide

4.00 " wide x

1.25 " deep hand clearance for ease of use with heavy
gloved hands.

The cab doors will be provided with both interior (rotary knob) and exterior (keyed) locks exceeding FMVSS standards. The keys will be Model
751
. The locks will be capable of activating
when the doors are open or closed. The doors will remain locked if locks are activated when the doors are opened, then closed.

A full length, heavy duty, stainless steel, piano-type hinge with a

0.38 " pin and
11 gauge leaf will
be provided on all cab doors. There will be double automotive-type rubber seals around the perimeter of the door framing and door edges to ensure a weather-tight fit.

A chrome grab handle will be provided on the inside of each cab door for ease of entry.

A red webbed grab handle will be installed on the crew cab door stop strap. The grab handles will be securely mounted.

The bottom cab step at each cab door location will be located below the cab doors and will be exposed to the exterior of the cab.
0655537
Door Panel, Polished Stainless Steel,
Saber/Enforcer 4-Door Cab
Door Panels
The inner cab door panels will be constructed out of polished stainless steel. 0630636
Controls, Electric Roll-Up Windows,
4dr, 4 Driver Controls, Saber
FR/Enforcer

ELECTRIC OPERATED CAB DOOR WINDOWS
All four (
4 ) cab doors will be equipped with electric operated windows with one ( 1 ) flush mounted
automotive style switch on each door. The driver's door will have four ( 4 ) switches, one (
1 ) to
control each door window.

Each switch will allow intermittent or auto down operation for ease of use. Auto down operation will be actuated by holding the window down switch for approximately 1 second.
0528251
Electric Door Locks, Cab Doors,
QXS, AXT, Sab, Enf

ELECTRIC CAB DOOR LOCKS
The front driver and officer doors will have a door lock master switch that will control all front and rear crew cab door locks. Each rear crew cab door will have its own lock control.

There will be one (
1 ) concealed switch located in an easily accessible chassis specific location that will unlock all the doors.
0638310
Steps, 4-Door Cab, Saber
FR/Enforcer

CAB STEPS
The forward cab and crew cab access steps will be a full size two ( 2 ) step design to provide
largest possible stepping surfaces for safe ingress and egress. The bottom steps will be designed with a grip pattern punched into bright aluminum treadplate material to provide support, slip resistance, and drainage. The bottom steps will be a bolt-in design to minimize repair costs should they need to be replaced. The forward cab steps will be a minimum

25.00 " wide, and the
crew cab steps will be

21.65 " wide with a

10.00 " minimum depth. The inside cab steps will not
exceed

16.50 " in height.

The vertical surfaces of the step well will be
aluminum treadplate
.
0770200
Handrail, Exterior, Hansen, Knurled,
Alum, LED Backlit, 4-Door Cab

CAB EXTERIOR HANDRAILS
A Hansen knurled aluminum handrail will be provided adjacent to each cab and crew cab door opening to assist during cab ingress and egress. Each handrail will be provided with red
LED
lights. The lights will be activated
when the parking brake is applied
. The LED lights may be load
managed.
0892638
Lights, Cab & Crw Cab Acs Stps,
P25, LED w/Bezel, 6lts

STEP LIGHTS
There will be six (
6 ) white LED step lights with
chrome housing
installed for cab and crew cab
access steps.

One (
1 ) light for the left side cab access steps.

Two (
2 ) lights for the left side crew cab access steps.

Two (
2 ) lights for the right side crew cab access steps.

One (
1 ) light for the right side cab access step.

In order to ensure exceptional illumination, each light will provide a minimum of 25 foot-candles
(fc) covering an entire
15 " x
15 " square placed ten (
10 ) inches below the light and a minimum of

1.5 fc covering an entire
30 " x
30 " square at the same ten (
10 ) inch distance below the light.

The lights will be activated when the battery switch is on and the adjacent door is opened. 0583698
Fenders, S/S on cab, Extra Wide,
Saber/Enf

FENDER CROWNS
Stainless steel fender crowns will be installed at the cab wheel openings. 15 984
Bid #:

0586967
Grab Handle, Chrome, Specify
Location, Qty

GRAB HANDLE(S)
There will be
four (
4 )
chrome grab handle(s) mounted in the interior of the cab (
1 ) mounted
vertical, high and forward on driver and officer door, and both crew cab doors. (Reference job 36880
officer door location)
. The grab handle(s) will be securely mounted.
0557023
Handrail, 10", Below Cab Windshield,
Pair

HANDRAILS BELOW CAB WINDSHIELD
A

10.00 " long x

1.25 " diameter handrail will be mounted below the front cab windshield, one ( 1 )
on each side. The handrails will be extruded aluminum with a ribbed design to provide a positive gripping surface.
0627907
Window, Side of C/C, Fixed,
w/Cabinet, SFR/Enf

CREW CAB WINDOWS
One (
1 ) fixed window with tinted glass will be provided on each side of the cab, to the rear of the front cab door. The windows will be sized to enhance light penetration into the cab interior. The windows will measure

18.70 " wide x

23.75 " high with chrome window trim.
0012090
Not Required, Windows, Front/Side
of raised roof
0779033
Not Required, Windows Rear of Crew
Cab, Saber FR/Enforcer

0786279
Window Tint, Crew Cab Door, Right
Side, Privacy Dark Gray

RIGHT SIDE ROLLUP CREW CAB DOOR WINDOW TINT
The rollup window in the right side crew cab door will be tinted privacy dark gray. 0786290
Window Tint, Crew Cab Door, Left
Side, Privacy Dark Gray

LEFT SIDE ROLLUP CREW CAB DOOR WINDOW TINT
The rollup window in the left side crew cab door will be tinted privacy dark gray. 0838293
SP
Compt, 16.50 W x 16 LS/25.50 RS H
x 15 D, Ea Side, Sgl Pan, Rec
Tube,DEF,70" Enf

STORAGE COMPARTMENTS
Provided on each side of the cab, to the rear of the crew cab access doors, will be a storage compartment.

The left side compartment will be

16.50 " wide x

16.00 " high x

15.00 " deep.

The right side compartment will be

16.50 " wide x

25.50 " high x

15.00 " deep.

8.00 " diameter
tube will be provided in the compartment located on
the right side of the cab
.

Part of the tube will be recessed below the compartment floor. The overall height of the tube will be

5.50 " high at the back and

4.00 " high at the front of the compartment for ease of removing the extinguisher.

There will be
two (
2 ) single pan doors painted to match the cab exterior with a locking D-ring latch with
#751
key, one (
1 ) on each side of the cab
. A
pneumatic stay arm for each exterior door
will
be used as a doorstop.

The compartment interior will be
painted to match the cab interior
.

Compartment Lights
There will be
two (
2 ) white LED strip lights provided, one (
1 ) each hinged side of compartment
door openings
. Any lighting will be controlled by an automatic door switch. 0809595
Arm Rest, Side of Engine Tunnel,
Each

ARM REST ON SIDE OF ENGINE TUNNEL
There will be
two (
2 )
padded arm rest(s) provided on the side of the engine tunnel, Each side of
engine tunnel for driver and officer in a seated position . The arm rest padding will match the seat
upholstery.
0820567
SP
Compt, Drivers Step, Saber
FR/Enforcer

STORAGE COMPARTMENT
Provided on the driver's side of the cab, in the step area, will be a storage compartment. The compartment will be

11.50 " wide x

9.50 " high x

10.00 " deep. The compartment will have a drop
down hinged treadplate door with a D-ring handle. The compartment will be painted to match the
cab interior
.
0825690
SP
Compt, Officers Step, 16.5 W x 11 H
x 12 D, SFR/Enf

STORAGE COMPARTMENT
Provided on the officer's side of the cab, in the step area, will be a storage compartment. The compartment will be

16.50 " wide x

11.00 " high x

12.00 " deep. The compartment will have a drop
down hinged treadplate door with a D-ring handle. The compartment will be painted to match the
cab interior
.
16 984
Bid #:

0898549
Cab Air Filtration, TFT CrewProtect
100, 12v DC, Loc, CARE

CAB AIR FILTRATION
The vehicle will be equipped with a CrewProtect
™
air filtration system to provide purification of
the interior air of the cab and crew cab. The multi-stage filtration system will remove particulates, violate organic compounds, aerosol carrying viruses and bacteria from the air.

System Construction
The housing will be constructed of powder coated stainless steel and will be

12.00 " wide x

4.50 "
high x

20.00 " long. The angled surface will be provided with an additional

2.00 " of clearance for
air flow. The unit will be mounted
on a mounting plate, vertically, to the rear of the driver seat .

There will be one (
1 ) filter installed in the unit. The expected filter life will be no less than 1,800

active hours of usage (
6 months). There will be
no additional replacement filters
shipped loose
with the unit. The filter will be designed to neutralize harmful chemical contaminants and is safe to discard as normal trash with no special handling requirements.

System Operating Conditions
CrewProtect will automatically run when the truck is operating. And will not be required to turn on or off
or adjust the flow rate. The fan will operate at
100
CFMs and only

60.2 decibels.

Electrical Wiring/Function
The system will be ignition powered from the
12 VDC vehicle power supply. The system will draw
a maximum of
2 amps and have a
5 -amp integrated fuse in the wire harness.
0894089
Dash, Heavy Duty Metal, Enforcer

CAB DASH
The driver side dash, switch panel located to the right of the driver, and center console will be constructed of metal and
painted fire smoke gray
.

The officer side dash will be a flat top design with an upper beveled edge to provide easy maintenance and will be constructed out of aluminum and painted to match the cab interior.

The instrument gauge cluster will be surrounded with a high impact ABS plastic contoured to the same shape of the instrument gauge cluster.
0817141
Hook, Coat, Heavy Duty, Non-NFPA
2024

COAT HOOK(S), HEAVY DUTY
There will be
two (
2 )
coat hooks supplied and installed
rear wall of the crew cab one each side of
the center forward facing seat @
4 " down from ceiling. Match job
37089
. These hooks will be for
coat storage only and will include a warning label mounted in the crew cab.

NFPA
1900
,
2024
edition, section

11.1.11.2 requires all equipment not required to be used during an emergency response, with the exception of SCBA units, will not be mounted in a driving or crew area unless it is contained in a fully enclosed and latched compartment capable of containing the contents when a
9 G force is applied in the longitudinal axis of the vehicle or a 3 G
force is applied in any other direction, or the equipment is mounted in a bracket(s) that can contain the equipment when the equipment is subjected to those same forces.

Coat hooks can not contain the equipment when it is subjected to 9 G or
3 G force. Per fire
department specification and request for this coat hook, this apparatus will be non-compliant to NFPA
1900
standards effective at time of contract execution.
0656234
Hook, Coat, Heavy Duty, Mounted in
Compartment

HEAVY DUTY COAT HOOK(S) IN COMPARTMENT
There will be
one (
1 )
coat hooks supplied and installed
LS
3 (DO NOT MOUNT, final location TBD
@ final inspection)
.
0721180
SP
Work Surface, 3/16" Alum, Full Eng
Tnl, Map Slots, Lower Rear, (5)
Glove,SFR/Enf

WORK SURFACE ON ENGINE TUNNEL
There will be a work surface provided on the engine tunnel. The work surface will cover the entire engine tunnel and follow the width of the engine tunnel. It will be constructed of

0.19 " aluminum.

The beginning of the work surface will be spaced

2.00 " off the top surface of the engine tunnel
and set back

6.00 " to provide ample room for the instrument panel controls. The work surface will be flat from the front of the engine tunnel to the beginning of the lower flat section of the engine tunnel. The work surface will be

22.00 " wide at the front and remain the same width until the work surface will flange down
90 degrees at the beginning of the lower flat section and then extend full width to the rear of the engine tunnel. The rear of the work surface will be spaced

1.00 " off the
engine tunnel. The work surface will include flanges on all sides to prevent items from being stored beneath it.

To the rear of the instrument panel controls there will be a

12.00 " wide x

4.00 " long x

2.00 " deep
recessed bin centered in the front of the mounting plate.

At the engine tunnel angle there will be a recessed three ( 3 ) bin map book. Each map book slot
will be

16.00 " wide x

3.00 " long following the angle of the tunnel. The front slot will extend

3.50 "
high to meet with the side of glove box storage forward the map book bins.

There will be two (
2 ) glove storage boxes forward the map book bins. The glove boxes will each be

10.00 " wide x

5.00 " high x

3.50 " deep. A slot will be provided on the top of each box to dispense the gloves. The front of the box will be open so the latex glove box can be changed when empty. A Velcro strap will be provided over the opening.

On the flat rear portion of the engine tunnel there will be three ( 3 ) glove storage boxes. The glove
boxes will each be

10.00 " wide x

5.00 " high x

3.50 " deep. A slot will be provided on the top of
each box to dispense the gloves. The rear of the entire box will be open so the latex glove box can be changed when empty. A Velcro strap will be provided over the opening.

The mounting surface will be
painted to match the cab interior
.
17 984
Bid #:

0750824
Cab Interior, Vinyl Headliner, Saber
FR/Enforcer, CARE

CAB INTERIOR
The cab interior will be constructed of primarily metal (painted aluminum) to withstand the severe duty cycles of the fire service.

The engine tunnel will be
padded and covered, on the top and sides, with black
36 ounce leather
grain vinyl resistant to oil, grease, and mildew
.

For durability and ease of maintenance, the cab interior side walls will be painted aluminum. The rear wall will be
painted aluminum
.

The headliner will be installed in both forward and rear cab sections. Headliner material will be vinyl. A sound barrier will be part of its composition. Material will be installed on an aluminum sheet and securely fastened to interior cab ceiling.

The forward portion of the cab headliner will permit easy access for service of electrical wiring or other maintenance needs.

All wiring will be placed in metal raceways.

CAB INTERIOR UPHOLSTERY
The cab interior upholstery will be
36 oz black vinyl
.
0753903
Cab Interior, Paint Color, Saber
FR/Enforcer

CAB INTERIOR PAINT
The cab interior metal surfaces, excluding the rear heater panels, will be painted Nightspots
.

The rear heater panels will be painted black, vinyl textured paint. 0052100
Floor, Rubber Padded, Cab & Crew
Cab, Saber/Enforcer

CAB FLOOR
The cab and crew cab floor areas will be covered with Polydamp ™
acoustical floor mat consisting
of a black pyramid rubber facing and closed cell foam decoupler.

The top surface of the material has a series of raised pyramid shapes evenly spaced, which offer a superior grip surface. Additionally, the material has a

0.25 " thick closed cell foam (no water
absorption) which offers a sound dampening material for reducing sound levels. 0817805
HVAC, Heavy-Duty, Enforcer,
Paccar, CARE

DEFROST/AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM
A ceiling mounted combination heater, defroster and air conditioning system will be installed in the cab above the engine tunnel area.

Cab Defroster
A
54,000
BTU heater-defroster unit with
690
SCFM of air flow will be provided inside the cab. The
heater-defrost will be installed in the forward portion of the cab ceiling. Air outlets will be strategically located in the cab header extrusion per the following:

One (
1 ) adjustable will be directed towards the left side cab window One (
1 ) adjustable will be directed towards the right side cab window Six (
6 ) fixed outlets will be directed at the windshield
The defroster will be capable of clearing
98 percent of the windshield and side glass when tested under conditions where the cab has been cold soaked at
0 degrees Fahrenheit for
10 hours, and
a
2 ounce per square inch layer of frost/ice has been able to build up on the exterior windshield.

The defroster system will meet or exceed SAE J
382
requirements.

Cab/Crew Auxiliary Heater
There will be
no auxiliary heater provided in the rear facing seat risers .

Air Conditioning
A

13.10 cubic inch compressor will be installed on the engine.

A roof-mounted condenser with a
78,000
BTU output at
2,400
SCFM that meets and exceeds the
performance specification will be installed on the cab roof. Mounting the condenser below the cab or body would reduce the performance of the system and will not be acceptable. The condenser cover to be painted to match the cab roof
.

The air conditioning system will be capable of cooling the average cab temperature from 100

degrees Fahrenheit to
75 degrees Fahrenheit at
50 percent relative humidity within
30 minutes.

The cooling performance test will be run only after the cab has been heat soaked at 100
degrees
Fahrenheit for a minimum of
4 hours.

The evaporator unit will be installed in the rear portion of the cab ceiling over the engine tunnel.

The evaporator will include one (
1 ) high performance heating core, one (
1 ) high performance
cooling core with (
1 ) plenum directed to the front and one (
1 ) plenum directed to the rear of the
cab. The rear plenum will be covered with
a metal cover painted to match the cab interior
.

The evaporator unit will have a
52,000
BTU at
690
SCFM rating that meets and exceeds the
performance specifications.

Adjustable air outlets will be strategically located on the forward plenum cover per the following:

Four (
4 ) will be directed towards the seating position on the left side of the cab Four (
4 ) will be directed towards the seating position on the right side of the cab Adjustable air outlets will be strategically located on the rear plenum cover per the following:

Minimum of five (
5 ) will be directed towards crew cab area
A high efficiency particulate air (HEPA) filter will be included for the system. Access to the filter cover will be
secured with four (
4 ) screws
.

The air conditioner refrigerant will be R-
134
A and will be installed by a certified technician.

Climate Control
An automotive style controller will be provided to control the heat and air conditioning system within the cab. The controller will have three (
3 ) functional knobs for fan speed, temperature, and
air flow distribution (front to rear) control.

The system will control the temperature of the cab and crew cab automatically by pushing the center of the fan speed control knob. Rotate the center temperature control knob to set the cab and crew cab temperature.

The AC system will be manually activated by pushing the center of the temperature control knob.

Pushing the center of the air flow distribution knob will engage the AC for max defrost, setting the fan speeds to
100
percent and directing all air flow to the overhead forward position.

The system controller will be located
within panel position
#12
.

Gravity Drain Tubes
Two (
2 ) condensate drain tubes will be provided for the air conditioning evaporator. The drip pan will have two (
2 ) drain tubes plumbed separately to allow for the condensate to exit the drip pan.

No pumps will be provided.
18 984
Bid #:

0624005
Sun Visor, Vinyl/Fabric, AXT, Qtm,
SFR/Enf

SUN VISORS
There will be two (
2 )
vinyl
covered sun visors provided. The sun visors will be located above the windshield with one (
1 ) mounted on each side of the cab.

There will be
a black plastic thumb latch
provided to help secure each sun visor in the stowed
position.
0622887
Grab Handles, Driver Door Post,
Officer Door Post Low, SFR/Enf

GRAB HANDLE
A black rubber covered grab handle will be mounted on the door post of the driver and officer's side cab door to assist in entering the cab. The officer's side grab handle will be mounted on the lower portion of the door post. The grab handle will be securely mounted to the post area between the door and windshield.
0583938
Lights, Engine Compt, Custom, Auto
Sw, Wln 3SC0CDCR, 3" LED, Trim

ENGINE COMPARTMENT LIGHTS
There will be
one (
1 )
Whelen, Model
3 SC
0 CDCR,
12 volt DC,

3.00 " white LED light(s) with
Whelen, Model
3 FLANGEC, chrome flange kit(s) installed under the cab to be used as engine compartment illumination.

These light(s) will be activated automatically when the cab is raised. 0631830
Fluid Check Access, Saber
FR/Enforcer, Arrow XT

ACCESS TO ENGINE DIPSTICKS
For access to the engine oil and transmission fluid dipsticks, there will be a door on the engine tunnel, inside the crew cab. The door will be on the rear wall of the engine tunnel, on the vertical surface.

The engine oil dipstick will allow for checking only. The transmission dipstick will allow for both checking and filling.

The door will have a rubber seal for thermal and acoustic insulation. One ( 1 )
flush lift and turn
latch
will be provided on the access door.
0754228
Tray, Records, 18 W, Across From
Officer, SFR/Enf

RECORDS TRAY
Installed across from the officer's seat will be a records tray. The tray will be approximately

18.00 "
across x

8.00 " high with a

1.00 " retainer across the bottom.

The tray will be mounted on a smooth aluminum plate

18.00 " wide x

7.38 " deep. The plate will be
mounted to the top surface of the dash, directly in front of the officer seat. This mounting plate will extend out approximately

2.00 " past the edge of the dash to allow enough room to mount the records tray.

The tray and mounting plate will be constructed of

0.090
" aluminum and will be painted to match
the cab interior.
19 984
Bid #:

0583042
Side Roll and Frontal Impact
Protection

CAB SAFETY SYSTEM
The cab will be provided with a safety system designed to protect occupants in the event of a side roll or frontal impact, and will include the following:

A supplemental restraint system (SRS) sensor will be installed on a structural cab member behind the instrument panel. The SRS sensor will perform real time diagnostics of all critical subsystems and will record sensory inputs immediately before and during a side roll or frontal impact event.

A slave SRS sensor will be installed in the cab to provide capacity for eight ( 8 ) crew cab seating
positions.

A fault-indicating light will be provided on the vehicle's instrument panel allowing the driver to monitor the operational status of the SRS system.

A driver side front air bag will be mounted in the steering wheel and will be designed to protect the head and upper torso of the occupant, when used in combination with the 3 -point seat belt.

A passenger side knee bolster air bag will be mounted in the modesty panel below the dash panel and will be designed to protect the legs of the occupant, when used in combination with the 3 -point seat belt.

Air curtains will be provided in the outboard bolster of outboard seat backs to provide a cushion between occupant and the cab wall.

Suspension seats will be provided with devices to retract them to the lowest travel position during a side roll or frontal impact event.

Seat belts will be provided with pre-tensioners to remove slack from the seat belt during a side roll or frontal impact event.

Frontal Impact Protection
The SRS system will provide protection during a frontal or oblique impact event. The system will activate when the vehicle decelerates at a predetermined G force known to cause injury to the occupants. The cab and chassis will have been subjected, via third party test facility, to a crash impact during frontal and oblique impact testing. Testing included all major chassis and cab components such as mounting straps for fuel and air tanks, suspension mounts, front suspension components, rear suspensions components, frame rail cross members, engine and transmission and their mounts, pump house and mounts, frame extensions and body mounts. The testing provided configuration specific information used to optimize the timing for firing the safety restraint system. The sensor will activate the pyrotechnic devices when the correct crash algorithm, wave form, is detected.

The SRS system will deploy the following components in the event of a frontal or oblique impact event:

Driver side front air bag
Passenger side knee bolster air bag
Air curtains mounted in the outboard bolster of outboard seat backs Suspension seats will be retracted to the lowest travel position Seat belts will be pre-tensioned to firmly hold the occupant in place Side Roll Protection
The SRS system will provide protection during a fast or slow 90 degree roll to the side, in which
the vehicle comes to rest on its side. The system will analyze the vehicle's angle and rate of roll to determine the optimal activation of the advanced occupant restraints.

The SRS system will deploy the following components in the event of a side roll:

Air curtains mounted in the outboard bolster of outboard seat backs Suspension seats will be retracted to the lowest travel position Seat belts will be pre-tensioned to firmly hold the occupant in place 0622618
Seating Capacity, 5 Belted Seats

SEATING CAPACITY
The seating capacity of the vehicle (including tiller cab and belted seat positions in the rescue body) will be five (
5 ).
0766159
Seat, Driver, USSC, Valor, P1A, Air
Ride, I-Back, Safety, PRIMARY,
SFR/Enf

DRIVER SEAT
A USSC Valor air suspension I-back seat will be provided in the cab for the driver. For increased convenience, the seat will include a manual control to adjust the horizontal position (

4.00 " travel).

To provide flexibility for multiple driver configurations, the seat will have a reclining back, adjustable from
15 degrees back to
15 degrees forward.

The seat will include the following features incorporated into the side roll protection system:

Side air curtain will be mounted integral to the outboard bolster of the seat back. The air curtain will be covered by a decorative panel when in the stowed position.

A suspension seat safety system will be included. When activated in the event of a side roll, this system will pretension the seat belt and retract the seat to its lowest travel position.

Shipped loose with the seat will be
no additional contaminant mitigation vinyl covers
.

The seat will be furnished with a
3 -point, shoulder type seat belt.
0819421
Seat, Officer, USSC, Valor, P1A, Air
Ride, I-Back, Safety, PRIMARY,
SFR/Enf

OFFICER SEAT

A USSC, P
1 A, air suspension seat will be provided in the cab for the officer. For optimal comfort, the seat will be provided with

20.00 " wide x

18.00 " deep bottom cushion. For increased
convenience, the seat will include a manual control to adjust the height (

3.00 " travel) and
horizontal position (

2.50 " travel). The seat back will be an I-Back style with an adjustable recline.

The seat will include the following features incorporated into the side roll protection system:

Side air curtain will be mounted integral to the outboard bolster of the seat back. The air curtain will be covered by a decorative panel when in the stowed position.

A suspension seat safety system will be included. When activated in the event of a side roll, this system will pretension the seat belt, then retract the seat to its lowest travel position.

Shipped loose with the seat will be
no additional contaminant mitigation vinyl covers
.

The seat will be furnished with a
3 -point, shoulder type seat belt.
0002517
Not Required, Radio Compartment
20 984
Bid #:

0818704
Cabinet, Rear Facing, LS, 23 W x 24
H x 26.75 D, Lap, SFR/Enf

REAR FACING LEFT SIDE EMS CABINET
A rear facing cabinet will be provided in the crew cab at the left side outboard position.

The cabinet will be

23.00 " wide x

24.00 " high x

26.75 " deep with
one (
1 ) lap door hinged on the
inboard side, painted to match the cab interior with a non-locking D-ring latch . The interior clear
door opening of the cabinet will be

20.50 " wide x

21.50 " high.

The cabinet will include
no adjustable shelves or trays
in the cabinet interior
.

The cabinet will include
no louvers
.

The cabinet will be constructed of smooth aluminum and painted to match the cab interior.

Cabinet Light
There will be
one (
1 ) white LED strip light installed on the right side of the interior cabinet door opening
. The lights will be controlled by an automatic door switch. 0102783
Not Required, Seat, Rr Facing C/C,
Center
0818707
Cabinet, Rear Facing, RS, 22 W x 24
H x 26.75 D, Lap, SFR/Enf

REAR FACING RIGHT SIDE CABINET
A rear facing cabinet will be provided in the crew cab at the right side outboard position.

The cabinet will be

22.00 " wide x

24.00 " high x

26.75 " deep with
one (
1 ) lap door hinged on the
inboard side, painted to match the cab interior with a non-locking D-ring latch . The clear door
opening of the cabinet will be

19.50 " wide x

21.50 " high.

The cabinet will include
no adjustable shelves or trays
in the cabinet interior
.

The cabinet will include
no louvers
.

The cabinet will be constructed of smooth aluminum, and painted to match the cab interior.

Cabinet Light
There will be
one (
1 ) white LED strip light installed on the left side of the interior cabinet door opening
. The lighting will be controlled by an automatic door switch. 0818585
Seat, Fwd Fcng C/C, LS Otbrd,
Valor, SCBA, Foldup,Safety,2.75"
Inbrd,PRIMARY,Enf

FORWARD FACING LEFT SIDE OUTBOARD SEAT
There will be one (
1 ) forward facing, USSC Valor, foldup SCBA seat provided at the left side outboard position in the crew cab. The seat will be mounted

2.75 " inboard from the standard
location.

For optimal comfort, and to maximize accessibility to the crew cab, the seat will be provided with a

15.00 " deep cushion.

The seat back will be an SCBA style with
90 degree back. The SCBA cavity will be adjustable
from front to rear in

0.75 " increments, to accommodate different sized SCBA cylinders. Moving the SCBA cavity will be accomplished by unbolting, relocating, and re-bolting it in the desired location.

The seat will include the following features incorporated into the side roll protection system:

Side air curtain will be mounted integral to the outboard bolster of the seat back. The air curtain will be covered by a decorative panel when in the stowed position.

A seat safety system will be included. When activated, this system will pretension the seat belt around the occupant to firmly hold them in place in the event of a side roll.

The seat will be furnished with a
3 -point, shoulder type seat belt.

Shipped loose with the seat will be
no additional contaminant mitigation vinyl covers
.
0838641
SP
Seat, Fwd Fcng C/C, Ctr, (1) USSC,
Valor, SCBA,17",Arm,Sfty,38 W
Rsr,PRIMARY,Enf

FORWARD FACING CENTER SEAT
There will be one (
1 ) forward facing, USSC Valor, seat provided at the center position in the crew cab. For optimal comfort, the seat will be provided with a

17.00 " deep cushion.

An arm rest will be provided on both sides of the seat.

The seat back will be an SCBA style with
95 degree back. The SCBA cavity will be adjustable
from front to rear in

0.75 " increments to accommodate different sized SCBA cylinders. Moving the SCBA cavity will be accomplished by unbolting, relocating, and re-bolting it in the desired location.

The seat will include the following features incorporated into the side roll protection system:

A seat safety system will be included. When activated, this system will pretension the seat belt.

The seats will be furnished with a
3 -point, shoulder type seat belt.

Center Seat Riser
The seat will be mounted on top of a

38.00 " wide x

24.50 " deep seat riser with the seat mounted
on the center of the riser. There will be
one (
1 ) drop down door, painted to match the cab interior
with two (
2 ) non-locking flush lift and turn latches
provided on the front of the forward facing seat
riser. The door will be provided with
no louvers
.
0818794
Seat, Fwd Fcng C/C, RS Otbrd,
Valor,I-Back,Foldup,Safety,2.75"
Inbrd,PRIMARY,Enf

FORWARD FACING RIGHT SIDE OUTBOARD SEAT
There will be one (
1 ) forward facing, USSC Valor, foldup seat provided at the right side outboard position in the crew cab. The seat will be mounted

2.75 " inboard from the standard location.

For optimal comfort, the seat will be provided with a

17.00 " deep cushion. The seat back will be
an I-back style with an adjustable recline angle.

The seat will include the following features incorporated into the side roll protection system:

Side air curtain will be mounted integral to the outboard bolster of the seat back. The air curtain will be covered by a decorative panel when in the stowed position.

A seat safety system will be included. When activated, this system will pretension the seat belt around the occupant to firmly hold them in place in the event of a side roll.

Shipped loose with the seat will be
no additional contaminant mitigation vinyl covers
.

The seat will be furnished with a
3 -point, shoulder type seat belt.
21 984
Bid #:

0752005
Lip, Top of Interior Cabinet, All Sides

LIP ON CABINET
There will be a

1.00 "
lip provided around the top perimeter of the cabinet. There will NOT be anything stored on the top portion without restraints.

There will be
two (
2 )
cabinets(s) provided with the lip
One around top of each of the two EMS
cabinets inside the cab
.
0622994
Cabinet, (2) Rr Fcng, Overhead, 21
W x 10 H x 34 D, SFR/Enf

REAR FACING OVERHEAD STORAGE COMPARTMENT
There will be two (
2 ) overhead rear facing storage compartments installed at the raised roof within the crew cab, on each side of the air conditioner. The compartments will be approximately

21.00 " wide x

10.00 " high x

34.00 " deep at the bottom.

Each compartment will include one (
1 ) lift up compartment door.

Non-locking latch
, paddle
handle, and gas operated stay arms will be provided.

The compartment will be constructed of smooth aluminum and painted to match the cab interior.

Compartment Light
The storage compartment lighting will consist of
one (
1 ) white LED strip light installed horizontally
above each compartment door opening
.
0625186
Upholstery, Seats In Cab, All
ValorTechXD (Cordura), USSC,
CARE

SEAT UPHOLSTERY
All seat upholstery will be
black, sewn with red stitching,
ValorTechXD anti-microbial material.
0543991
Bracket, Air Bottle, Hands-Free II,
Cab Seats

AIR BOTTLE HOLDERS
All SCBA type seats in the cab will have a "Hands-Free" auto clamp style bracket in its backrest.

For efficiency and convenience, the bracket will include an automatic spring clamp that allows the occupant to store the SCBA bottle by simply pushing it into the seat back. For protection of all occupants in the cab, in the event of an accident, the inertial components within the clamp will constrain the SCBA bottle in the seat and will exceed the NFPA standard of 9 G.

There will be a quantity of
two (
2 )
SCBA brackets.
0613020
Inserts, Back Rest For USSC SCBA
Seats

BACK REST INSERTS
Provided with the USSC SCBA seats will be back rest inserts which covers the SCBA cavity.

The insert covers will be padded and covered with same material as the seat.

A total of
two (
2 ) inserts
covers will be provided.
0734952
Door, Access, Front, (2) Rear Facing
Seat Risers, No Heater

ACCESS DOOR
An access door will be provided in the front edge of each rear facing seat riser with a drop down door. The drop down door will be provided with a
Southco C
2 black powder coated raised trigger
latch
and
painted to match the cab interior
. There will be
no louvers
.
0603866
Seat Belt, Dual Retractor,
ReadyReach, Saber FR/Enforcer

SEAT BELTS
All cab and tiller cab (if applicable) seating positions will have red
seat belts. To provide quick,
easy use for occupants wearing bunker gear, the female buckle and seat belt webbing length will meet or exceed the current edition of applicable NFPA and CAN/ULC - S 515
standards.

The
3 -point shoulder type seat belts will include height adjustment. This adjustment will optimize the belts effectiveness and comfort for the seated firefighter. The 3 -point shoulder type seat belts
will be furnished with dual automatic retractors that will provide ease of operation in the normal seating position.

The
3 -point shoulder type belts will also include the ReadyReach® D-loop assembly to the shoulder belt system. The ReadyReach feature adds an extender arm to the D-loop location placing the D-loop in a closer, easier to reach location.

Any flip up seats will include a
3 -point shoulder type belts only.

To ensure safe operation, the seats will be equipped with seat belt sensors in the seat cushion and belt receptacle that will activate an alarm indicating a seat is occupied but not buckled. 0817557
Helmet Storage, Provided by Fire
Department, NFPA/ULC 2024

HELMET STORAGE PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
NFPA
1900
,
2024
edition, section

11.1.8.4.1 and CAN/ULC
515:2024
edition, section

5.2 ,
requires a location for helmet storage be provided.

There is no helmet storage on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide a location for storage of helmets.
0647632
Lights, Dome, Wln 60C*EGCS Dual
LED 4 Lts

CAB DOME LIGHTS
There will be four (
4 ) Whelen, Model
60 C*EGCS,

6.00 " round dual LED dome lights provided.

Two (
2 ) lights will be mounted above the inside shoulder of the driver and officer and two ( 2 )
lights will be installed and located, one (
1 ) on each side of the crew cab.

The color of the LED's will be
red and white
.

The white LED's will be controlled by
the door switches and the lens switch
.

The color LED's will be controlled by
the lens switch
.
0813183
Not Required, Enhanced Software for
Cab and Crew Cab Dome Lts
22 984
Bid #:

0649915
Light, Map, Havis, C-MAP-T-LED,
Gooseneck

MAP LIGHT
There will be
one (
1 )
Havis, Model C-MAP-T-LED map light(s) with

12.00 " gooseneck provided in
the cab and located
as close as physically possible to the officer's side "A" post .

There will be a
3 -position switch provided on the light(s) to allow the LED to be red/off/white.

The light switch(es) will be connected
directly to the battery switched power
.
0727540
Spotlight, Golight/RadioRay, Model
20**4GT, LED, 1 Lt

CAB SPOTLIGHT
There will be one (
1 ) Golight/RadioRay®, Model
20 **
4 GT,
black
LED spotlight located on the cab
roof,
centered over lightbar per print. BRACKET TO BE AS CLOSE AS POSSIBLE TO ON TOP OF LIGHTBAR TO MINIMIZE OVERALL HEIGHT!!!!!!
. The spotlight will be mounted
on a painted
Z bracket
.

This light may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0650074
Controller, Spotlight, Golight, Wired
Dash Mt, 1 Lt
Spotlight Controller
There will be one (
1 ) wired dash mounted remote provided for the spotlight. 0646149
Location, Spotlight Controller,
Officer's Side, Overhead

SPOTLIGHT CONTROLLER LOCATION
The remote to control each spotlight will be located within reach of the officer in the ceiling overhead.
0555812
Handlts, (2) Streamlight, Fire Vulcan,
44451 C4 LED, Tail lights, 12v,
Orange

HAND HELD LIGHT
There will be two (
2 )
12 v Streamlight, Fire Vulcan, Model
#44451
, lights mounted

RUN WIRES
ONLY, one (
1 ) each side of the center forward facing seatbase in crew cab. lighthead facing forward release close to rear wall of cab. Match job
31796
.

Each light housing will be orange in color and be provided with a C 4 LED and two (
2 ) ultra bright
blue tail light LEDs. The tail light LEDs will have a dual mode of blinking or steady.

Vehicle mount with
12 VDC direct wire charging rack.

Quick release buckle strap will be included.
0622803
Cab Instruments, Black Gauges,
Black Bezels, Enforcer MUX

CAB INSTRUMENTATION
The cab instrument panel include gauges, an LCD display, telltale indicator lamps, control switches, alarms, and a diagnostic panel. The function of the instrument panel controls and switches will be identified by a label adjacent to each item. Actuation of the headlight switch will illuminate the labels in low light conditions. Telltale indicator lamps will not be illuminated unless necessary. The cab instruments and controls will be conveniently located within the forward cab section, forward of the driver. The gauge assembly and switch panels are designed to be removable for ease of service and low cost of ownership.

Gauges
The gauge panel will include the following ten (
10 ) black faced gauges with black bezels to
monitor vehicle performance:

Voltmeter gauge (volts):

Low volts (

11.8 VDC)
Amber caution indicator on the information center with intermittent alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
High volts (

15.5 VDC)
Amber caution indicator on the information center with intermittent alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Very low volts (

11.3 VDC)
Red warning indicator on the information center with a steady alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Very high volts (

16.0 VDC)
Red warning indicator on the information center with a steady alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Engine Tachometer (RPM)
Speedometer MPH (Major Scale), KM/H (Minor Scale)
Fuel level gauge (Empty - Full in fractions):

Low fuel (
1/8
full)
Amber caution indicator on the information center with intermittent alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Very low fuel (
1/32
full)
Red caution indicator on the information center with steady alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Engine Oil pressure Gauge (PSI):

Low oil pressure to activate engine warning lights and alarms Red caution indicator on the information center with steady alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Front Air Pressure Gauges (PSI):

Low air pressure to activate warning lights and alarm
Red warning indicator on the information center with a steady alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Rear Air Pressure Gauges (PSI):

Low air pressure to activate warning lights and alarm
Red warning indicator on the information center with a steady alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Transmission Oil Temperature Gauge (Fahrenheit):

High transmission oil temperature activates warning lights and alarm Amber caution indicator on the information center with intermittent alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge (Fahrenheit):

High engine temperature activates an engine warning light and alarms 23 984
Bid #:

Amber caution indicator on the information center with intermittent alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Level Gauge (Empty - Full in fractions):

Low fluid (
1/8
full)
Amber indicator light in gauge dial
All gauges will perform prove out at initial power-up to ensure proper performance.

Indicator Lamps
To promote safety, the following telltale indicator lamps will be located on the instrument panel in clear view of the driver. The indicator lamps will be "dead-front" design that is only visible when active. The colored indicator lights will have descriptive text or symbols.

The following amber telltale lamps will be present:

Low coolant
Trac cntl (traction control) (where applicable)
Check engine
Check trans (check transmission
Aux brake overheat (Auxiliary brake overheat
Air rest (air restriction)
Caution (triangle symbol)
Water in fuel
DPF (engine diesel particulate filter regeneration)
Trailer ABS (where applicable)
Wait to start (where applicable)
HET (engine high exhaust temperature) (where applicable) ABS (antilock brake system)
MIL (engine emissions system malfunction indicator lamp) (where applicable) Side roll fault (where applicable)
Front air bag fault (where applicable)
The following red telltale lamps will be present:

Warning (stop sign symbol)
Seat belt
Parking brake
Stop engine
Rack down
The following green telltale lamps will be provided:

Left turn
Right turn
Battery on
The following blue telltale lamp will be provided:

High beam
Alarms
Audible steady tone warning alarm: A steady audible tone alarm will be provided whenever a warning message is present.

Audible pulsing tone caution alarm: A pulsing audible tone alarm (chime/chirp) will be provided whenever a caution message is present without a warning message being present.

Alarm silence: Any active audible alarm will be able to be silenced by holding the ignition switch at the top position for three (
3 ) to five (
5 ) seconds. For improved safety, silenced audible alarms will intermittently chirp every
30 seconds until the alarm condition no longer exists. The intermittent chirp will act as a reminder to the operator that a caution or warning condition still exists. Any new warning or caution condition will enable the steady or pulsing tones respectively.

Indicator Lamp and Alarm Prove-Out
A system will be provided which automatically tests telltale indicator lights and alarms located on the cab instrument panel. Telltale indicators and alarms will perform prove-out at initial power-up to ensure proper performance.

Control Switches
For ease of use, the following controls will be provided immediately adjacent to the cab instrument panel within easy reach of the driver. All switches will have backlit labels for low light applications.

Headlight/Parking light switch: A three (
3 )-position maintained rocker switch will be
provided. The first switch position will deactivate all parking and headlights. The second switch position will activate the parking lights. The third switch will activate the headlights.

Panel back lighting intensity control switch: A three ( 3 )-position momentary rocker switch
will be provided. Pressing the top half of the switch, "Panel Up" increases the panel back lighting intensity and pressing the bottom half of the switch, "Panel Down" decreases the panel back lighting intensity. Pressing the half or bottom half of the switch several times will allow back lighting intensity to be gradually varied from minimum to maximum intensity level for ease of use.

Ignition switch: A three (
3 )-position maintained/momentary rocker switch will be provided.

The first switch position will turn off and deactivate vehicle ignition. The second switch position will activate vehicle ignition and will perform prove-out on the telltale indicators and alarms for
3 to
5 seconds after the switch is turned on. A green indicator lamp is activated with vehicle ignition. The third momentary position will temporarily silence all active cab alarms. An alarm "chirp" may continue as long as alarm condition exists.

Switching ignition to off position will terminate the alarm silence feature and reset function of cab alarm system.

Engine start switch: A two (
2 )-position momentary rocker switch will be provided. The first switch position is the default switch position. The second switch position will activate the vehicle's engine. The switch actuator is designed to prevent accidental activation.

Hazard switch will be provided on the instrument panel or on the steering column.

Heater, defroster, and air conditioning control panel.

Turn signal arm: A self-canceling turn signal with high beam headlight controls will be provided.

Windshield wiper control will have high, low and intermittent modes.

Parking brake control: An air actuated push/pull park brake control valve will be provided.

Chassis horn control: Activation of the chassis horn control will be provided through the center of the steering wheel.

High idle engagement switch: A momentary rocker switch with integral indicator lamp will be provided. The switch will activate and deactivate the high idle function. The "OK To 24 984
Bid #:

Engage High Idle" indicator lamp must be active for the high idle function to engage. A green indicator lamp integral to the high idle engagement switch will indicate when the high idle function is engaged.
"OK To Engage High Idle" indicator lamp: A green indicator light will be provided next to the high idle activation switch to indicate that the interlocks have been met to allow high idle engagement.

Emergency switching will be controlled by
multiple individual warning light switches for
various groups or areas of emergency warning lights. An Emergency Master switch provided on the instrument panel that enables or disables all individual warning light switches is included
.

An additional "Emergency Master" button will be provided on the lower left hand corner of the gauge panel to allow convenient control of the "Emergency Master" system from inside the driver's door when standing on the ground.

Custom Switch Panels
The design of cab instrumentation will allow for emergency lighting and other switches to be placed within easy reach of the operator thus improving safety. There will be positions for up to four (
4 ) switch panels in the lower instrument console and up to six ( 6 ) switch
panels in the overhead visor console. All switches have backlit labels for low light conditions.

Diagnostic Panel
A diagnostic panel will be accessible while standing on the ground and located inside the driver's side door left of the steering column. The diagnostic panel will allow diagnostic tools such as computers to connect to various vehicle systems for improved troubleshooting providing a lower cost of ownership. Diagnostic switches will allow ABS systems to provide blink codes should a problem exist.

The diagnostic panel will include the following:

Engine diagnostic port
Transmission diagnostic port
ABS diagnostic port
Roll sensor diagnostic port
Command Zone USB diagnostic port
ABS diagnostic switch (blink codes flashed on ABS telltale indicator) Diesel particulate filter regeneration switch (where applicable) Diesel particulate filter regeneration inhibit switch (where applicable) Cab LCD Display
A digital four (
4 )-row by
20 -character dot matrix display will be integral to the gauge panel.

The display will be capable of showing simple graphical images as well as text. The display will be split into three (
3 ) sections. Each section will have a dedicated function.

The upper left section will display the outside ambient temperature.

The upper right section will display the following, along with other configuration specific information:

Odometer
Trip mileage
PTO hours
Fuel consumption
Engine hours
The bottom section will display INFO, CAUTION, and WARNING messages. Text messages will automatically activate to describe the cause of an audible caution or warning alarm.

The LCD will be capable of displaying multiple text messages should more than one caution or warning condition exist.
0509511
Air Restriction Indicator, Imp/Vel,
AXT, Enf MUX

AIR RESTRICTION INDICATOR
A high air restriction warning indicator light LCD message with amber warning indicator and audible alarm will be provided.
0543751
Light, Do Not Move Apparatus

"DO NOT MOVE APPARATUS" INDICATOR
A flashing red indicator light, located in the driving compartment, will be illuminated automatically per the current NFPA requirements. The light will be labeled "Do Not Move Apparatus If Light Is On."
The same circuit that activates the Do Not Move Apparatus indicator will activate a pulsing alarm

when the parking brake is released.
25 984
Bid #:

0509042
Messages, Open Dr/DNMT, Color
Dsply,

DO NOT MOVE TRUCK MESSAGES
Messages will be displayed on the Command Zone
™,
color display located within sight of the
driver whenever the Do Not Move Truck light is active. The messages will designate the item or items not in the stowed for vehicle travel position (parking brake disengaged).

The following messages will be displayed (where applicable):

Do Not Move Truck
DS Cab Door Open (Driver Side Cab Door Open)
PS Cab Door Open (Passenger's Side Cab Door Open)
DS Crew Cab Door Open (Driver Side Crew Cab Door Open)
PS Crew Cab Door Open (Passenger's Side Crew Cab Door Open) DS Body Door Open (Driver Side Body Door Open)
PS Body Door Open (Passenger's Side Body Door Open)
Rear Body Door Open
DS Ladder Rack Down (Driver Side Ladder Rack Down)
PS Ladder Rack Down (Passenger Side Ladder Rack Down)
Deck Gun Not Stowed
Lt Tower Not Stowed (Light Tower Not Stowed)
Fold Tank Not Stowed (Fold-A-Tank Not Stowed)
Aerial Not Stowed (Aerial Device Not Stowed)
Stabilizer Not Stowed
Steps Not Stowed
Handrail Not Stowed
Any other device that is opened, extended, or deployed that creates a hazard or is likely to cause major damage to the apparatus if the apparatus is moved will be displayed as a caution message after the parking brake is disengaged.
0611683
Switching, Cab Instrument Lower
Console & Overhead, Membrane,
Enforcer WiFi MUX

SWITCH PANELS
The emergency light switch panel will have a master switch for ease of use plus individual switches for selective control. Each switch panel will contain eight ( 8 ) membrane-type switches
each rated for one million (
1,000,000
) cycles. Panels containing less than eight (
8 ) switch
assignments will include non-functioning black appliqués. The built-in switch panels will be located in the lower console or overhead console of the cab.

Additional switch panel(s) will be located in the overhead position(s) above the windshield or in designated locations on the lower instrument panel layout.

The switches will be membrane-type and also act as an integral indicator light. For quick, visual indication the entire surface of the switch will be illuminated white whenever back lighting is activated and illuminated green whenever the switch is active. An active illuminated switch will flash when interlock requirements are not met or device is actively being load managed. For ease of use, a two (
2 )-ply, scratch resistant laser engraved Gravoply label indicating the use of each switch will be placed in the center of the switch. The label will allow light to pass through the letters for ease of use in low light conditions.
0802942
Wiper Control, 2-Speed with
Intermittent, Wired to Prk Brk, MUX,
Enforcer

WIPER CONTROL
Wiper control will consist of a two (
2 )-speed windshield wiper control with intermittent feature and windshield washer controls. The control will be
located on the left side of the center instrument
panel
.

The wipers will be interlocked to the parking brake. The wipers will terminate operation when the parking brake is set.
0834416
USB, Cab, 4, 12V DC, Dual USB
Termination, NFPA1900/ULC

CAB USB
There will be four (
4 ) USB terminations
with a combination USB type A & C
, wired to switched
battery power, provided per the following:

One (
1 ) within reach of the driver
One (
1 ) within reach of the passenger
Two (
2 ) on the rear of the engine tunnel, one (
1 ) each side.

This circuit may be load managed.
0820904
Wiring, Spare, 15 A 12V DC 1st
NFPA1900/ULC

SPARE CIRCUIT
There will be
one (
1 )
pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus.

The wires will have the following features:

The positive wire will be connected
directly to the battery switched power
.

The negative wire will be connected to ground.

Wires will be capable of carrying
15 amps.

Power and ground will terminate

ON THE BACKSIDE OF THE INSTRUMENT CONSOLE AND

ABOVE THE ENGINE TUNNEL (SEE APPROVED IP LAYOUT)
.

Termination will be
with
15 amp, power point plug with rubber cover
.

Wires will be protected to meet the NFPA Automotive Fire Apparatus standard.

The circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set. 26 984
Bid #:

0820906
Wiring, Spare, 15 A 12V DC 2nd
NFPA1900/ULC

SPARE CIRCUIT
There will be
seven (
7 )
pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus.

The wires will have the following features:

The positive wire will be connected
directly to the battery switched power
The negative wire will be connected to ground
Wires will be capable of carrying
15 amps
Power and ground will terminate
one (
1 ) in each body compartment up as high as possible
(behind roll-up door) and as far to the left as possible Termination will be
with a
10 -place bus bar with screws and removable cover
Wires will be protected to meet the NFPA Automotive Fire Apparatus standard.

The circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set. 0820909
Wiring, Spare, 15 A 12V DC 4th
NFPA1900/ULC

SPARE CIRCUIT
There will be
one (
1 )
pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus.

The wires will have the following features:

The positive wire will be connected
directly to the battery switched power
The negative wire will be connected to ground
Wires will be capable of carrying
15 amps
Power and ground will terminate
on the rear wall of the crew cab, on the PS of the center forward facing seat and just above the seat base. Match
31796
Termination will be
with
15 amp, power point plug with rubber cover
Wires will be protected to meet the NFPA Automotive Fire Apparatus standard.

The circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set. 0820910
Wiring, Spare, 15 A 12V DC 5th
NFPA1900/ULC

SPARE CIRCUIT
There will be
one (
1 )
pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus.

The wires will have the following features:

The positive wire will be connected
directly to the battery switched power
The negative wire will be connected to ground
Wires will be capable of carrying
15 amps
Power and ground will terminate
inside RS
1 above the upper shelf per job
31796
Termination will be
with
15 amp, power point plug with rubber cover
Wires will be protected to meet the NFPA Automotive Fire Apparatus standard The circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set. 0821192
Wiring, Spare, 20 A 12V DC 1st
NFPA1900/ULC

SPARE CIRCUIT
There will be
two (
2 )
pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus.

The wires will have the following features:

The positive wire will be connected
directly to the battery switched power
The negative wire will be connected to ground
Wires will be capable of carrying
20 amps
Power and ground will terminate
officer side dash area
Termination will be
with heat shrinkable butt splicing
Wires will be protected to meet the NFPA Automotive Fire Apparatus standard.

The circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set. 0821580
Wiring, Spare, 7.5A 12V DC 1st
NFPA1900/ULC

SPARE CIRCUIT
There will be
one (
1 )
pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus.

The wires will have the following features:

The positive wire will be connected
directly to the battery switched power
.

The negative wire will be connected to ground.

Wires will be capable of carrying

7.5 amps.

Power and ground will terminate
behind the officer's seat (for dealer installed SL
20 flashlights) -
leave
4 ' of wiring coiled up
.

Termination will be
with heat shrinkable butt splicing
.

Wires will be protected to meet the NFPA Automotive Fire Apparatus standard.

This circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set. 0819994
Radio, Jensen, AM/FM/WB,
Bluetooth

STEREO RADIO
There will be one heavy duty AM/FM / Weatherband / Bluetooth stereo radio. The radio will be installed
per instrument panel layout
. There will be

5.25 " speakers installed
one (
1 ) pair of

5.25 "
speakers in the cab and one (
1 ) pair of

5.25 " speakers in the crew cab
. The antenna will be
a
roof-mounted rubber antenna located in an open space, on the cab roof .

The following Jensen features will be included:
180
watts max power (
45 W x
4 );
100
watts RMS (
25 W x
4 )
Bluetooth® streaming audio (A
2 DP/AVRCP)
Weatherband
AM/FM tuner with
30 presets
Audio settings (volume/bass/treble/balance/fade)
Toggle switch between day and night display
Daylight-readable, segmented LCD
Two-wire power with non-volatile memory and clock support Low battery alert
0814201
Vehicle Information Center, 7" Color
Display, Touchscreen, MUX, CL714

INFORMATION CENTER
An information center employing a

7.00 " diagonal touch screen color LCD display will be encased in an ABS plastic housing.
27 984
Bid #:

The information center will have the following specifications:

Operate in temperatures from -
40 to
158
degrees Fahrenheit
LCD optically bonded to hardened AR glass lens
Five weather resistant user interface switches
Grey with black accents
Sunlight Readable
Linux operating system
Minimum of
1000
nits rated display
Display can be changed to an available foreign language A LCD display integral to the cab gauge panel will be included as outlined in the cab instrumentation area.

Programmed to read
US Customary
General Screen Design
Where possible, background colors will be used to provide "At a Glance" vehicle information. If information provided on a screen is within acceptable limits, a green background will be used.

If a caution or warning situation arises the following will occur:

An amber background/text color will indicate a caution condition A red background/text color will indicate a warning condition The information center will utilize an "Alert Center" to display text messages for audible alarm tones. The text messages will be written to identify the item(s) causing the audible alarm to sound. If more than one (
1 ) text message occurs, the messages will cycle every second until the problem(s) have been resolved. The background color for the "Alert Center" will change to indicate the severity of the "warning" message. If a warning and a caution condition occur simultaneously, the red background color will be shown for all alert center messages.

A label for each button will exist. The label will indicate the function for each active button for each screen. Buttons that are not utilized on specific screens will have a button label with no text or symbol.

Home/Transit Screen
This screen will display the following:

Vehicle Mitigation (if equipped)
Water Level (if the water level system includes compatible communications to the information center)
Foam Level (if the foam level system includes compatible communications to the information center)
Seat Belt Monitoring Screen
Tire Pressure Monitoring (if equipped)
Digital Speedometer
Active Alarms
On Scene Screen
This screen will display the following and will be auto activated with pump engaged (if equipped):

Battery Voltage
Fuel
Oil Pressure
Coolant Temperature
RPM
Water Level (if equipped)
Foam Level (if equipped)
Foam Concentration (if equipped)
Water Flow Rate (if equipped)
Water Used (if equipped)
Active Alarms
Virtual Buttons
There will be four (
4 ) virtual switch panel screens that match the overhead and lower lighting and HVAC switch panels.

Page Screen
The page screen will display the following and allow the user to progress into other screens for further functionality:

Diagnostics
Faults
Listed by order of occurrence
Allows to sort by system
Interlock
Throttle Interlocks
Pump Interlocks (if equipped)
Aerial Interlocks (if equipped)
PTO Interlocks (if equipped)
Load Manager
A list of items to be load managed will be provided. The list will provide a description of the load.

The lower the priority numbers the earlier the device will be shed should a low voltage condition occur.

The screen will indicate if a load has been shed (disabled) or not shed. "At a glance" color features are utilized on this screen.

Systems
Command Zone
Module type and ID number
Module Version
Input or output number
Circuit number connected to that input or output
Status of the input or output
Power and Constant Current module diagnostic information Foam (if equipped)
Pressure Controller (if equipped)
Generator Frequency (if equipped)
Live Data
General Truck Data
Maintenance
Engine oil and filter
Transmission oil and filter
28 984
Bid #:

Pump oil (if equipped)
Foam (if equipped)
Aerial (if equipped)
Setup
Clock Setup
Date & Time
12 or
24 hour format
Set time and date
Backlight
Daytime
Night time
Sensitivity
Unit Selection
Home Screen
Virtual Button Setup
On Scene Screen Setup
Configure Video Mode
Set Video Contrast
Set Video Color
Set Video Tint
Do Not Move
The screen will indicate the approximate location and type of item that is open or is not stowed for travel. The actual status of the following devices will be indicated Driver Side Cab Door
Passenger's Side Cab Door
Driver Side Crew Cab Door
Passenger's Side Crew Cab Door
Driver Side Body Doors
Passenger's Side Body Doors
Rear Body Door(s)
Ladder Rack (if applicable)
Deck Gun (if applicable)
Light Tower (if applicable)
Hatch Door (if applicable)
Stabilizers (if applicable)
Steps (if applicable)
Notifications
View Active Alarms
Shows a list of all active alarms including date and time of the occurrence is shown with each alarm
Silence Alarms - All alarms are silenced
Timer Screen
HVAC (if equipped)
Tire Information (if equipped)
Ascendant Set Up Confirmation (if equipped)
Button functions and button labels may change with each screen. 0816633
Collision Mitigation, HAAS Alert
(R2V), HA7

COLLISION MITIGATION
There will be a HAAS Alert®, Model HA
7 Responder-to-Vehicle (R
2 V) collision avoidance system
provided on the apparatus. The HA
7 cellular transponder module will be installed behind the cab windshield, as high and near to the center as practical, to allow clear visibility to the sky. The module dimensions are

5.40 " long x

2.70 " wide x

1.30 " high, and operating temperature range is
-
40 degrees Celsius to
85 degrees Celsius.

The transponder will be connected to the vehicle's emergency master circuit and battery direct power and ground.

While responding with emergency lights on, the HA
7 transponder sends alert messages via
cellular network to motorists in the vicinity of the responding truck that are equipped with the WAZE app.

While on scene with emergency lights on, the HA
7 transponder sends road hazard alerts to
motorists in the vicinity of the truck that are equipped with the WAZE app.

The HA
7 Responder-to-Vehicle (R
2 V) collision avoidance system will include
the transponder
and a
5 year cellular plan subscription
.

Activation of the HAAS Alert system requires a representative of the customer to accept the End User License Agreement (EULA) via an on-line portal.
29 984
Bid #:

0606249
Vehicle Data Recorder w/CZ and
Overhead Display Seat Belt Monitor

VEHICLE DATA RECORDER
There will be a vehicle data recorder (VDR) capable of reading and storing vehicle information provided.

The information stored on the VDR can be downloaded through a USB port mounted in a convenient location determined by cab model. A USB cable can be used to connect the VDR to a laptop to retrieve required information. The program to download the information from the VDR will be available to download on-line.

The vehicle data recorder will be capable of recording the following data via hardwired and/or CAN inputs:

Vehicle Speed - MPH
Acceleration - MPH/sec
Deceleration - MPH/sec
Engine Speed - RPM
Engine Throttle Position - % of Full Throttle
ABS Event - On/Off
Seat Occupied Status - Yes/No by Position
Seat Belt Buckled Status - Yes/No by Position
Master Optical Warning Device Switch - On/Off
Internal clock syncs the time and date when a laptop is connected Seat Belt Monitoring System
A seat belt monitoring system (SBMS) will be provided on the Command Zone ™
color display
and in the center overhead of the cab instrument panel. The SBMS will be capable of monitoring up to
10 seating positions indicating the status of each seat position per the following:

Seat Occupied & Buckled = Green LED indicator illuminated Seat Occupied & Unbuckled = Red LED indicator with audible alarm No Occupant & Buckled = Red LED indicator with audible alarm No Occupant & Unbuckled = No indicator and no alarm
FAULT = Blue LED indicator illuminated
The seat belt monitoring screen will become active on the Command Zone color display when:

The home screen is active:
and there is any occupant seated but not buckled or any belt buckled with an occupant. and there are no other Do Not Move Apparatus conditions present. As soon as all Do Not Move Apparatus conditions are cleared, the SBMS will be activated.

The SBMS will include an audible alarm that will warn that an unbuckled occupant condition exists and the parking brake is released, or the transmission is not in park. 0802726
Intercom, David Clark, 5-Pos, 2-Dual
Radio, (D, O, RPTT), 3ibC, 3805

INTERCOM SYSTEM
A five (
5 ) position intercom system with dual radio interface capability at the driver and officer positions with dual remote push to talk buttons located 800
Mhz / VHK remote PTT's side by side
between panels
2 &
3 above driver and
800
Mhz / VHK remote PTT's for the officer side should
be on a small flange that is attached to the shelf on top of the engine tunnel will be provided.

Three (
3 ) crew cab positions
at three (
3 ) forward facing seats
will have radio listen / intercom
only.

The following David Clark, Model U
3800
components will be supplied with this system:

Two (
2 ) U
3816
Radio Interface Modules (Driver, Officer)
Two (
2 ) U
3805
Radio Junction Modules
Four (
4 ) Remote push to talk kits (
2 Driver,
2 Officer)
One (
1 ) U
3800
Intercom Unit (
2 Crew)
One (
1 ) C
3820
Power Cable
One (
1 ) U
3801
Remote Headset Station (
1 Crew)
All necessary station cables and connectors
0637058
David Clark Universal Radio
Interfaces Included with Single/Dual
System

RADIO / INTERCOM INTERFACE INCLUDED
All radio interfaced stations will have universal radio interfaces installed. The interface wiring will be routed within the cab to
match previous units (
31796
)
.
0589947
Headset, David Clark, H3432 Over
The Head, Flex Mic, Push On Push
Off

OVER THE HEAD HEADSET
There will be
three (
3 )
over the head headset(s) provided
driver, officer and RS outboard crew
cab
.

Each David Clark, Model H
3432
, headset will feature:
5 ' Coiled cord
Noise cancelling electric microphone
Flexible microphone boom rotates
200
degrees for left or right dress
Microphone on/off button
Comfort Gel Earseals
23 dB noise reduction
0819255
Hangers For Headsets, NFPA/ULC
2024, Each

HEADSET HANGERS
There will be
five (
5 )
headset hanger(s) installed
driver's seat, officer's seat, driver's side
outboard forward facing seat, passenger's side outboard forward facing seat and rear, center, forward facing seat
. The hanger(s) will meet the current edition of applicable NFPA and ULC standards for equipment mounting.
30 984
Bid #:

0660489
Antenna Mount, Custom Chassis, Fill
in Blank Mounting and Cable
Locations

RADIO ANTENNA MOUNT
There will be
four (
4 )
standard

1.125
",
18 thread, NMO type antenna mounting base(s) installed
(
1 )

8.5 ”
aft of A/C &
17 ”
from LS of cab, (
1 )

8.5 ”
aft of A/C &
17 ”
from RS of cab, (
1 )
17 ”
aft of A/C
&
17 ”
from center towards LS of cab, (
1 )
17 ”
aft of A/C &
17 ”
from center towards RS of cab
on
the cab roof with high efficiency, low loss, coaxial cable(s) routed within the cab / crew area to run
cables to the backside of the LS rear facing EMS cabinet (area behind the driver's seat). The radios, etc. will be mounted on the backside of that compartment . A weatherproof cap will be
installed on the mount.
0816158
Camera, Pierce, LS Mux, RS, LS, R,
Cameras, AHD

VEHICLE CAMERA SYSTEM
There will be a color vehicle camera system provided with the following:

One (
1 ) Analog High Definition (AHD) camera located on the right side of the apparatus, pointing rearward, displayed automatically with the right side turn signal.

One (
1 ) AHD camera located on the left side of the apparatus, pointing rearward, displayed automatically with the left side turn signal.

One (
1 ) AHD,
black
camera located at the rear of the apparatus, pointing rearward, displayed automatically with the vehicle in reverse.

The camera images will be displayed on the left side vehicle information center display. Audio from the microphone on the rear camera will be
emitted by an amplified speaker with volume
control in the blank panel to the right of the steering column .

The following components will be included:

One (
1 )
1080
P Rear Camera
Two (
2 )
1080
P Side Cameras
All necessary cables
0814861
Camera, Switcher, Pierce, 4 channel,

AHD, CVBS
Camera Switcher
There will be one (
1 ), HMU
318
HD Image Processor multiplexer,
4 channel camera video
switcher with remote control provided to allow single, dual, triplex, quad, trefoil, Y split and PIP view display modes on the vehicle information center display provided. The switcher will have one (
1 ) CVBS, Composite Video Blanking and Sync, standard Definition video output and one ( 1 )
AHD, Analog High Definition video output for High Definition cameras. 0785771
Recess, Rear Vision Camera

RECESS REAR CAMERA
A rear camera recess will be provided
Rear body bulkhead centered below the hosebed
.
0890416
Pierce Command Zone, Advanced
Electronics & Control System,
Enforcer, WiFi CZT

ELECTRICAL POWER CONTROL SYSTEM
The primary power distribution will be located forward of the officer's seating position and be easily accessible while standing on the ground for simplified maintenance and troubleshooting.

Additional electrical distribution centers will be provided throughout the vehicle to house the vehicle's electrical power, circuit protection, and control components. The electrical distribution centers will be located strategically throughout the vehicle to minimize wire length. For ease of maintenance, all electrical distribution centers will be easily accessible. All distribution centers containing fuses, circuit breakers and/or relays will be easily accessible.

Distribution centers located throughout the vehicle will contain battery powered studs for supplying customer installed equipment thus providing a lower cost of ownership.

Circuit protection devices, which conform to SAE standards, will be utilized to protect electrical circuits. All circuit protection devices will be rated per NFPA requirements to prevent wire and component damage when subjected to extreme current overload. General protection circuit breakers will be Type-I automatic reset (continuously resetting). When required, automotive type fuses will be utilized to protect electronic equipment. Control relays and solenoid will have a direct current rating of
125
percent of the maximum current for which the circuit is protected per NFPA.

Solid-State Control System
A solid-state electronics based control system will be utilized to achieve advanced operation and control of the vehicle components. A fully computerized vehicle network will consist of electronic modules,
electronic control modules to include black housings, a power indicator and status indicator
located near their point of use to reduce harness lengths and improve reliability. The control system will comply with SAE J
1939-11
recommended practices.

The control system will operate as a master-slave system whereas the main control module instructs all other system components. The system will contain patented Mission Critical software that maintains critical vehicle operations in the unlikely event of a main controller error. The system will utilize a Real Time Operating System (RTOS) fully compliant with OSEK/VDX ™
specifications providing a lower cost of ownership.

For increased reliability and simplified use the control system modules will include the following attributes:

Green LED indicator light for module power
Red LED indicator light for network communication stability status Control system self test at activation and continually throughout vehicle operation No moving parts due to transistor logic
Software logic control for NFPA mandated safety interlocks and indicators Integrated electrical system load management without additional components Integrated electrical load sequencing system without additional components Customized control software to the vehicle's configuration Factory and field programmable to accommodate changes to the vehicle's operating parameters To assure long life and operation in a broad range of environmental conditions, the solid-state control system modules will meet the following specifications:

Module circuit board will meet SAE J
771
specifications
Operating temperature from -
40 degrees Celsius to +
70 degrees Celsius
Storage temperature from -
40 degrees Celsius to +
70 degrees Celsius
Vibration to
50 g
IP
67 rated enclosure (Totally protected against dust and also protected against the effect of temporary immersion between
15 centimeters and one (
1 ) meter)
31 984
Bid #:

Operating voltage from eight (
8 ) volts to
32 volts DC
The main controller will activate status indicators and audible alarms designed to provide warning of problems before they become critical.

Circuit Protection and Control Diagram
Copies of all job-specific, computer network input and output (I/O) connections will be provided with each chassis. The sheets will indicate the function of each module connection point, circuit protection information (where applicable), wire numbers, wire colors and load management information.

On-Board Electrical System Diagnostics
The on-board information center will include the following diagnostic information:

Text description of active warning or caution alarms
Simplified warning indicators
Amber caution indication with intermittent alarm
Red warning indication with steady tone alarm
Advanced diagnostic feature will be provided in this control system. From the Command Zone display or connected wireless device, these features allow the user to monitor the real-time status of every input or output on the vehicle. It also allows users logged in as an administrator to force on inputs or outputs to assist the troubleshooting process.

TCU Module with WiFi
An in cab module will provide WiFi wireless interface and data logging capability. The WiFi interface will comply with IEEE
802.11
b/g/n capabilities while communicating at

2.4 Gigahertz.

The module will communicate through a
black WiFi antenna
allowing a line of site communication
range of up to
300
feet with a roof mounted antenna.

The module will transmit a password protected web page to a WiFi enabled device (i.e. most smart phones, tablets or laptops) allowing two levels of user interaction. The firefighter level will allow vehicle monitoring of the vehicle and firefighting systems on the apparatus. The technician level will allow diagnostic access to inputs and outputs installed on the Command Zone ™,
control
and information system.

The TCU capability will record faults from the engine, transmission, ABS and Command Zone ™,
control and information systems as they occur. No other data will be recorded at the time the fault occurs. The data TCU will provide up to
2 Gigabytes of data storage.

The TCU will provide a means to download the TCU information and update software in the device.

Indicator Light and Alarm Prove-Out System
A system will be provided which automatically tests basic indicator lights and alarms located on the cab instrument panel.

Voltage Monitor System
A voltage monitoring system will be provided to indicate the status of the battery system connected to the vehicle's electrical load. The system will provide visual and audible warning when the system voltage is below or above optimum levels.

The alarm will activate if the system falls below

11.8 volts DC for more than two (
2 ) minutes.

Dedicated Radio Equipment Connection Points
There will be three (
3 ) studs provided in the primary power distribution center located in front of the officer for two-way radio equipment. The studs will consist of the following:
12 -volt
40 -amp battery switched power
12 -volt
60 -amp ignition switched power
12 -volt
60 -amp direct battery power
There will also be a
12 -volt
100
-amp ground stud located in or adjacent to the power distribution center.

EMI/RFI Protection
To prevent erroneous signals from crosstalk contamination and interference, the electrical system will meet, at a minimum, SAE J
551/2
, thus reducing undesired electromagnetic and radio
frequency emissions. An advanced electrical system will be used to ensure radiated and conducted electromagnetic interference (EMI) or radio frequency interference (RFI) emissions are suppressed at their source.

The apparatus will have the ability to operate in the electromagnetic environment typically found in fire ground operations to ensure clean operations. The electrical system will meet, without exceptions, electromagnetic susceptibility conforming to SAE J 1113/25
Region
1 , Class C EMR
for
10 KHz-
1 GHz to
100
Volts/Meter. The vehicle OEM, upon request, will provide EMC testing reports from testing conducted on an entire apparatus and will certify that the vehicle meets SAE J
551/2
and SAE J
1113/25
Region
1 , Class C EMR for
10 KHz-
1 GHz to
100
Volts/Meter
requirements. Component and partial (incomplete) vehicle testing is not adequate as overall vehicle design can impact test results and thus is not acceptable by itself.

EMI/RFI susceptibility will be controlled by applying appropriate circuit designs and shielding. The electrical system will be designed for full compatibility with low-level control signals and high- powered two-way radio communication systems. Harness and cable routing will be given careful attention to minimize the potential for conducting and radiated EMI/RFI susceptibility. 0896456
Prognostics, Electrical System

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM PROGNOSTICS
There will be a software based vehicle tool provided to predict remaining life of the vehicles critical fluid and events.

The system will send automatic indications to the Command Zone ™
information center and/or
wireless enabled devices to proactively alert of upcoming service intervals.

Prognostics will include the following:

Engine oil and filter
Transmission oil and filter
32 984
Bid #:

0624253
Electrical System, Enforcer MUX

ELECTRICAL
All
12 -volt electrical equipment installed by the apparatus manufacturer will conform to modern automotive practices. All wiring will be high temperature crosslink type. Wiring will be run, in loom or conduit, where exposed and have grommets where wire passes through sheet metal.

Automatic reset circuit breakers will be provided which conform to SAE Standards. Wiring will be color, function and number coded. Function and number codes will be continuously imprinted on all wiring harness conductors at

2.00 " intervals. Exterior exposed wire connectors will be positive locking, and environmentally sealed to withstand elements such as temperature extremes, moisture and automotive fluids.

Electrical wiring and equipment will be installed utilizing the following guidelines:

All holes made in the roof will be caulked with silicon. Large fender washers, liberally caulked, will be used when fastening equipment to the underside of the cab roof.

Any electrical component that is installed in an exposed area will be mounted in a manner that will not allow moisture to accumulate in it. Exposed area will be defined as any location outside of the cab or body.

Electrical components designed to be removed for maintenance will not be fastened with nuts and bolts. Metal screws will be used in mounting these devices. Also a coil of wire will be provided behind the appliance to allow them to be pulled away from mounting area for inspection and service work.

Corrosion preventative compound will be applied to all terminal plugs located outside of the cab or body. All non-waterproof connections will require this compound in the plug to prevent corrosion and for easy separation (of the plug).

All lights that have their sockets in a weather exposed area will have corrosion preventative compound added to the socket terminal area.

All electrical terminals in exposed areas will have silicon applied completely over the metal portion of the terminal.

All lights and reflectors, required to comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard #108
, will
be furnished. Rear identification lights will be recessed mounted for protection. Lights and wiring mounted in the rear bulkheads will be protected from damage by installing a false bulkhead inside the rear compartments.

An operational test will be conducted to ensure that any equipment that is permanently attached to the electrical system is properly connected and in working order.

The results of the tests will be recorded and provided to the purchaser at time of delivery. 0079211
Batteries, (6) Stryten/Exide Grp 31,
950 CCA each, Threaded Stud

BATTERY SYSTEM
There will be six (
6 )
12 volt Stryten/Exide®, Model
31 S
950
X
3 W, batteries that include the
following features will be provided:
950
CCA, cold cranking amps
190
amp reserve capacity
High cycle
Group
31 Rating of
5700
CCA at
0 degrees Fahrenheit
1140
minutes of reserve capacity
Threaded stainless steel studs
Each battery case will be a black polypropylene material with a vertically ribbed container for increased vibration resistance. The cover will be manifold vented with a central venting location to allow a
45 degree tilt capacity.

The inside of each battery will consist of a "maintenance free" grid construction with poly wrapped separators and a flooded epoxy bottom anchoring for maximum vibration resistance. 0008621
Battery System, Single Start, All
Custom Chassis

BATTERY SYSTEM
There will be a single starting system with an ignition switch and starter button provided and located on the cab instrument panel.

MASTER BATTERY SWITCH
There will be a master battery switch provided within the cab within easy reach of the driver to activate the battery system.

An indicator light will be provided on the instrument panel to notify the driver of the status of the battery system.
0002698
Battery Compartment,
Saber/Enforcer

BATTERY COMPARTMENTS
Batteries will be placed on non-corrosive mats and be stored in well ventilated compartments located under the cab and bolted directly to the chassis frame. The battery boxes will have reinforced sides. The battery compartments will be constructed of

0.188
" steel plate and be
designed to accommodate a maximum of three (
3 ) group
31 batteries in each compartment. The
battery hold-downs will be of a non-corrosive material. All bolts and nuts will be stainless steel.

Heavy-duty,
2/0
gauge, color coded battery cables will be provided. Battery terminal connections will be coated with anti-corrosion compound.

Battery solenoid terminal connections will be encapsulated with semi-permanent rubberized compound.

JUMPER STUDS
One (
1 ) set of battery jumper studs with plastic color-coded covers will be included on the battery compartments.
0812586
Charger, Sngl Sys, Kussmaul, Chief
091-266-12-60, 60 Amp

BATTERY CHARGER
There will be a Kussmaul
™,
Chief Series Smart Charger
6012
, product code
091-266-12-60
,
60 amp battery charger with build-in touch screen display provided.

The battery charger will be wired to the AC shoreline inlet through a junction box located near the battery charger.
33 984
Bid #:

0814869
Location, Cab, Charger, Behind
Driver Seat
The battery charger will be located in the cab behind the driver seat. 0811943
Panel, Remote Control, Kussmaul,
Chief 091-266-RCP

REMOTE CONTROL PANEL - BATTERY CHARGER
There will be a Kussmaul
™,
Chief Series Smart Charger remote control panel, product code 091-
266
-RCP included.
0814939
Location, Cab, Ind/Remote, Driver's
Seat Riser
The battery charger indicator will be located on the driver's seat riser. 0811952
Not Required, Indicator/Remote
Status
0824337
Not Required, Location Ind/Remote
0016857
Shoreline, 20A 120V, Kussmaul Auto
Eject, 091-55-20-120, Super

AUTO EJECT FOR SHORELINE
There will be
one (
1 )
Kussmaul
™,
Model
091-55-20-120
,
20 amp
120
volt AC shoreline inlet(s)
provided to operate the dedicated
120
volt AC circuits on the apparatus.

The shoreline inlet(s) will include
red
weatherproof flip up cover(s).

There will be a release solenoid wired to the vehicle's starter to eject the AC connector when the engine is starting.

The shoreline(s) will be connected to
the battery charger
.

There will be a mating connector body supplied with the loose equipment.

There will be a label installed near the inlet(s) that state the following:

Line Voltage
Current Ratting (amps)
Phase
Frequency
0026800
Shoreline Location
The shoreline receptacle will be located
on the driver side of cab, to the front of cab door
.
0647729
Alternator, 320 amp, Delco Remy
40SI

ALTERNATOR
A Delco Remy
®
, Model
40 SI, alternator will be provided. It will have a rated output current of 320

amps, as measured by SAE method J
56 . The alternator will feature an integral regulator and rectifier system that has been tested and qualified to an ambient temperature of 257
degrees
Fahrenheit (
125
degrees Celsius). The alternator will be connected to the power and ground distribution system with heavy-duty cables sized to carry the full rated alternator output. 34 984
Bid #:

0092582
Load Manager/Sequencer, MUX

ELECTRONIC LOAD MANAGER
An electronic load management (ELM) system will be provided that monitors the vehicles 12 -volt
electrical system, automatically reducing the electrical load in the event of a low voltage condition, and automatically restoring the shed electrical loads when a low voltage condition expires. This ensures the integrity of the electrical system.

For improved reliability and ease of use, the load manager system will be an integral part of the vehicle's solid state control system requiring no additional components to perform load management tasks. Load management systems which require additional components will not be allowed.

The system will include the following features:

System voltage monitoring.

A shed load will remain inactive for a minimum of five minutes to prevent the load from cycling on and off.

Sixteen available electronic load shedding levels.

Priority levels can be set for individual outputs.

High Idle
to activate before any electric loads are shed and deactivate with the service brake .

If enabled:
"Load Man Hi-Idle On" will display on the information center.

Hi-Idle will not activate until
30 seconds after engine start up.

Individual switch "on" indicator to flash when the particular load has been shed.

The information center indicates system voltage.

The information center, where applicable, includes a "Load Manager" screen indicating the following:

Load managed items list, with priority levels and item condition.

Individual load managed item condition:

ON = not shed
SHED = shed

SEQUENCER
A sequencer will be provided that automatically activates and deactivates vehicle loads in a preset sequence thereby protecting the alternator from power surges. This sequencer operation will allow a gradual increase or decrease in alternator output, rather than loading or dumping the entire
12 volt load to prolong the life of the alternator.

For improved reliability and ease of use, the load sequencing system will be an integral part of the vehicle's solid state control system requiring no additional components to perform load sequencing tasks. Load sequencing systems which require additional components will not be allowed.

Emergency light sequencing will operate in conjunction with the emergency master light switch.

When the emergency master switch is activated, the emergency lights will be activated one by one at half-second intervals. Sequenced emergency light switch indicators will flash while waiting for activation.

When the emergency master switch is deactivated, the sequencer will deactivate the warning light loads in the reverse order.

Sequencing of the following items will also occur, in conjunction with the ignition switch, at half- second intervals:

Cab Heater and Air Conditioning
Crew Cab Heater (if applicable)
Crew Cab Air Conditioning (if applicable)
Exhaust Fans (if applicable)
Third Evaporator (if applicable)
0783153
Headlights, Rect LED, JW Spkr Evo
2, AXT/Enf/Imp/Sab/Vel

HEADLIGHTS
There will be four (
4 ) JW Speaker®, Model
8800
,
4 " x
6 " rectangular LED lights mounted in the
front quad style, chrome housing on each side of the cab grille:
the outside light on each side will contain a part number 055
***
1 low beam module
the inside light on each side will contain a part number 055
***
1 high beam module
the
headlights to include chrome bezels
The low beam lights will be activated when the headlight switch is on.

The high beam and low beam lights will be activated when the headlight switch and the high beam switch is activated.
0625953
Light, Directional, Wln 600 Cmb, Cab
Crn, Wrp Bzl Out HD Lts, Enf/Sab

DIRECTIONAL LIGHTS
There will be two (
2 ) Whelen
600
series, LED combination directional/marker lights provided. The lights will be located on the outside cab corners, next to the headlights.

The color of the lenses will be
the same color as the LED's
.
0768311
Light, Directional/Marker,
Intermediate, Truck-Lite 30375Y Grm
Mt, 2lts, MUX

INTERMEDIATE LIGHT
There will be two (
2 ) Truck-Lite®, part number
30375
Y,

2.24 " diameter lights with amber LEDs,
grommet mount and chrome cover furnished, one (
1 ) each side in the rear fender panel. The light
will double as a turn signal and marker light.
0734373
Lights, Clearance/Marker, Side,
Truck-Lite 33050Y 2 Lts, Others With
Visor Lt

CAB CLEARANCE/MARKER/ID LIGHTS
There will be two (
2 ) Truck-Lite Model
33050
Y, lights with amber LEDs, amber lenses, and rubber
grommet provided to indicate the presence and overall length of the vehicle in the following locations:

Two (
2 ) lights installed as front side clearance lights will be installed, one ( 1 ) on each side above
the cab doors.

The lights will be wired to the running lights of the vehicle.

All other forward facing clearance lights will be included with the visor scene light. 35 984
Bid #:

0625210
Lights, Directional, Cab Front Side,
Truck-Lite 19036Y LED, AXT/Enf

FRONT CAB SIDE DIRECTIONAL LIGHTS
There will be two (
2 ) Truck-Lite®, Model
19036
Y, amber LED lights installed to the outside of the
chrome wrap around bezel, one (
1 ) on each side of the cab.

The lights will activate as additional directional lights with the corresponding directional circuit. 0627282
Lights, Clearance/Marker/ID, Rear,
FRP LED Bar & P25 LED 4Lts

REAR CLEARANCE/MARKER/ID LIGHTING
There will be a three (
3 ) LED light bar used as identification lights located at the rear of the apparatus per the following:

As close as practical to the vertical centerline
Centers spaced not less than

6.00 " or more than

12.00 " apart
Red in color
All at the same height
There will be two (
2 ) LED lights installed at the rear of the apparatus used as clearance lights located at the rear of the apparatus per the following:

To indicate the overall width of the vehicle
One (
1 ) each side of the vertical centerline
As near the top as practical
Red in color
To be visible from the rear
All at the same height
There will be two (
2 ) LED lights installed on the side of the apparatus used as marker lights as close to the rear as practical per the following:

To indicate the overall length of the vehicle
One (
1 ) each side of the vertical centerline
As near the top as practical
Red in color
To be visible from the side
All at the same height
There will be two (
2 ) red reflectors located on the rear of the truck facing to the rear. One ( 1 ) each
side, as far to the outside as practical, at a minimum of

15.00 ", but no more than

60.00 ", above
the ground.

There will be two (
2 ) red reflectors located on the side of the truck facing to the side. One ( 1 )
each side, as far to the rear as practical, at a minimum of

15.00 ", but no more than

60.00 ", above
the ground.

Per FMVSS
108
and CMVSS
108
requirements.
0804514
Lights, Tail, Wln M62BTT* Red
Stop/Tail & M62T* Amber Dir Arw For
Hsg

REAR FMVSS LIGHTING
The rear stop/tail and directional lighting included in the rear tail light housing will include the following:

Two (
2 ) Whelen®, Model M
62 BTT,

4.30 " high x

6.70 " wide x

1.40 " deep brake/tail lights with red
LEDs
Two (
2 ) Whelen, Model M
62 T,

4.30 " high x

6.70 " wide x

1.40 " deep directional lights with amber
LEDs. The directional lights will be set to
Steady On (Arrow)
flash pattern.

The
lens color(s) to be the same as the LEDs
.
0806466
Lights, Backup, Wln M62BU, LED,
For Tail Lt Housing
There will be two (2) Whelen Model M62BU, LED backup lights provided in the tail light housing. 0889577
Bracket, License Plate & Light, P25
LED, Stainless Brkt

LICENSE PLATE BRACKET
One (
1 ) license plate bracket constructed of stainless steel will be provided at the rear of the apparatus.

One (
1 ) white LED light with
chrome housing
will be provided to illuminate the license plate. A
stainless steel light shield will be provided over the light that will direct illumination downward, preventing white light to the rear.
0556842
Bezels, Wln, (2) M6 Chrome Pierce,
For mtg (4) Wln M6 lights

LIGHTING BEZEL
There will be two (
2 ) Whelen, Model M
6 FCV
4 P, four (
4 ) place chromed ABS housings with Pierce
logos provided for the rear M
6 series stop/tail, directional, back up, scene lights or warning lights. 0589905
Alarm, Back-up Warning, PRECO
1040

BACK-UP ALARM
A PRECO, Model
1040
, solid-state electronic audible back-up alarm that actuates when the truck is shifted into reverse will be provided. The device will sound at 60 pulses per minute and
automatically adjust its volume to maintain a minimum ten ( 10 ) dBA above surrounding
environmental noise levels.
0817254
Lights, Perimeter Cab, Amdor AY-LB-
12HW0** LED 4Dr

CAB PERIMETER SCENE LIGHTS
There will be four (
4 ) Amdor, Model AY-LB-
12 HW
0 **, white LED strip lights provided, one (
1 ) for
each cab door that will meet NFPA ground lighting requirements.

These lights will be activated automatically when the battery switch is on and the exit doors are opened or by the same means as the body perimeter scene lights. 0617904
Lights, Perimeter Pump House, OSS
Access 73010 10" LED 2lts

PUMP HOUSE PERIMETER LIGHTS
There will be two (
2 ) On Scene Solutions Access, Model
73010
,

10.00 " LED weatherproof strip
lights provided under the pump panel running boards, one ( 1 ) each side.

The lights will be controlled by the same means as the body perimeter lights. 36 984
Bid #:

0616824
Lights, Perimeter Body, OSS Access
73000 6" LED 2lts, Rear Step

BODY PERIMETER SCENE LIGHTS
There will be two (
2 ) On Scene Solutions Access, Model
73006
,

6.00 "
12 volt DC LED strip lights
provided at the rear step area of the body, one (
1 ) each side shining to the rear.

The perimeter scene lights will be activated when
a switch within reach of the driver is activated
and the parking brake is applied
.
0896454
Enhanced Software for Perimeter Lts

ENHANCED SOFTWARE FOR PERIMETER LIGHTS
All perimeter lights will be deactivated when the parking brake is released unless alternate control is selected.

The cab and crew cab perimeter lights will remain on for ten ( 10 ) seconds for improved visibility
after the doors closed.
0556360
Lights, Step, P25 LED 4lts, Pump Pnl
Sw

STEP LIGHTS
Four (
4 ) white LED step lights will be provided. One (
1 ) step light will be provided on each side,
on the front compartment face and two (
2 ) step lights at the rear to illuminate the tailboard.

These step lights will be actuated with the pump panel light switch.

All steps on the apparatus will be illuminated per the current edition of applicable NFPA standards.
0749661
Light, Roof Mt, Wln S72M**, 72" Cnt
Feature, Mkr Lts Activated
12 VOLT LIGHTING
There will be a Whelen® Model S
72 M**,

72.00 " long
32,400
lumens DC powered light provided
on the front cab roof as far forward as practical. The
painted parts of this light assembly to be
black
.

The light will include the following:

White scene LEDs
Two (
2 ) amber LED modules as clearance lights
Three (
3 ) amber LED modules as identification lights
Four (
4 ) additional LED modules. The
additional modules to be four (
4 ) scene light modules with
white LEDs
The clearance and identification LEDs will be activated with the headlight switch.

The scene LEDs will be activated when the battery switch is on and by a switch at the driver's
side switch panel and by a switch at the passenger's side switch panel .

There will be a switch in the cab on the switch panel to control the flashing or spot LED modules.

Amber flashing LED modules will be deactivated when the parking brake is released.

The white scene and flashing LED modules may be load managed when the parking brake is applied.
0889662
Lights, Wln, S16*M* 16.37" 12VDC,
Brkt Fet 2nd
12 VOLT DC SCENE LIGHTS
There will be
one (
1 )
Whelen® Model S
16 *M*,
6,480
lumens,

2.48 " high x

16.37 " wide x

2.15 "
deep
12 volt DC light(s) with white, amber LEDs and
flood optics
provided on the cab located,
LS
cab roof mount centered below LS cab warning light
. The
light(s) to be installed directly to the
roof of the cab
.

The
painted parts of this light assembly to be black
.

The scene LEDs will be controlled
by a switch at the driver's side switch panel and when the cab or crew cab doors on the driver's side are open
.

The
marker lights included in this light housing shall not be energized .

These light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0889664
Lights, Wln, S16*M* 16.37" 12VDC,
Brkt Fet 1st
12 VOLT DC SCENE LIGHTS
There will be
one (
1 )
Whelen® Model S
16 *M*,
6,480
lumens,

2.48 " high x

16.37 " wide x

2.15 "
deep
12 volt DC light(s) with white, amber LEDs and
flood optics
provided on the cab located,
RS
cab roof mount centered below RS cab warning light
. The
light(s) to be installed directly to the
roof of the cab
.

The
painted parts of this light assembly to be black
.

The scene LEDs will be controlled
by a switch at the driver's side switch panel and when the cab or crew cab doors on the passenger's side are open
.

The
marker lights included in this light housing shall not be energized .

These light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0748793
Lights, Wln, S44M** 44" 12VDC, RS
Body
12 VOLT LIGHTING
There will be
one (
1 )
Whelen® Model S
44 M**,
19,440
lumens

44.00 "
12 volt DC light(s) with
white LEDs provided on the right side of the body located, Centered over the rear wheels on the
RS body catwalk
. The
painted parts of this light assembly to be black
.

The light(s) will include the following:
10 scene light modules with white LEDs
Three (
3 ) amber LEDs as marker lights
Two (
2 ) additional LED modules. The
additional modules to be two (
2 ) scene light modules with
white LEDs
.

The lights will be activated per the following:

The amber marker lights
not activated
.

The scene LEDs will be controlled
by a switch at the driver's side switch panel and by a switch at the left side pump panel
.

There will be a switch in the cab on the switch panel to control the flashing warning LED modules when selected.

The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 37 984
Bid #:

0748795
Lights, Wln, S44M** 44" 12VDC, LS
Body
12 VOLT LIGHTING
There will be
one (
1 )
Whelen® Model S
44 M**,
19,440
lumens

44.00 "
12 volt DC light(s) with
white LEDs provided on the left side of the body located, Centered over the rear wheels on LS
body catwalk
. The
painted parts of this light assembly to be black
.

The lights will be activated per the following:

The amber marker lights
not activated
.

The scene LEDs will be controlled
by a switch at the driver's side switch panel and by a switch at the left side pump panel
.

There will be a switch in the cab on the switch panel to control the flashing warning LED modules when selected.

The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0766906
Lights, Wln, PCPSM1*, Pioneer, 12
VDC, 1st
12 VOLT LIGHTING
There will be
two (
2 )
Whelen® Model PCPSM
1 *,
10,444
lumens
12 volt DC surface mount light(s)
installed on the body of the apparatus located,
ONE (
1 ) EACH SIDE REAR BULKHEAD PER

APPROVAL DRAWING
.

The light(s) will include black housing(s)
with a black cover
.

The light(s) will be controlled
by a switch at the driver's side switch panel and by a switch at the left side pump panel
.

The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0645879
Lights, Hose Bed, Cover, Dual Amdor
AY-9750-20 LED Light Strips 2lts,
Low

HOSE BED LIGHTS
There will be Amdor LumaBar H
2 O, Model AY-
9750-20
,

20.00 " white
12 volt DC LED light strips
provided to illuminate the hose bed area.

One (
1 ) LED light strip will be installed on the driver's side hose bed cover

30.00 " from the front of
the hose bed, as close to the hinge as practical.

One (
1 ) LED light strip will be installed on the passenger's side hose bed cover

30.00 " from the
rear of the hose bed, as close to the hinge as practical.

The lights will be activated
when the hosebed cover is raised
.
0645677
Lights, Not Required, Rear Work, Alt.
12 Volt Lights At Rear Body
0892704
Lights, Walk Surf, 8-P25 LED, Hose
Bed Cover, Overall Height
Restrictions

WALKING SURFACE LIGHT
There will be eight (
8 ) P
25 12
volt DC LED lights with
chrome housing
provided on the hose bed
cover to illuminate the walking surface. The lights will be located near the hose bed cover hinges evenly spaced four (
4 ) on each side. The lights will be activated when the body step lights are on. 0060111
Pumper, Medium, Galvanneal, 2nd
Gen
0554271
Body Skirt Height, 20"

38 984
Bid #:

0013303
Tank, Water, 500 Gallon, Poly, Med,
New York Style

SPECIAL WATER TANK
Booster tank will have a capacity of
500
gallons and be constructed of polypropylene plastic by
United Plastic Fabricating, Incorporated.

The Special tank will be T-shaped to provide for deep side compartments and to serve as a large sump to limit the amount of undraftable water.

The tank will be designed to achieve a low hose bed. Tank design will be a stepped design with the forward section of the tank higher than the section of the tank that is below the hose bed.

Tank joints and seams will be nitrogen welded inside and out.

Tank will be baffled in accordance with the current edition of applicable NFPA standards.

Baffles will have vent openings at both the top and bottom to permit movement of air and water between compartments.

Longitudinal partitions will be constructed of .
38 " polypropylene plastic and will extend from the
bottom of the tank through the top cover to allow for positive welding.

Transverse partitions will extend from

4.00 " off the bottom of the tank to the underside of the top cover.

All partitions will interlock and will be welded to the tank bottom and sides.

Tank top will be constructed of .
50 " polypropylene. It will be recessed .
38 " and will be welded to
the tank sides and the longitudinal partitions.

Tank top will be sufficiently supported to keep it rigid during fast filling conditions.

Construction will include

2.00 " polypropylene dowels spaced no more than

30.00 " apart and
welded to the transverse partitions. Two (
2 ) of the dowels will be drilled and tapped (.
50 "
diameter,

13.00 " deep) to accommodate lifting eyes.

A sump that will be sized dependent on the tank to pump plumbing will be provided at the bottom of the water tank.

Sump will include a drain plug and the tank outlet.

Tank will have a combination vent and

14.00 " fill tower.

Tank will be installed in a special size fabricated cradle assembly constructed of structural steel.

Sufficient crossmembers will be provided to properly support bottom of tank. Crossmembers will be constructed of steel flat bar or rectangular tubing.

Tank will "float" in cradle to avoid torsional stress caused by chassis frame flexing. Rubber cushions, .
50 " thick x

3.00 " wide, will be placed on all horizontal surfaces that the tank rests on.

Stops or other provision will be provided to prevent an empty tank from bouncing excessively while moving vehicle.

Mounting system to be approved by the tank manufacturer. 0003405
Overflow, 4.00" Water Tank, Poly
Fill tower will be constructed of

0.50 " polypropylene and will be a minimum of

8.00 " wide x

14.00 "
long.

Fill tower will be furnished with a

0.25 " thick polypropylene screen and a hinged cover.

An overflow pipe, constructed of

4.00 " schedule
40 polypropylene, will be installed approximately
halfway down the fill tower and extend through the water tank and exit to the rear of the rear axle. 0028104
Foam Cell Required
0024432
Modified Poly Tank for Single Full
Depth Compt
0633066
Sleeve, Through Tank

SLEEVE PLUMBING THROUGH TANK
One (
1 ) sleeve
will be provided in the water tank for
a

3.00 " pipe
to the rear.
0553725
Restraint, Water Tank, Heavy Duty,
Special Type Tank, 4x4, or Export

WATER TANK RESTRAINT
A heavy-duty water tank restraint will be provided.
0003429
Not Required, Direct Tank Fill

0003424
Not Required, Dump Valve

0048710
Not Required, Jet Assist

0030007
Not Required, Dump Valve Chute

0514778
Not Required, Switch, Tank Dump
Master
39 984
Bid #:

0556226
Hose Bed, Galv, Pumper, New York
Style, Fill In The Blank Height

SPECIAL HOSE BED
The hose bed will be fabricated of
12 -gauge galvanneal steel.

The sides will not form any portion of the fender compartments.

Upper and rear edges of side panels will have a double break for rigidity.

The upper area at the rear of the hose bed will be covered with polished stainless steel
to prevent
damage to painted surface when hose is removed.

Flooring of the hose bed will be removable aluminum grating with the top surface corrugated to aid in hose aeration. The grating slats will be a minimum of

0.50 " x

4.50 " with spacing between
slats for hose ventilation.

A cross divider will be provided at the front of the hose bed before the tank transitions from the lower section to the upper section. The divider will run from the top of the side sheet down below the hose bed grating.The hose load will be carried behind the water tank.

The hose bed floor will be
66 "
" from the ground when the truck is fully loaded.
0723549
Painted Hose Bed
The hose bed interior walls will be painted
to match the lower body color
.
0003481
Hose Bed Capacity, Special
Hose bed will accommodate
(DS to PS): 600' x 5.00" / 200' x 1.75" PRE-CONNECT / 200' x 2.50" PRE-CONNECT / 200' x 1.75" PRE-CONNECT / 600' x 3.00" / storage for 6' step ladder (option #552065)
.
0837613
Divider, Hose Bed, .25" Unpainted,
w/Handhold(s)

HOSE BED DIVIDER
Four (
4 ) hosebed dividers
will be furnished for separating hose.

Each divider will be constructed of a .
25 " brushed aluminum sheet. Flat surfaces will be sanded for uniform appearance, or constructed of brushed aluminum.

Near the rear of the divider, oval opening(s) will be provided to be used as a hand hold and aid in accessing the hose bed.

One (
1 ) handhold cutout provided along the rear vertical edge, near the bottom of the divider.

Divider will be fully adjustable by sliding in tracks, located at the front and rear of the hose bed.

Divider will be held in place by tightening bolts, at each end.

Acorn nuts will be installed on all bolts in the hose bed which have exposed threads. 0822148
SP
Cover, Hose Bed, Alum Treadplate,
Flat, Bolted T-Bar, 4-Section

HOSE BED COVER
A four (
4 ) section hose bed cover, constructed of .
125
" bright aluminum treadplate will be
furnished. The cover will be split into front and rear with each section having a left and right side.

Each section will be attached with a full length stainless steel piano hinge. The sides will be flat with the center of the cover supported by a modular stationary bridgework support. An additional bridge support will be required at the middle of the cover where the front and rear sections are divided.

The cover is designed with the left covers opening first. The forward sections of the cover will operate independently of the rearward sections.

All sections of the cover will be reinforced so that it can support the weight of a man walking on the cover.

Chrome grab handles and gas filled cylinders will be provided to assist in opening and closing the cover. Rubber latches will be provided to hold the cover in the stowed position. A handrail is to be provided at the rear, in the center of the support, to assist in opening the cover. A DuraSurf ™
center strip will be supplied to prevent chaffing at the center of the cover.

The hose bed cover will be connected to the Do Not Move Truck indicator. The light will be activated if the cover is not in the stowed position and the parking brake is released. 0807411
Hose Restraint, Hose Bed, Vinyl,
Rear, Separate From Top, Seat Belt
At the rear of the hose bed, a
black
vinyl flap will be provided with seat belt buckles at the top.

The seat belt buckles will be provided with
a metal bar, to connect the buckles, and an attached
web strap, to allow a single pull release
. At the bottom of the flap,
Velcro strap and footman loop

will be provided. The bottom of the flap will be
not weighted
.

If a strap is provided, the color of the strap will be
black
.
0649038
Notch, Hose Bed Divider(s)

HOSE BED DIVIDER NOTCH(ES)
There will be a notch provided in
four (
4 )
hose bed dividers located
All four rear hose bed
dividers
. The notch will be
12 " from front of hose bed,
70 degree angles to lower section which
will be
12 " deep and the distance on the top will be
24 " long of cutout area.
.
0065269
SP
Partition, Hose Bed Divider to Hose
Bed Divider
There will be
one (1)
partition/s, made of the same material as the standard hosebed dividers, provided and mounted between the hosebed dividers,
partition should be attached to ladder
trough in hose bed and extend forward to cross divider. Match job 31796 .
0600698
SP
Cover, Front of Hose Bed, Cross-
Divider to Cross-Divider, Alum
Treadplate,D-Ring

HOSE BED COVER
A full width hose bed cover will be provided between two hose bed cross dividers.

The cover will be constructed of .
19 " bright aluminum treadplate, hinged
along the forward edge

with a full length stainless steel piano hinge and secured at the front with recessed D-ring latches.

The cover will have a

1.25 " flange all around with additional bracing to support the weight of a firefighter.

This cover will be included in the "Do Not Move Truck" circuit to provide an alert when open. 40 984
Bid #:

0695399
Running Boards, 14.75" Deep, Front
and Rear 45 Degree Corners

RUNNING BOARDS
Running boards will be fabricated of .
125
" bright aluminum treadplate.

Each running board will be supported by a welded

2.00 " square tubing and channel assembly,
which will be bolted to the pump compartment substructure.

Running boards will be

14.75 " deep and spaced .
50 " away from the pump panel. The front and
rear outside corner of the running board will be finished with a 45 degree corner where it lines up
with the body.

A splash guard will be provided above the running board treadplate. 0689410
Tailboard, 20" Deep, Extended
Substructure, Angled Corners

TAILBOARD
The tailboard will also be constructed of .
125
" bright aluminum treadplate and spaced .
50 " from
the body, as well as supported by a structural steel assembly.

The tailboard area will be

20.00 " deep. The outboard sides of the tailboard will be angled at 45 degrees beginning at the point where the body meets the tailboard at the forward outboard edge angling rearward to the rear edge of the tailboard.

The exterior side will be flanged down and in for increased rigidity of tailboard structure. 0818176
Wall, Rear, Smooth Aluminum/Body
Material, 16" Inset

REAR WALL, SMOOTH ALUMINUM/BODY MATERIAL
The rear facing surfaces of the center rear wall will be smooth aluminum.

The bulkheads, the surface to the rear of the side body compartments, will be smooth and the same material as the body.

The center rear wall will be inset
16 " from the body bulkhead rear walls.

Any inboard facing surfaces below the height of the hosebed will be aluminum diamondplate
.
0889721
Tow Eyes, w/Hitch Receiver, 10k, 2G
Pumper

REAR TOW EYES
Two (
2 ) tow eyes, which are an integral part of the body mounting substructure, will be installed below the rear of the truck.

The tow eyes will be of adequate strength to allow the truck to be pulled from the eyes.

REAR HITCH RECEIVER
One (
1 ) hitch receiver will be installed below the tailboard at the rear of the apparatus.

The hitch will be constructed of high strength steel and reinforced to the truck framework, via the rear body substructure. The hitch receiver will have an SAE J 684
Class IV rating of
10,000
lb
towing and
1000
lb tongue weight.

Slide-in portion will be held in place by one (
1 ) safety pin with clip.

The trailer electrical connection will be a
no electric connection
.
0590926
Hose Restraint, Running Board,
Velcro Straps

RUNNING BOARD HOSE RESTRAINT
A pair of

2.00 " wide black nylon straps with Velcro fasteners will be provided for each hose tray to secure the hose during travel.

Two (
2 ) hose trays
will be located
one (
1 ) in each side running
board
.
0695614
Tray, Hose, Running Board, Free
Floating, Special Capacity, Tapered
Both Corners

HOSE TRAY
Two (
2 ) hose trays
will be made free floating
one (
1 ) in each side running board
.

The tray(s) will be flanged and drop in from the top. The ends will be tapered at the front and rear towards the center. No fasteners will be used to secure the tray(s).

Capacity of the tray will be
30 ' x

5.00 " LDH
.

Rubber matting will be installed on the floor of the tray to provide proper ventilation. Drain holes will be provided.
41 984
Bid #:

0895816
Construction, Compt, Galv, 2G
Pumper

COMPARTMENTATION
Body and compartments will be fabricated of galvanneal steel.

Side compartments will be an integral assembly with the rear fenders.

Circular fender liners will be provided for prevention of rust pockets and ease of maintenance.

Side compartment flooring will be
12 -gauge and of the sweep out design, with the floor higher than the compartment door lip.

The side compartment door opening will be framed by flanging the edges in

1.75 " and bending
out again

0.75 " to form an angle.

Drip protection will be provided above the doors by means of bright aluminum extrusion, formed bright aluminum treadplate, or polished stainless steel.

The top of the compartment will be covered with bright aluminum treadplate rolled over the edges on the front, rear, and outward side. These covers will have the corners TIG welded.

Side compartment covers will be separate from the compartment tops.

Front facing compartment walls will be covered with bright aluminum treadplate.

All screws and bolts which protrude into a compartment will have acorn nuts on the ends to prevent injury.

UNDERBODY SUPPORT SYSTEM
Due to the severe loading requirements of this pumper, a method of body and compartment support suitable for the intended load will be provided.

The backbone of the support system will be the chassis frame rails, which is the strongest component of the chassis and designed for sustaining maximum loads.

The support system will include

0.375
" thick steel vertical angle supports bolted to the chassis frame rails with

0.625
" diameter bolts.

Attached to the bottom of the steel vertical angles will be horizontal angles, with gussets welded to the vertical members, which extend to the outside edge of the body.

A steel frame will be mounted on the top of these supports to create a floating substructure, which results in a
500
lb equipment support rating per lower compartment.

The steel frames as well as the steel vertical angles will be treated with an epoxy E-coat or equivalent to provide resistance to corrosion and chemicals as standard.

The floating substructure will be separated from the horizontal members with neoprene elastomer isolators. These isolators will reduce the natural flex stress of the chassis from being transmitted to the body.

The isolators will have a broad load range, proven viability in vehicular applications, be of a fail safe design and allow for all necessary movement in three ( 3 ) transitional and rotational modes.

The neoprene isolators will be installed in a modified V three ( 3 )-point mounting pattern to reduce
the natural flex of the chassis being transmitted to the body.

A design with body compartments hanging on the chassis, unsupported, will not be acceptable.

AGGRESSIVE WALKING SURFACE
All exterior surfaces designated as stepping, standing, and walking areas will comply with the required average slip resistance of the current NFPA standards.

LOUVERS
Louvers will be stamped into compartment walls to provide the proper airflow inside the body compartments and to prevent water from dripping into the compartment. Where these louvers are provided, they will be formed into the metal and not added to the compartment as a separate plate.

TESTING OF BODY DESIGN
Body structural analysis will be fully tested. Proven engineering and test techniques such as finite element analysis, strain gauging, and model analysis will be performed with special attention given to fatigue, life and structural integrity of the cab, body and substructure.

The body will be tested while loaded to its greatest in-service weight.

The criteria used during the testing procedure will include:

Raising opposite corners of the vehicle tires

9.00 ", simulating the twisting a truck may experience
when driving over a curb.

Making a
90 degree turn while at
20 mph, simulating aggressive driving conditions.

Driving the vehicle at
35 mph on a washboard road.

Driving the vehicle at
55 mph on a smooth road.

Accelerating the vehicle fully, until reaching the approximate speed of 45 mph, on rough
pavement.

Evidence of actual testing techniques will be made available upon request. 0075649
LS 152" Rollup, Full Height/Depth
Front, Full Height Rear, FDLER

LEFT SIDE COMPARTMENTATION
The left side compartmentation will consist of three (
3 ) rollup door compartments.

A full height, rollup door compartment ahead of the rear wheels will be provided. The interior dimensions of this compartment will be

34.50 " wide x

65.13 " high x

25.88 " deep. The clear door
opening will be a minimum of

28.75 " wide x

56.88 " high.

A rollup door compartment over the rear wheels will be provided. The interior dimensions of this compartment will be

66.50 " wide x

32.88 " high x

12.00 " deep. The clear door opening will be a
minimum of

58.25 " wide x

23.13 " high.

A full height, rollup door compartment behind the rear wheels will be provided.

The interior
dimensions of this compartment will be

47.75 " wide x

67.63 " high x

25.88 " deep in the
lower

26.00 " of height and

12.00 " deep in the remaining upper section of the compartment.

The clear door opening will be a minimum of

44.75 " wide x

57.88 " high.

The interior height of the compartments will be measured from the compartment floor to the ceiling. The spool of the rollup door at the top of the compartment takes up some usable space. The depth of the compartments will be measured from the back wall to the inside of the door frame.

Closing of the doors will not require releasing, unlocking, or unlatching any mechanism and will easily be accomplished with one (
1 ) hand.
42 984
Bid #:

0025615
RS 152" Rollup, Full Height/Depth
Front, Full Height Rear, FDLER

RIGHT SIDE COMPARTMENTATION
The right side compartmentation will consist of three rollup door compartments.

A full height, rollup door compartment ahead of the rear wheels will be provided. The interior dimensions of this compartment will be

34.50 " wide x

65.13 " high x

25.88 " deep. The clear door
opening will be a minimum of

28.75 " wide x

56.88 " high.

A rollup door compartment over the rear wheels will be provided. The interior dimensions of this compartment will be

66.50 " wide x

32.88 " high x

12.00 " deep. The clear door opening will be a
minimum of

58.25 " wide x

23.13 " high.

A full height, rollup door compartment behind the rear wheels will be provided.

The interior
dimensions of this compartment will be

47.75 " wide x

67.63 " high x

25.88 " deep in the
lower

26.00 " of height and

12.00 " deep in the remaining upper section of the compartment.

The clear door opening will be a minimum of

44.75 " wide x

57.88 " high.

Closing of the door will not require releasing, unlocking, or unlatching any mechanism and will easily be accomplished with one hand.
0594005
Doors, Rollup, Amdor, Side
Compartments

SIDE COMPARTMENT ROLLUP DOOR(S)
There will be
six (
6 ) compartment doors
installed on the side compartments, double faced,
aluminum construction,
painted one (
1 ) color to match the lower portion of the body
and
manufactured by AMDOR
™
brand rollup doors.

Door(s) will be constructed using

1.00 " extruded double wall aluminum slats which will feature a flat smooth interior surface to provide maximum protection against equipment hang-up. The slats will be connected with a structural driven ball and socket hinge designed to provide maximum curtain diaphragm strength. Mounting and adjusting the curtain will be done with a clip system that connects the curtain to the balancer drum allowing for easy tension adjustment without tools.

The slats will be mounted in reusable slat shoes with positive snap-lock securement.

Each slat will incorporate weather tight recessed dual durometer seals. One ( 1 ) fin will be
designed to locate the seal within the extrusion. The second will serve as a wiping seal which will also allow for compression to prevent water ingression.

The doors will be mounted in a one (
1 )-piece aluminum side frame with recessed side seals to minimize seal damage during equipment deployment. All seals including side frames, top gutters and bottom panel are to be manufactured utilizing non-marring materials.

Bottom panel flange of rollup door will be equipped with two ( 2 ) cut-outs to allow for easier access
with gloved hands.

A polished stainless steel lift bar with locking key latches to be provided for each roll-up door. The keys to be Model
1250
for all compartment doors
. The lift bar will be located at the bottom of door
with striker latches installed at the base of the side frames. Side frame mounted door strikers will include support beneath the stainless steel lift bar to prevent door curtain bounce, improve bottom seal life expectancy and to avoid false door ajar signals.

All injection molded rollup door wear components will be constructed of Type 6 nylon.

Each rollup door will have a

3.00 inch diameter balancer/tensioner drum to assist in lifting the door.

The header for the rollup door assembly will not exceed

4.00 ".

A heavy-duty magnetic switch will be used for control of open compartment door warning lights. 0013671
Rear, Rollup, 30.75" F-F, 25.88" D

REAR COMPARTMENTATION
A roll-up door compartment above the rear tailboard will be provided .

The interior dimensions of this compartment will be

40.00 " wide x

33.63 " high x

25.88 " deep. The
spool of the rollup door at the top of the compartment takes up some usable space. The depth of the compartment will be calculated with the compartment door closed.

A louvered, removable access panel will be furnished on the back wall of the compartment.

The rear compartment will be open into the rear side compartments.

The clear door opening of this compartment will be a minimum of

33.25 " wide x

23.88 " high.

Closing of the door will not require releasing, unlocking, or unlatching any mechanism and will easily be accomplished with one hand.
0692746
Door, Gortite, Rollup, Rear
Compartment

ROLLUP REAR COMPARTMENT DOOR
There will be a rear rollup door. The door will be double faced aluminum construction, an
anodized satin finish
and manufactured by Gortite®.

Lath sections will be an interlocking rib design and will be individually replaceable without complete disassembly of door.

Between each slat at the pivoting joint will be a PVC inner seal to prevent metal to metal contact and prevent dirt or moisture from entering the compartments. Seals will allow door to operate in extreme temperatures ranging from
180
to -
40 degrees Fahrenheit. Side, top and bottom seals
will be provided to resist ingress of dirt and weather and be made of Santoprene.

All hinges, barrel clips and end pieces will be nylon
66 . All nylon components will withstand
temperatures from
300
to -
40 degrees Fahrenheit.

A polished stainless steel lift bar to be provided for each roll-up door . Lift bar will be located at the
bottom of door and have latches on the outer extrusion of the doors frame. A ledge will be supplied over lift bar for additional area to aid in closing the door.

Door will be constructed from an aluminum box section. The exterior surface of each slat will be flat. The interior surface will be concave to provide strength and prevent loose equipment from jamming the door from inside.

To conserve space in the compartments, the spring roller assembly will not exceed

3.00 " in
diameter.

The header for the rollup door assembly will not exceed

4.00 ".

A heavy-duty magnetic switch will be used for control of open compartment door warning lights. 43 984
Bid #:

0554995
No Body Modification Required

0093127
SP
Scuffplate, Aluminum Treadplate,
Front Wall of Hose Bed

SCUFFPLATE
A bright aluminum treadplate scuffplate will installed on the front wall of the hose bed. This scuffplate will be fastened with self tapping screws.
0625184
Guard, Drip Pan, S/S, Rollup Door,
Pumper

DOOR GUARD
There will be
seven (
7 ) compartment doors
that will include a guard/drip pan designed to protect
the rollup door from damage when in the retracted position and contain any water spray. The guard will be fabricated from stainless steel and installed left side rearward compartment, left side
over the wheel compartment, left side forward compartment, right side rearward compartment, right side over the wheel compartment, right side forward compartment and rear compartment .
0518559
Keyed Locks for Roll-Up Doors, Key
Style 751

KEYED LOCK(S)
A keyed lock will be furnished for
one (
1 ) compartment door
. The compartmentation, to have a
keyed lock, will be
B
1 .
0641826
Electric Door Locks, Body Doors,
Amdor

ELECTRIC DOOR LOCKS
There will be
one (
1 )
door(s) located
RS
1 equipped with electric locks. The locks will be wired battery direct. The switch for control will be located

ON THE PASSENGER'S SIDE OF THE CAB,
AFT OF THE CREW CAB DOOR ON THE SIDE WALL DOWN LOW (Match 37089
)
. In the event
of loss of power, a manual override is available.
0592156
Lock, Lift-bar, Amdor Rollup Door

KEY LOCKING COMPARTMENT DOORS

There will be
six (
6 ) compartment doors
provided with locking latches. Compartments with
locking doors will be
LS
1 , LS
2 , LS
3 , RS
1 , RS
2 , RS
3 .

A polished stainless steel lift bar with
locking key latches to be provided for each roll-up door. The keys to be Model 751
to match all
compartment and cab doors
.
0636819
Trim, Rollup Door, Painted Job Color,
by Amdor

ROLL-UP DOOR TRIM
The exterior of the aluminum trim around the door opening will be painted to match job color.

There will be
six (
6 )
compartments with the trim painted.
0659353
Lights, Compt, Amdor AY-9220 LED,
Dual Lt Strip

COMPARTMENT LIGHTING
There will be
seven (
7 )
compartments with Amdor, Model AY-
9220
, white
12 volt DC LED
compartment light strips. The lights will be mounted with mechanical fasteners.

There will be two (
2 ) strip lights installed vertically in each compartment opening per the latest NFPA requirements.

The lights will be activated when the battery switch is on and the respective compartment door is opened.
0687135
Shelf Tracks, Unpainted

MOUNTING TRACKS
There will be
five (
5 ) sets of tracks
for mounting shelf(s) in
LS
1 , LS
2 , RS
1 , RS
3 and B
1 . These
tracks will be installed vertically to support the adjustable shelf(s). The tracks will be unpainted with a natural finish.
0638569
Shelves, Fixed, 500 lb Capacity, Full
Width/Depth, Painted Spatter Gray

FIXED SHELVES
There will be
one (
1 ) shelf
with a capacity of
500
lb provided. The shelf construction will consist of
.
188
" aluminum with

2.00 " sides. Each shelf will be painted spatter gray to match the compartment interior. Each shelf will be fixed in its location in the compartment The shelves will be held in place by .
12 " thick stamped plated brackets and bolts or angles bolted to the compartment as the engineer or shop floor see fit.

The location will be
on top of the c-tech cabinet in D
3 .
.
0625835
Shelves, Adjustable, 500 lb Capacity,
Full Width/Depth, Special Side Height

ADJUSTABLE SHELVES
There will be
nine (
9 ) shelves
with a capacity of
500
lb provided. The shelf construction will
consist of .
188
" aluminum
painted spatter gray
. Each shelf will be infinitely adjustable by means
of a threaded fastener, which slides in a track.

The shelves will be held in place by .
12 " thick stamped plated brackets and bolts.

The location will be
(
3 ) LS
1 upper forward of partition, (
1 ) LS
2 , (
3 ) RS
1 forward of partition (
1 low,
2 upper), (
2 ) RS
3 (THE LOWER MOST SHELF IN RS
3 IS TO BE NOTCHED AROUND THE
LADDER RACK BOX PER PREVIOUS UNITS). Match
31796
.

The side height of the shelf/shelves will be as follows:

Front:

2.00 " high
Rear:

2.00 " high
Left & Right Sides:

2.00 " high
44 984
Bid #:

0709690
Tray, 250 lb Slide-out, 2" Sides - Adj.

Height, Predefined Locations

SLIDE-OUT ADJUSTABLE HEIGHT TRAY
There will be
one (
1 ) slide-out tray
provided.

Each tray will have

2.00 " high sides and a minimum capacity rating of
250
lb in the extended
position.

Each tray will be constructed of aluminum
painted spatter gray
.

Each tray will be mounted on a pair of side mounted slides. The slide mechanisms will have ball bearings for ease of operation and years of dependable service. The slides will be mounted to shelf tracks to allow the tray to be adjustable up and down within the designated mounting location.

An automatic lock will be provided for both the in and out tray positions. The lock trip mechanism will be located at the front of the tray and will be easily operated with a gloved hand.

The location(s) will be
in B
1 in the upper third
.
0647091
Tray, Floor Mounted, Slide-Out,
500lb, 2.00" Sides

SLIDE-OUT FLOOR MOUNTED TRAY
There will be
two (
2 )
floor mounted slide-out tray(s) provided.

Each tray will have

2.00 " high sides and a minimum capacity rating of
500
lb in the extended
position.

Each tray will be constructed of aluminum
painted spatter gray
.

There will be two undermount-roller bearing type slides rated at 250
lb each provided. The pair of
slides will have a safety factor rating of
2 .

To ensure years of dependable service, the slides will be coated with a finish that is tested to withstand a minimum of
1,000
hours of salt spray per ASTM B
117
.

To ensure years of easy operation, the slides will require no more than a 50 lb force for push-in or
pull-out movement when fully loaded after having been subjected to a 40 hour vibration (shaker)
test under full load. The vibration drive file will have been generated from accelerometer data collected from a heavy truck chassis driven over rough gravel roads in an unloaded condition.

Proof of compliance will be provided upon request.

Automatic locks will be provided for both the "in" and "out" positions. The trip mechanism for the locks will be located at the front of the tray for ease of use with a gloved hand.

The location(s) will be
LS
1 to the left of the partition and B
1 .
0725644
Cabinet, Drawer Assembly, CTECH,
Three Drawers, Up To 24" Wide, 24"
Deep

DRAWER ASSEMBLY
A slide-out drawer assembly will be installed
LS
3 .

The clear dimensions of the first drawer starting at the top will be

4.00 " with a face plate that is

5.00 "
high x

21.00 " deep. The clear dimensions of the second drawer will be

5.75 " with a face
plate that is

6.00 "
high x

21.00 " deep. The clear dimensions of the third drawer will be

11.75 " with
a face plate that is

12.00 "
high x

21.00 " deep. Each drawer will be the same width and not exceed

24.00 ".

The drawers will have a capacity of
250
pounds.

The drawers will be mounted in a cabinet housing constructed of light gray powder coated aluminum with anodized aluminum frames. The housing will be

24.00 " deep, and completely
enclose the drawer.

A full-length aluminum extruded rail will be provided at the top edge of each drawer. This rail will act as the latching mechanism as well as the handle for each drawer.

There will be a total of
one (
1 )
provided.
0540317
Toolboard, Swing-out, Alum, .188",
Peg Board

SWING OUT TOOLBOARD
A swing out aluminum toolboard will be provided.

It will be a minimum of

0.188
" thick with
.
203
" diameter
holes in a pegboard pattern with

1.00 "
centers between holes.

1.00 " x

1.00 " aluminum tube frame will be welded to the edge of the pegboard.

The board will be mounted on a pivoting device at the
back
of the compartment on the top and
bottom to allow easy movement in and out of the compartment. The maximum tool load will be 400
lb.

The board will have positive lock in the stowed and extended position.

The board will have a D-ring handle to secure it in the stowed position.

The board will be
mounted on adjustable tracks from front to back within the compartment .

One (
1 )
toolboard(s) will be provided. The toolboard(s) will be spatter gray painted
and installed
RS
2 full height and width
.
0726441
Partition, Trans Rear Compt

PARTITION, TRANSVERSE REAR COMPARTMENT
Two (
2 ) partitions
will be bolted in place to separate the
left and right side rear compartments

from the rear tailboard compartment. The partition will be body material painted spatter gray
.
0726403
Partition, Vertical Compt, Special
Height

VERTICAL COMPARTMENT PARTITION
Two (
2 ) partitions
will be bolted in
one (
1 ) in LS
1 @

18.00 " clear DOOR OPENING off of rear wall
and one (
1 ) in RS
1 @

8.00 clear DOOR OPENING off of the hydraulic ladder actuator cover .

Each partition will be
match job
31796
vertical height of the compartment. Each partition will be painted spatter gray
.
0646015
SP
Box, Flare Storage, Open Front,
Angled

FLARE STORAGE BOX
A quantity of
one (
1 )
flare storage box(es) will be furnished. The box(es) will be fabricated of . 188
"
aluminum and
(stached on top of each other)

1.50 " wide X

10.50 " deep X
3 equal sections (not to
exceed the height of the CTECH cabinet) per job
31796
in size.

The box(es) will be mounted
in LS
3 on the left outside wall of the CTECH cabinet per job 31796
.

The box(es) will be open to the front. The box(es) will be angled with the front of the box higher than the rear to allow for easy storage and removal of the flares. 45 984
Bid #:

0763541
SP
Tray, Loose, Compt, D/A Alum, 11.50
T x 62"W x 1.5"H, (2) Spcl Height
Paritions
TRAY
There will be
one (
1 )
dual action finished aluminum tray(s) provided to be set loose in the LS
2 compartment(s). The tray will be

62.00 " wide x

1.50 " tall x

11.50 " deep. The tray will have two (
2 )
partitions. There will be one (
1 )

11.50 " wide x

1.50 " tall partition and one (
1 )

11.50 " wide x

2.50 "
tall partition located

2.5 " tall partition to be welded in with a

6.75 " opening from one end --

1.5 " tall
partition to be welded in with
18 " opening from the taller divider
within the tray.
0820754
No Louvers, Delete Standard Compt
Louvers, Per Compt, Non-NFPA 2024

DELETE STANDARD LOUVERS PER COMPARTMENT
A total of
one (
1 )
compartment louver(s) in compartment(s)
RS
1 will be deleted.

NFPA
1900
,
2024
edition, section

12.1.1 requires any enclosed external compartment will be weather resistant and ventilated and have provisions for drainage of moisture. Per fire department specification and request to have one (
1 ) or more compartments provided without
louvers, the apparatus will be non-compliant to NFPA
1900
standards at time of contract
execution.
0659383
Matting, Turtle Tile w/Ramp,
Compartment Floors

MATTING, COMPARTMENT FLOOR
Turtle Tile compartment matting will be provided in
two (
2 )
compartments on the compartment
floor. The locations are,
RS
2 and RS
3 .

The Turtle Tile will be
black
and the leading edge of the matting will include the beveled edge.

The beveled edge will be
black
.
0028026
Matting, Turtle Tile, Compartment
Shelving Only

MATTING, COMPARTMENT SHELVING
Turtle Tile compartment matting will be provided in
13 shelves
. The locations are,
all shelves and
slide-out trays
.

The color of the Turtle Tile will be
black
.
0755638
Pegboard, Back Wall Mounted, 3/16"
Alum, Full Height Compt

PEGBOARD
There will be

0.188
" thick aluminum pegboard
spatter gray painted
will be installed on the back
wall of
one (
1 )
compartments. It will be mounted using two (
2 ) horizontal tracks. Retainers will be
used to mount the pegboard to the tracks. The pegboard will be installed on the back wall. The holes will be
.
203
" diameter
, punched

1.00 " on center. Pegboard will be provided in the following compartments:

RS
2 .
0014005
SP
Scuffplate, S/S on Compartment
Floor, Polished

SCUFFPLATE
The compartment floor will be reinforced with a section of polished stainless steel scuffplates in one (
1 )
compartments. The scuffplates will be secured in place and have all edges sealed with silicon caulk. The locations are
RS
1 .
0696957
Hitch, Receiver, Sides, Under Body,
2nd Gen

HITCH RECEIVER
A hitch receiver will be installed at each side of the apparatus behind the rear wheels under the compartments.

The side hitch receivers will be constructed of heavy steel tubing and reinforced to the truck framework.

The side hitch receivers will be capable of retaining a 6,000
or
9,000
lb portable winch.

Slide-in portion will be held in place by one (
1 ) safety pin with clip.
0027090
Tracks, Equipment Mounting,
Horizontal

MOUNTING TRACKS
There will be
two (
2 ) sets of tracks
for mounting equipment. These tracks will be installed
horizontally on the back wall of the compartment(s).

The compartment(s) with mounting tracks will be
(
1 ) in LS
3 on the inside left wall AND (
1 ) in RS
3 on the inside left wall (opposite of HLR blister)
.
0004016
Rub Rail, Aluminum Extruded, Side
of Body

RUB RAIL
Bottom edge of the side compartments will be trimmed with a bright aluminum extruded rub rail.

Trim will be

2.12 " high with

1.38 " flanges turned outward for rigidity.

The rub rails will not be an integral part of the body construction, which allows replacement in the event of damage.
0784811
Fender Crowns, Rear, Stainless,
w/Removable Liner

BODY FENDER CROWNS
Polished stainless steel fender crowns will be provided around the rear wheel openings with a dielectric barrier will be provided between the fender crown and the fender sheet metal to prevent corrosion.

The fender crowns will be held in place with stainless steel screws that thread directly into a composite nut and not directly into the parent body sheet metal to eliminate dissimilar metals contact and greatly reduce the chance for corrosion. Rubber welting will be provided between the body and crown.

BODY FENDER LINER
A
aluminum painted to match the lower body color
fender liner will be provided. The liners will be
removable to aid in the maintenance of rear suspension components. 46 984
Bid #:

0519849
Not Required, Hose, Hard Suction

HARD SUCTION HOSE
Hard suction hose will not be required.
0626229
Handrails, Side Pump Panels, Per
Print

HANDRAILS
The handrails will be

1.25 " diameter knurled aluminum to provide a positive gripping surface.

Chrome plated end stanchions will support the handrail. Plastic gaskets will be used between end stanchions and any painted surfaces.

Drain holes will be provided in the bottom of all vertically mounted handrails.

Handrails will be provided to meet current edition of applicable NFPA standards. The handrails will be installed as noted on the sales drawing.
0012161
Handrail, Beavertail, Left Side
One (1) vertical handrail will be located on the left side rear beavertail. 0795795
Handrails, Rear, (3), (2) Above Cross
Tube Mounted and (1) Below Hose
Bed

HANDRAIL
Two (
2 ) horizontal knurled aluminum handrails will be provided above the hose bed at the rear of the apparatus. The handrails will be mounted to a

2.00 " x

3.00 " cross tube provided at the rear of
the hosebed.

One (
1 ) horizontal knurled aluminum handrail will be provided below the hose bed at the rear of the apparatus.

The hose bed dividers will be tied to the upper hand rail or cross bar in order to provide sufficient reinforcement.
0004154
Handrail, Extra - 10" Long

ADDITIONAL HANDRAIL
One (
1 ) handrail
,

10.00 " long, will be mounted
mount to the front of the body

12.00 " from the DS
side sheet per job
31796
. The handrail will be constructed out of knurled aluminum. 0088099
Insert, Air Bottle Compt, W-Shaped,
2nd Gen

AIR BOTTLE STORAGE INSERT
A total of
three (
3 )
inserts will be provided for the air bottle storage compartments.

The air bottle compartment will be located
LS forward, LS rear and RS forward
.

The inserts will be formed in a "W" shape to help contain the bottles. 0838102
Compt, Air Bottle, Single, Double
Door, Fender Panel
AIR BOTTLE STORAGE (Single)
A quantity of
one (
1 ) air bottle compartment
, approximately

7.50 " wide x

7.50 " tall x

26.00 " deep,
will be provided
on the right side rearward of the rear wheels. The full width double door to cover the air bottle opening and the hydraulic ladder rack pump access . The compartment will be
square with angled corners. A
painted
stainless steel door with a
chrome plated flush lift & turn
latch
will be provided to contain the air bottle. A dielectric barrier will be provided between the door hinge, hinge fasteners and the body sheet metal.

Inside the compartment,
black rubber matting
will be provided.
0657651
Compt, Air Bottle, Double, Fender
Panel
AIR BOTTLE STORAGE (Double)
A quantity of
three (
3 ) air bottle compartments
,

15.25 " wide x

7.75 " tall x

26.00 " deep, will be
provided
on the left side forward of the rear wheels, on the left side rearward of the rear wheels and on the right side forward of the rear wheels
. A
painted
stainless steel door with a
chrome
plated flush lift & turn latch
will be provided to contain the air bottle. A dielectric barrier will be provided between the door hinge, hinge fasteners and the body sheet metal.

Inside the compartment,
black rubber matting
will be provided.
0004225
Ladder, 24' Duo-Safety 900A 2-
Section

EXTENSION LADDER
There will be a
24 ' two-section aluminum Duo-Safety Series
900
-A extension ladder provided.
0004230
Ladder, 14' Duo-Safety 775A Roof

ROOF LADDER
There will be a
14 ' aluminum Duo-Safety Series
775
-A roof ladder provided.
47 984
Bid #:

0015036
Rack, Ladders, Hydraulic, RS, Air
Clamps

HYDRAULIC LADDER RACK
Ground ladders will be mounted above the right side of the hose body in a specially designed swing-down cradle. This cradle will be electric/hydraulic operated. The system design will have been life cycle tested for dependable service.

An independent hydraulic pump powered by a
12 -volt electric motor will operate the hydraulics.

The hydraulic pump and reservoir will be accessible from the ground through a stainless steel inspection door.

The ladder rack will incorporate two hydraulic rotary actuators, one each located inside the front compartment and the rear compartment. The actuators will be completely enclosed within each compartment to eliminate any pinch points while operating the ladder rack. Lifting arms will be attached outside the compartment body to the front and rear actuator.

The rack can be designed in certain situations to provide lifting capabilities up to 500
lb.

The maximum height of the rack from the ground in the lowered position will be no more than

47.00 ".

The electric control panel will have a master switch on/off switch, an actuation switch, an operation indicator light and operation instructions. The electric controls will be located at the
pump panel adjacent to the ladder rack
in such a manner to allow the operator full view of the area into which the ladders will be lowered.

Two (
2 ) air operated safety locks will be furnished to securely maintain the ladder bracket assembly in the travel position. These air operated safety locks will be controlled from the ladder rack control panel.

A polished stainless steel enclosure shall be provided over the hydraulic ladder rack locks at the front and the rear on the right side to cover the ladder rack locks ( 2 ) and provide mounting for any
rear warning lights.

Ladders will be secured to the brackets with two (
2 ) locks retaining the roof ladder and the
extension ladder. The locks will be such that when the roof ladder is removed, the clamps can be moved a half turn to hold the extension ladder in place.

LADDER RACK INTERLOCK AND NOT STOWED INDICATOR LIGHT
An interlock will be provided to prevent operation of the ladder rack unless the apparatus parking brake has been activated.

A steady red indicator light will be located on the cab instrument panel and illuminated when the hydraulic ladder rack is not in the stowed position. The light will be labeled "Ladder Rack". In addition, the "Do Not Move Apparatus" light located in the cab will be activated when the hydraulic ladder rack is not in the stowed position.
0552065
Enclosure, Step Ladder Storage in
Hose Bed, Polished S/S, Tapered

STORAGE, STEP LADDER
A polished stainless steel enclosure will be provided for step ladder storage in the passenger's
side of the hosebed. The enclosure is to be connected to the PS hose bed wall . The enclosure
will be tapered and include a hose deflector at the front. The enclosure will be mounted to a hose bed divider. A

2.00 " wide Velcro strap will installed from top to bottom to secure the step ladder.

The enclosure will be sized for a
6 ' Louisville FS
1506
(option
602029
)
.
0756375
Lights, Hyd Lad Rack Deployed,
Truck-Lite 15****

HYDRAULIC LADDER RACK DEPLOYED LIGHTS
There will be two (
2 ) Truck-Lite catalog number
15 ***,

1.20 " high x

2.49 " wide x

0.94 " deep lights
with
chrome trim
,
amber flashing LEDs
and provided per the following:

One (
1 ) light installed on the front of the hydraulic ladder rack One (
1 ) light installed on the rear of the hydraulic ladder rack The
warning light lens color(s) to be clear
The lights will be activated when the battery switch is on and the hydraulic ladder rack is not in the stowed position.
0733387
Ladder, 10' Duo-Safety Folding 585A

FOLDING LADDER
One (
1 )

10.00 ' aluminum, Series
585
-A, Duo-Safety folding ladder will be installed.
0761362
Compt, w/Trough, Folding Ladder,
Long Tool Storage Btwn Tank &
S.Sht, RS

FOLDING LADDER STORAGE
One (
1 ) folding ladder will be stored in a compartment on the right side between the tank and side sheet in a stainless steel U-shaped trough.

A door constructed of
polished stainless steel
and hinged
on the bottom
will be provided at the
rear with a
Southco C
2 chrome raised trigger lever latch
.
0602029
Ladder, 6' Louisville Step, FS1506

STEP LADDER
One (
1 )
6 ' fiberglass Louisville Model FS
1506
step ladder will be provided.
0024499
Arm, Rear, Offset, Hydraulic Rack
2000, Recess Light
The rear hydraulic rack arm will have an offset to not block the rear upper zone warning lights. 0024798
Arms, Raise Pivot Point, 6", Hydraulic
Ladder Rack
The ladder rack pivot point will be raised 6.00" on the passenger's side
to change the lifting
capacity of the rack.
0725371
Compt w/Door, Backboard, Over
Pump

BACKBOARD STORAGE
A transverse area over the pump and
rearward of the crosslays
will hold
two (
2 ) storage troughs
.

A blister will be supplied at each side to enclose the backboards due to their length.

The backboards will be accessible from
either side
of the vehicle through the
aluminum treadplate
door(s) with a
pair of lift and turn latches
. The door(s) will be hinged
along the rearward edge
.

The size of the backboard(s) to be stored will be

72.00 " long x

16.00 " wide x

2.00 " high
.
48 984
Bid #:

0547754
Not Required, Pike, Pole, 8'

0733148
Tube, Pike Pole 8' or Longer, Btwn
Tank & S.Sht Long Tool Storage

PIKE POLE STORAGE
There will be storage designated on the
right side
for
Two (
2 ) pike poles
,
8 ' or longer, stored in a
tube with

1.38 " notch, to accommodate a New York style pike pole for the head of a pike pole.

This will be located between the side sheet and tank in the folding ladder storage compartment. 0549137
Not Required, Pike Pole, 6'

0724839
SP
Mounting Brackets, Pike Pole, Fire
Hooks Unlimited, Hooks Nest 4/PAC
Handlelok

PIKE POLE MOUNTING
A total of
one (
1 )
set(s) of Fire Hooks Unlimited, model Hooks Nest
4 and PAC Handlelok, model
1004
, mounting brackets will be provided for the mounting of Fire Hooks Unlimited pike poles.

The Hooks Nest
4 head bracket will be used to secure the upper portion of the pike pole in conjunction with the Handlelok to secure the handle of the pike pole. The lower pinned portion of the Nest
4 bracket will be shipped with loose equipment. The brackets will be installed RS back of
cab
.
0762479
SP
Mounting Bracket, Pike Pole, PAC
Handlelok #1004 and D Handle
Pocket Support

PIKE POLE STORAGE
There will be storage provided for a total of
one (
1 )
pike poles located
LS back of cab
. The pike
pole head end will be contained using a PAC Handlelok Model 1004
and the D-handle end of the
pike pole will be contained with an aluminum pocket.
0768976
Bell, 12" Chrome w/Eagle, Mounted
on Cab Corner, Large Brkt

BELL
A chrome plated,

12.00 " bronze cast bell, complete with an eagle, will be mounted on the passenger side radiused corner of cab face. The cab will be properly reinforced to support the weight of the bell, the reinforcement bracket allow the bell to mount toward the upper corner of the windshield. A rope pull, for the bell, will be installed inside the cab. 0785102
Steps, Folding, Front of Body, Cargo
Bed Access, w/LED, Trident

FOLDING STEPS FRONT OF BODY
Folding steps will be provided
full height on the left side
body compartments to provide access to
the cargo bed. Steps will be spaced evenly on the sales drawing. Actual quantity may vary due to pump panel interferences but will meet the NFPA required maximum stepping height.

The Trident steps will be bright finished, non-skid with a black tread coating
on the stepping
surface.

The step will incorporate an LED light to illuminate the stepping surface.

The steps can be used as a hand hold with two openings wide enough for a gloved hand. 0592994
Steps, Folding, Rear of Body, w/LED,
Trident

REAR FOLDING STEPS
Bright finished, non-skid folding steps with
a black tread coating
on the stepping surface will be
provided at the rear. Each step will incorporate an LED light to illuminate the stepping surface.

The steps can be used as a hand hold with two openings wide enough for a gloved hand. 0825346
SP
I Zone Bracket, Pair, Wildland Style,
Mounted to Side of Rear Step

I-ZONE BRACKETS - WILDLAND STYLE
A pair of I-Zone brackets will be provided and mounted on each side of the treadplate step at the rear of the apparatus. The brackets will be designed with adequate reinforcement to eliminate flexing of the body (oil canning) and not interfere with rear facing lights while carrying hose.

The design of these I-Zone brackets will have a
45 degree receiver and a removable extension
piece that fits into the brackets for carrying hose.
0752721
Handhold Cutout, Each, Location

three (3)
handhold cutout(s) will be provided in the
spaced evenly on the step below the hosebed

step(s).
0019940
Step, Special Width, Rear Of Body,

8.00"
An 8.00" deep bright aluminum treadplate step will be provided at the rear of the body above the rear compartment.
49 984
Bid #:

0005498
Pump House, Side Control, 52"

PUMP COMPARTMENT
The pump compartment will be separate from the hose body and compartments so that each may flex independently of the other. It will be a fabricated assembly of steel tubing, angles and channels which supports both the fire pump and the side running boards.

The pump compartment will be mounted on the chassis frame rails with rubber biscuits in a four point pattern to allow for chassis frame twist.

Pump compartment, pump, plumbing and gauge panels will be removable from the chassis in a single assembly.

PUMP MOUNTING
Pump will be mounted to a substructure which will be mounted to the chassis frame rail using rubber isolators. The mounting will allow chassis frame rails to flex independently without damage to the fire pump.

PUMP CONTROL PANELS (Side Control)
All pump controls and gauges will be located at the left side of the apparatus and properly marked.

The control panels will be

52.00 " wide.

Polished stainless steel trim collars will be installed around all inlets and outlets.

All push/pull valve controls will have
1/4
turn locking control rods with polished chrome plated zinc tee handles. Guides for the push/pull control rods will be chrome plated zinc castings securely mounted to the pump panel. Push/pull valve controls will be capable of locking in any position.

The control rods will pull straight out of the panel and will be equipped with universal joints to eliminate binding.

The identification tag for each valve control will be recessed in the face of the tee handle.

All discharge outlets will have color coded identification tags, with each discharge having its own unique color. Color coding will include the labeling of the outlet and the drain for each corresponding discharge.

All line pressure gauges will be mounted in individual chrome plated castings with the identification tag recessed in the casting below the gauge. All remaining identification tags will be mounted on the pump panel in chrome plated bezels. Mounting of the castings and identification bezels will be done with a threaded peg cast on the back side of the bezel or screws. 0035501
Pump House Structure, Std Height
0825484
SP
Partition, Cargo Area, Three Sides, 3"
Tall

CARGO PARTITION
A partition with three sides will be furnished in the cargo area to create a storage area. The partition will be made of aluminum treadplate and be

3.00 " in height. The partition will be located
in the cargo area on the PS (see approval drawing). The CLEAR INSIDE dimension of each grid is to be
12 " x
12 ". We need two (
2 ) grids as these will be in place to store spare foam buckets - match job
37089
.
0004425
Pump, Waterous, CSU, 1500 GPM,
Single Stage
PUMP
Pump will be a Waterous CSU,
1500
gpm single (
1 ) stage midship mounted centrifugal type.

Pump will be the class "A" type.

Pump will deliver the percentage of rated discharge at pressures indicated below:
100
percent of rated capacity at
150
psi net pump pressure.
70 percent of rated capacity at
200
psi net pump pressure.
50 percent of rated capacity at
250
psi net pump pressure.

Pump body will be close-grained gray iron, bronze fitted, and horizontally split in two ( 2 ) sections
for easy removal of the entire impeller shaft assembly (including wear rings).

Pump will be designed for complete servicing from the bottom of the truck, without disturbing the pump setting or apparatus piping.

Pump case halves will be bolted together on a single horizontal face to minimize chance of leakage and facilitate ease of reassembly. No end flanges will be used.

Discharge manifold of the pump will be cast as an integral part of the pump body assembly and will provide a minimum of three (
3 )

3.50 " openings for flexibility in providing various discharge outlets for maximum efficiency.

The three (
3 )

3.50 " openings will be located as follows: one (
1 ) outlet to the right of the pump, one
(
1 ) outlet to the left of the pump, and one (
1 ) outlet directly on top of the discharge manifold.

Impeller shaft will be stainless steel, accurately ground to size. It will be supported at each end by sealed, anti-friction ball bearings for rigid precise support. Impeller will have flame plated hubs assuring maximum pump life and efficiency despite any presence of abrasive matter in the water supply.

Bearings will be protected from water and sediment by suitable stuffing boxes, flinger rings, and oil seals. No special or sleeve type bearings will be used. 0004481
Seal, Grafoil, Waterous

PUMP PACKING
Stuffing boxes will be of the conventional two (
2 ) piece, split-gland type, to permit adjustment or
replacement of Grafoil packing without disturbing the pump. Water will be fed into stuffing box lantern rings for proper lubrication and cooling when the pump is operating.

Lantern rings will be located at the inner ends of the stuffing boxes, to avoid having to remove them when replacing pump packing.

Wear rings will be bronze and easily replaceable to restore original pump efficiency and eliminate the need to replace the entire pump casing due to wear. 50 984
Bid #:

0816447
Trans, Pump, Waterous C22 Series

PUMP TRANSMISSION
The pump transmission will be made of a three (
3 ) piece, aluminum, horizontally split casing.

Power transfer to pump will be through a high strength Morse HY-VO silent drive chain. By using a chain rather than gears,
50 percent of the sprocket will be accepting or transmitting torque, compared to two (
2 ) or three (
3 ) teeth doing all the work.

Drive shafts will be

2.35 " diameter hardened and ground alloy steel and supported by ball bearings. The case will be designed to eliminate the need for water cooling. 0635600
Pumping Mode, Stationary Only

PUMPING MODE
An interlock system will be provided to ensure that the pump drive system components are properly engaged so that the apparatus can be safely operated. The interlock system will be designed to allow stationary pumping only.
0605126
Pump Shift, Air Mnl Override, Split
Shaft, Interlocked, Waterous

AIR PUMP SHIFT
Pump shift engagement will be made by a two (
2 ) position sliding collar, actuated pneumatically
(by air pressure), with a three (
3 ) position air control switch located in the cab. A manual back-up shift control will also be located on the left side pump panel.

Two (
2 ) indicator lights will be provided adjacent to the pump shift inside the cab. One ( 1 ) green
light will indicate the pump shift has been completed and be labeled "pump engaged". The second green light will indicate when the pump has been engaged, and that the chassis transmission is in pump gear. This indicator light will be labeled "OK to pump".

The pump shift will be interlocked to prevent the pump from being shifted out of gear when the chassis transmission is in gear to meet NFPA requirements.

The pump shift control in the cab will be illuminated to meet NFPA requirements. 0003148
Transmission Lock-up, EVS

TRANSMISSION LOCK-UP
The direct gear transmission lock-up for the fire pump operation will engage automatically when the pump shift control in the cab is activated.
0004547
Auxiliary Cooling System

AUXILIARY COOLING SYSTEM
A supplementary heat exchange cooling system will be provided to allow the use of water from the discharge side of the pump for cooling the engine water. The heat exchanger will be a separate unit. It will be installed in the pump or engine compartment with the control located on the pump operator's control panel. The exchanger will be plumbed to the master drain valve. 0014486
Not Required, Transfer Valve, Single
Stage Pump
0746511
Valve, Relief Intake, TFT

INTAKE RELIEF VALVE
A Task Force Tips A
18 series relief valve will be installed on the suction side of the pump preset at
125
psig
.

The relief valve will have a working range of
90 psi to
300
psi.

The pressure relief valve control will be located behind an access door at the right side pump panel.

The outlet will terminate below the frame rails with a

2.50 " National Standard hose thread adapter
and will have a "do not cap" warning tag.
51 984
Bid #:

0721609
Controller, Pressure, Pierce LCD,
Custom Chassis

PIERCE PRESSURE CONTROLLER
A Pierce electronic pressure controller will be provided.

A pressure transducer will be installed in the discharge side of the water pump. The transducer continuously monitors pump pressure sending a signal to the electronic pressure controller.

The pressure controller can be used in two (
2 ) modes of operation, RPM mode and pressure
modes. The controller will be programmed to turn on/default to RPM Setting
mode.

In the RPM mode, the controller can be activated after vehicle parking brake has been set. When in this mode, the controller will maintain the set engine speed, regardless of engine load (within engine operation capabilities).

In the pressure mode, the controller can be activated after vehicle parking brake has been set.

When in this mode, the controller will automatically maintain the discharge pressure set by the operator (within the discharge capabilities of the pump and water supply) regardless of flow.

2.00 " diameter throttle control knob with no mechanical stops, a serrated grip, and a red idle push button in the center will be a integrated/part of the pressure controller. The throttle control knob will be programmed for
Clockwise
rotation to increase engine speed.

Individual LED indicators for ok to pump, throttle ready, pressure mode and rpm mode will be located on the pressure controller for easy viewing.

A pump cavitation protection feature will also be provided which will return the engine to idle should the pump cavitate. Cavitation is sensed by the combination of pump pressure below 30 psi
and engine speed above
2000
rpm for more than five (
5 ) seconds.

Other safety features include recognition of low water and no water conditions with an automatic programmed response and a push button to return the engine to idle.

The pressure controller LCD screen will be

4.20 " in size with a minimum brightness of
750
nits.

The LCD screen and LED intensity will be automatically adjust for day and nighttime operation.

The LCD screen intensity can also be manually adjusted if needed.

The following information will be provided/displayed on the LCD screen - Engine RPM
Check engine and stop engine warning indicators
Engine oil pressure
Engine coolant temperature
Water pump transmission temperature
Fuel Level
Water tank level
Battery voltage
Operating mode (RPM or pressure)
Pressure or RPM setting
On screen messaging show diagnostic and warning messages as they occur. It will show apparatus information, stored data, and program options when selected by the operator. It will monitor inputs outputs and support audible and visual warning alarms for the following conditions -
High battery voltage
Low battery voltage/engine off
Low battery voltage/engine running
High water pump temperature
Low fuel
Low engine oil pressure
High engine coolant temperature
Water tank out of water (visual alarm only)
No engine response (visual alarm only)
The pressure controller will store the accumulated operating hours for the pump and engine.

These items are to be displayed within the pressure controller menu.

The pressure controller will include a USB port on the back of the controller for easy software upgrades if needed.
0072153
Primer, Trident, Air Prime, Air
Operated

PRIMING PUMP
The priming pump will be a Trident Emergency Products compressed air powered, high efficiency, multistage venturi based AirPrime System, conforming to standards outlined in the current edition of applicable NFPA standards.

All wetted metallic parts of the priming system are to be of brass and stainless steel construction.

One (
1 ) priming control will open the priming valve and start the pump primer. 0664604
Pump Witness, Pump Operation and
Flow Each Discharge - Final
Inspection

PUMP WITNESS
A witness of the functionality of the pump will be provided at final inspection. This will be a detailed test where the pump is run at full capacity, inside the pump test facility.

Also, each discharge will be connected, flowed and checked for capacity.

Assistance will be provided by plumbing personnel at the time of inspection.

There will be
no recertification
of the pump performance.
0044552
Line, 0.50" Recirculating w/Check
Valve

RECIRCULATING LINE WITH CHECK VALVE
A

0.50 " diameter recirculating line, from the pump to the water tank, will be furnished with a control installed at the pump operator's control panel. A check valve will be provided in this line to prevent the back flow of water from the tank to the pump if the valve is left in the open position. 0620445
Foam Drain(s), Special Location

FOAM DRAIN(S), LOCATION
The foam drain(s) will be located
front body bulkhead on DS extending under the running board .
52 984
Bid #:

0780364
Manuals, Pump, (2) Total, Electronic
Copies

PUMP MANUALS
There will be a total of two (
2 ) pump manuals provided by the pump manufacturer and furnished with the apparatus. The manuals will be provided by the pump manufacturer in the form of two ( 2 )
electronic copies. Each manual will cover pump operation, maintenance, and parts. 0603129
Plumbing, Stainless Steel and Hose,
Single Stage Pump

PLUMBING, STAINLESS STEEL AND HOSE
All inlet and outlet lines will be plumbed with either stainless steel pipe, flexible polypropylene tubing or synthetic rubber hose reinforced with hi-tensile polyester braid. All hose's will be equipped with brass or stainless steel couplings. All stainless steel hard plumbing will be a minimum of a schedule
10 wall thickness.

Where vibration or chassis flexing may damage or loosen piping or where a coupling is required for servicing, the piping will be equipped with victaulic or rubber couplings.

Plumbing manifold bodies will be ductile cast iron or stainless steel.

All piping lines are to be drained through a master drain valve or will be equipped with individual drain valves. All drain lines will be extended with a hose to drain below the chassis frame.

All water carrying gauge lines will be of flexible polypropylene tubing.

All piping, hose and fittings will have a minimum of a
500
PSI hydrodynamic pressure rating.
0795135
Plumbing, Stainless Steel, w/Foam
System

FOAM SYSTEM PLUMBING
All piping that is in contact with the foam concentrate or foam/water solution will be stainless steel. The fittings will be stainless steel or brass. Cast iron pump manifolds will be allowed. 0004645
Inlets, 6.00" - 1250 GPM or Larger
Pump

MAIN PUMP INLETS
A

6.00 " pump manifold inlet will be provided on each side of the vehicle. The suction inlets will include removable die cast zinc screens that are designed to provide cathodic protection for the pump, thus reducing corrosion in the pump.
0836892
Valve, Ball Intake, TFT, AX Series

INLET VALVES WITH INTAKE RELIEF VALVE
There will be a Task Force Tips (TFT) AX Series
AX
8 NR-NX-PS with top hand crank
aluminum
ball intake valve(s) provided at
both the left side and the right side main pump inlets
. A matching
cap will be included.

If ball intake valve is to be controlled with a manual handwheel, the handwheel will be controlled with a NFPA compliant slow-close hand wheel. A position indicator will be provided to allow for a quick visualization of the status of the valve in the open, closed or transition position.

If the ball intake valve is to be electrically controlled, the ball intake valve will be controlled by a remote panel-mounted push-button switch with LED lights for a quick visualization of the status of the valve in the open, closed or transition position. The push button switch will be mounted on the pump operator's panel.

The ball intake valve will be equipped with a
standard
adjustable pressure relief valve. The relief
valve will have a working range of
90 PSI to
300
PSI.

0.75 " TFT bleeder/drain valve will be provided on the ball intake valve to exhaust excess air or water from the valve.

For corrosion protection the aluminum casting will have a hard coat anodized finish, with a powder coated internal and external finish. All the components facing the wet side of the valve will be constructed from stainless steel.
0004646
Cap, Main Pump Inlet, Long Handle,

NST, VLH

MAIN PUMP INLET CAP
The main pump inlets will have National Standard Threads with a long handle chrome cap.

The cap will be the Pierce VLH, which incorporates an exclusive thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected.
0743394
Valves, Full Flow Waterous,
Akron/Elkhart Aux Inlet Valves

VALVES
There will be
Five (
5 )
Waterous

2.50 " full flow valves. The valves will be used
No.
1 left side
discharge, No.
1 right side discharge, No.
1 rear discharge, No.
1 rear pre-connect discharge and
No.
2 rear pre-connect discharge
.

The Waterous full flow valve will have a

2.50 " chromium plated bronze ball forming a hard,
durable surface. There will be a hydraulically balanced floating seal assembly that will be self adjusting for wear.

If Waterous valves are desired for outlets

3.00 " and larger, that valve will be picked within the specific outlet category.

All remaining discharge valves and auxiliary inlets will be Akron
Unibody valves with a stainless-
steel ball and a simple two-seat design. No lubrication or regular maintenance is required on the valve.

If an outlet location chosen from above uses a valve smaller than

2.50 ", that valve will be
substituted with a Waterous

2.50 " full flow valve. This option will supersede any specific outlet category option that requires a valve smaller than

2.50 ".
0004686
Valve, Inlet(s) Recess Behind Panel,
Side Cntrl
The location of the valve for the
two (2) inlets
will be behind the pump panel.
0004700
Control, Inlet, at Valve

INLET CONTROL
The side auxiliary inlet(s) will incorporate a quarter-turn ball valve with the control located at the inlet valve. The valve operating mechanism will indicate the position of the valve. 53 984
Bid #:

0004660
Inlet (1), Left Side, 2.50"

LEFT SIDE INLET
There will be one (
1 ) auxiliary inlet with a

2.50 " valve at the left side pump panel, terminating with a

2.50 " (F) National Standard hose thread adapter.

The auxiliary inlet will be provided with a strainer, chrome swivel and plug. 0004680
Inlet, Right Side, 2.50"

RIGHT SIDE INLET
There will be one (
1 ) auxiliary inlet with a

2.50 " valve at the right side pump panel, terminating
with a

2.50 " (F) National Standard hose thread adapter.

The auxiliary inlet will be provided with a strainer, chrome swivel and plug. 0505132
Anode, Zinc, Pair, Pump, One (1) on
Inlet Side & One (1) on Discharge
Side

ANODE, INLET
One (
1 ) pair of sacrificial Zinc anodes will be provided in the water pump to protect the pump from corrosion. One (
1 ) will be placed in the inlet side of the pump and the other one ( 1 ) in the
discharge side of the pump.
0092569
No Rear Inlet (Large Dia) Requested

0064116
No Rear Inlet Actuation Required

0092696
Not Required, Cap, Rear Inlet

0009648
No Rear Intake Relief Valve Required
on Rear Inlet
0092568
No Rear Auxiliary Inlet Requested

0723049
Valve, .75" Bleeder, Aux. Side Inlet,
"T" Swing Handle

INLET BLEEDER VALVE
A

0.75 " bleeder valve will be provided for each side gated inlet.

The valves will be located behind the panel with a "T" swing style handle control extended to the outside of the panel.

The handles will be chrome plated and provide a visual indication of valve position. The swing handle will provide an ergonomic position for operating the valve without twisting the wrist and provides excellent leverage.

The water discharged by the bleeders will be routed below the chassis frame rails. 0014751
Tank to Pump, (1) 3.00" Valve, 3.00"
Plumbing, Reverse Linkage

TANK TO PUMP
The booster tank will be connected to the intake side of the pump with heavy duty piping and a quarter turn

3.00 " full flow line valve with the control remotely located at the operator's panel. The tank to pump line will run straight (no elbows) from the pump into the front face of the water tank and down into the tank sump. A rubber coupling will be included in this line to prevent damage from vibration or chassis flexing.

The control on the pump panel will be "in" when the valve is open and "out" when the valve is closed.

A check valve will be provided in the tank to pump supply line to prevent the possibility of "back filling" the water tank.
0004905
Outlet, Tank Fill, 1.50"

TANK REFILL
A

1.50 " combination tank refill and pump re-circulation line will be provided, using a quarter-turn full flow ball valve controlled from the pump operator's panel. 0062133
Control, Outlets, Manual, Pierce HW
if applicable

DISCHARGE OUTLET CONTROLS
The discharge outlets will incorporate a quarter-turn ball valve with the control located at the pump operator's panel. The valve operating mechanism will indicate the position of the valve.

If a handwheel control valve is used, the control will be a minimum of a

3.90 " diameter stainless
steel handwheel with a dial position indicator built into the center of the handwheel.

Any

3.00 inch or larger discharge valve will be a slow-operating valve to meet current edition of applicable NFPA standards.
0004940
Outlet, Left Side, 2.50"

LEFT SIDE DISCHARGE OUTLETS
Two (
2 ) discharge outlets
with a

2.50 " valve will be provided on the left side of the apparatus, terminating with a

2.50 " (M) National Standard hose thread adapter.
54 984
Bid #:

0065091
Elbow, Left Side Outlets, 30 Degree,

2.50" FNST x 2.50" MNST, VLH

LEFT SIDE OUTLET ELBOWS
The

2.50 " discharge outlets, located on the left side pump panel, will be furnished with a

2.50 " (F)
National Standard hose thread x

2.50 " (M) National Standard hose thread, chrome plated, 30 degree elbow.

The elbow will be Pierce VLH, which incorporates an exclusive thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected.
0092570
Not Required, Outlets, Left Side
Additional
0035094
Not Required, Elbow, Left Side
Outlets, Additional
0004945
Outlet, Right Side, 2.50"

RIGHT SIDE DISCHARGE OUTLET
One (
1 ) discharge outlet
with a

2.50 " valve will be provided on the right side of the apparatus, terminating with a

2.50 " (M) National Standard hose thread adapter.
0025091
Elbow, Right Side Outlets, 45
Degree, 2.50" FNST x 2.50" MNST,
VLH

RIGHT SIDE OUTLET ELBOWS
The

2.50 " discharge outlets located on the right side pump panel will be furnished with a

2.50 " (F)
National Standard hose thread x

2.50 " (M) National Standard hose thread, chrome plated, 45 degree elbow.

The elbow will be Pierce VLH, which incorporates an exclusive thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected.
0092571
Not Required, Outlets, Right Side
Additional
0089584
Not Required, Elbow, Right Side
Outlets, Additional
0816625
Outlet, Large Diameter, Right Side,
Akron Valve

LARGE DIAMETER DISCHARGE OUTLET
There will be an Akron
8800

4.00 " flat ball valve with

4.00 " plumbing
terminating with a

4.00 "
MNST chrome
adapter on the right side pump panel.

The valve will be controlled with a(n)
Pierce large handwheel with indicator
located at the pump
operator's panel.
0566073
Elbow, Large Dia Outlet, 30 Deg,

4.00" FNST x 4.50" MNST

LARGE DIAMETER OUTLET ELBOWS
The

4.00 " outlet will be furnished with a

4.00 " (F) National Standard hose thread swivel x

4.50 "
(M) National Standard hose thread elbow adapter with cap. 0649939
Outlet, Front, 1.50" w/2" Plumbing

FRONT DISCHARGE OUTLET
There will be one (
1 )

1.50 " discharge outlet piped to the front of the apparatus and located in the
center bumper tray
.

Plumbing will consist of

2.00 " piping and flexible hose with a

2.00 " ball valve with control at the
pump operator's panel. A fabricated weldment made of stainless steel pipe will be used in the plumbing where appropriate. The piping will terminate with a

1.50 " NST with
90 degree stainless
steel swivel
.

There will be
automatic
drains provided at all low points of the piping.
0004995
Outlet, Rear, 2.50"

REAR DISCHARGE OUTLET
There will be
One (
1 ) discharge outlet
piped to the rear of the hose bed,
left side
, installed so
proper clearance is provided for spanner wrenches or adapters. Plumbing will consist of

2.50 "
piping along with a

2.50 " full flow ball valve with the control from the pump operator's panel. 0040286
Elbow, Rear Outlets, 30 Degree,

2.50" FNST x 2.50" MNST, VLH

REAR OUTLET ELBOWS
The

2.50 " discharge outlets, located at the rear of the apparatus, will be furnished with a

2.50 " (F)
National Standard hose thread x

2.50 " (M) National Standard hose thread, chrome plated, 30 degree elbow.

The elbow will be Pierce VLH, which incorporates an exclusive thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected.
0092574
Not Required, Outlet, Rear,
Additional
0085695
Not Required, Elbow, Rear Outlets,
Large, Additional
55 984
Bid #:

0000216
Outlets, (3) Front HB, (2) 1.50" (1)

2.50"

FRONT OF HOSE BED DISCHARGE OUTLET
There will be three (
3 ) discharges located at the front of the hose bed,
(
1 ) one left and (
1 ) one
right of the centered

2.50 " outlet (total three in a row) - match
37089
. Plumbing for the

2.50 " outlet
will consist of

2.50 " piping with a

2.50 " full-flow ball valve and plumbing to the

1.50 " outlets will
consist of

2.00 " piping and

2.00 " full-flow ball valves. All three (
3 ) outlets will be controlled at the
pump operator's panel. The discharges will terminate with a one ( 1 )

2.50 " and two (
2 )

1.50 " (M)
National Standard hose thread adapter.
0752096
Caps/Plugs for 1.00" to 3.00"
Discharges/Inlets, Vinyl Covered
Cable

DISCHARGECAPS/ INLET PLUGS
Chrome plated, rocker lug, caps with vinyl covered cables will be furnished for all discharge outlets

1.00 " thru

3.00 " in size, besides the pre-connected hose outlets.

Chrome plated, rocker lug, plugs with vinyl covered cables will be furnished for all auxiliary inlets

1.00 " thru

3.00 " in size.

The caps and plugs will incorporate a thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected.
0723042
Valve, 0.75" Bleeder, Discharges, "T"
Swing Handle

OUTLET BLEEDER VALVE
A

0.75 " bleeder valve will be provided for each outlet

1.50 " or larger. Automatic drain valves are
acceptable with some outlets if deemed appropriate with the application.

The valves will be located behind the panel with a T swing style handle control extended to the outside of the side pump panel.

The handles will be chrome plated and provide a visual indication of valve position.

The T swing handle will provide an ergonomic position for operating the valve without twisting the wrist and provides excellent leverage.

Bleeders will be located at the bottom of the pump panel. They will be properly labeled identifying the discharge they are plumbed in to.

The water discharged by the bleeders will be routed below the chassis frame rails. 0091106
Outlet, 3.00" Deluge w/TFT Extend-a-
Gun XG18, Handwheel

DELUGE RISER
A

3.00 " deluge riser will be installed above the pump in such a manner that a monitor can be mounted and used effectively. Piping will be rigidly braced and installed securely so no movement develops when the line is charged. The riser will be gated and controlled at the pump operator's panel with a handwheel control.

TELESCOPIC PIPING
The deluge riser piping will include a

18.00 " Task Force Model XG
18 Extend-A-Gun extension.

This extension will be telescopic to allow the deluge gun to be raised

18.00 " increasing the range
of operation.

A position sensor will be provided on the telescopic piping that will activate the "do not move vehicle" light inside the cab when the monitor is in the raised position. 0095958
Deluge Outlet, Special
Height/Location

DELUGE OUTLET SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS
The deluge gun outlet will be located
Deluge outlet moved

2.00 ”
off of center and toward the right
side of the cargo area to allow room for the hose reel as shown on the approval drawing .
0543550
Monitor, TFT Crossfire XFC-42, (2)

2.5" Portable Base, Shaper, Quad
Stack Tips

MONITOR
A Task Force Crossfire Series XFC-
42 monitor package will be properly installed on the deluge riser. The monitor package will include a Crossfire monitor with a

10.00 " stream shaper and quad
stack tips.

A Safe-Tak portable base unit with two (
2 )

2.50 " inlets will be provided. The monitor will be
painted as provided by monitor manufacturer
.
0047175
No Additional Nozzle Req'd
0046857
Deluge Mount, For TFT Crossfire
Monitor, TFT Manual Extend-A-Gun
Only
The deluge riser Extend-a-Gun will have provisions for direct mounting a Task Force Tips CrossFire monitor.
0723726
Speedlay Module Not Required

0722432
Hose Restraint Not Required, No
Speedlay Module
0723395
Speedlays, Not Required

0723394
Speedlays, Not Required

56 984
Bid #:

0029279
Deadlay(s) No Plumbing, Spl
Capacity

DEADLAY HOSE BEDS
Two (
2 ) deadlay beds
, without plumbing, will be provided above the pump compartment capable of carrying
forward of cargo area - beds should be the same height from the ground as job 37089
.
each
200
' of

1.75 "
.

The center crosslay dividers will be fabricated of .
25 " aluminum and will provide adjustment from
side to side. The divider will be unpainted with a DA finish.

Polished stainless steel vertical scuffplates will be provided at hose bed ends (each side of vehicle). Bottom of hose bed ends (each side) will also be equipped with a polished stainless steel scuffplate.

Deadlay bed flooring will consist of removable perforated brushed aluminum. 0029196
Not Required, 2.50" Crosslay

0591138
Hose Restraint, Crosslay/Deadlay,
Vinyl, Strap Fasteners, Each Side,
Ends

CROSSLAY/DEADLAY HOSE RESTRAINT
There will be
black
vinyl end flap provided across each end of
two (
2 )
crosslay/deadlay opening
(s) to secure the hose during travel. Each vinyl end flap will be permanently attached at the top
of
the crosslay/deadlay opening(s).

1.00 " web straps will loop through footman loops at the opposite end of the permanently attached vinyl. They will be attached with spring clip and hook
fasteners.
0029260
Not Required, Speedlays

0750536
Hose Restr, Spdly, Not Required, No
Spdly
0590877
Hose Restraint, Crosslay/Deadlay,
Aluminum Treadplate, Top Only

CROSSLAY/DEADLAY HOSE RESTRAINT
An aluminum treadplate cover, hinged at the
front
will be installed over the top of the
crosslay/deadlay(s). It will include a latch at each end of the cover to hold it securely in place, a chrome grab handle at each end for opening and closing the cover and a foam rubber gasket where the cover comes into contact to a painted surface. The cover will be provided with rubber
latch
hold open device.
0699910
SP
Crosslays Special Reinforcement Of
Front Crosslay Divider

CROSSLAYS

The front crosslay divider will be reinforced with
3/16
" aluminum treadplate so that it does not
move and allows the latches to latch. The treadplate will span from the top edge of the front crosslay divider down the front of the body as far as practical. 0005216
Reel, Booster, Aluminum - Over
Pump, Left Side

BOOSTER HOSE REEL
A Hannay electric rewind booster hose reel will be installed over the pump in a recessed open compartment on the left side of the apparatus. Reel will be fabricated of aluminum and have highly polished end discs.

A polished stainless steel roller and guide assembly will be mounted on the reel side of the apparatus.

Discharge control will be provided at the pump operator's panel. Plumbing to the reel will consist of

1.50 " Aeroquip hose and a

1.50 " valve.
0825457
SP
Switches, Reel Rewind - 1 Reel w/(2)
Stirrup & (2) Push
Reel motor will be protected from overload with a
50 amp automatic reset circuit breaker.

Two (
2 ) foot actuated, stirrup type, electric rewind controls (switches) will be installed, one each side, below the running board or the body compartment. Two ( 2 ) push-button switches will be
provided on the pump panels, one (
1 ) switch each side.
0652763
Hose, Booster - 100' of .75"/800 PSI

Booster hose, .
75 " diameter and
100
feet, with chrome plated Barway, or equal couplings will be provided.

Working pressure of the booster hose will be a minimum of 800
psi.
0025244
Capacity, Hose Reel 100' of 1"

Capacity of the hose reel will be 100 feet of 1.00" booster hose. 0007428
Nozzle for Booster Reel Not Req'd

0515688
Gauge, Hose Reel, (Match Panel
Gauges)

PRESSURE GAUGE
There will be a pressure gauge provided for
one (
1 )
hose reel(s). The gauge will be located
on
the panel in between the

1.50 " left rear pre-connect and the

1.50 " right rear pre-coonect
. The
gauge will match the discharge outlet gauges.
57 984
Bid #:

0085328
Nozzle Cup, Zico w/Bracket

NOZZLE CUP AND BRACKET
A Zico nozzle cup and chrome plated mounting bracket will be provided for storage of the booster reel nozzle.

There will be
one (
1 )
provided. The nozzle cup(s) will have a
3-1/8
" inside diameter
and will be
located
mount on RS pumphouse up high matching job
31796
.
0622237
Roller Assembly, Additional
There will be
one (1)
additional polished stainless steel roller and guide assembly mounted on the
passenger's side
.
0095358
Foam Sys, Husky 12, Single Agent

FOAM PROPORTIONER
A Pierce Husky
™
12 foam proportioning system will be provided that is an on demand, automatic proportioning, single point, direct injection system suitable for all types of Class A and B foam concentrates, including the high viscosity (
6000
cps), alcohol resistant Class B foams. Operation
will be based on direct measurement of water flow, and remain consistent within the specified flows and pressures. The system will automatically balance and proportion foam solution at rates from .
1 percent to

9.9 percent regardless of variations in water pressure and flow, up to the maximum rated capacity of the foam concentrate pump.

The design of the system will allow operation from draft, hydrant, or relay operation. This will provide a versatile system to meet the demands at a fire scene.

System Capacity
The system will have the ability to deliver the following minimum foam solution flow rates that meet or exceed NFPA requirements at a pump rating of
250
psi.
200
gpm @
6 percent
400
gpm @
3 percent
1200
gpm @
1 percent
The foam concentrate setting may be adjusted in .
1 percent increments from .
1 percent to

9.9 percent. Typical settings are .
3 percent, .
5 percent and

1.0 percent (The maximum capacity will
be limited to the plumbing and water pump capacity).

Control System
The system will be equipped with a digital electronic control display located on the pump operators panel. Push button controls will be integrated into the panel to turn the system on/off, control the foam percentage, direct which foam to use on a multi-tank system, and to set the operation modes (automatic, manual, draft, calibration, or flush).

The percent of injection will have presets for Class A or Class B foam. These presets can be changed at the fire department as desired. The percent of injection will be able to be easily changed at the scene to adjust to changing demands.

In order to minimize the use of abbreviations and interpretations, system information will be displayed on the panel by way of .
50 tall LEDs that total
14 characters (two (
2 ) lines of seven (
7 )
each). System on and foam pump on indicator lights will also be included. Information displayed will include mode of operation (automatic, manual, draft, calibration, or flush), foam supply selected (Class A or Class B), water total, foam total, foam percentage, remaining gallons, and time remaining.

The control display will direct a microprocessor, which receives input from the systems water flow meter while also monitoring the position of the foam concentrate pump. The microprocessor will compare the values of the water flow versus the position/rate of the foam pump, to ensure the proportion rate is accurate. One (
1 ) check valve will be installed in the plumbing to prevent foam from contaminating the water pump.

Low Level Foam Tank
The control head will display a warning message when the foam tank in use is below a quarter tank.

Hydraulic Drive System
The foam concentrate pump will be powered by a hydraulic drive system, which is automatically activated, whenever the vehicle water pump is engaged. A large parasitic electric load used to power the foam pump can cause an overload of the chassis electrical system.

Hydraulic oil cooler will be provided to automatically prevent overheating of the hydraulic oil, which is detrimental to system components. The oil/water cooler will be designed to allow continuous system operation without allowing hydraulic oil temperature to exceed the oil specifications.

The hydraulic oil reservoir will be of four (
4 ) gallons minimum capacity and will also be of
sufficient size to minimize foaming and be located to facilitate checking oil level or adding oil without spillage or the need to remove access panels.

Foam Concentrate Pump
The foam concentrate pump will be of positive displacement, self-priming; linear actuated design, driven by the hydraulic motor. The pump will be constructed of brass body; chrome plated stainless steel shaft, with a stainless steel piston. In order to increase longevity of the pump, no aluminum will be present in its construction.

A relief system will be provided which is designed to protect the drive system components and prevent over pressuring the foam concentrate pump
The foam concentrate pump will have minimum capacity for 12 gpm with all types of foam
concentrates with a viscosity at or below
6000
cps including protein, fluoroprotein, AFFF, FFFP,
or AR-AFFF. The system will deliver only the amount of foam concentrate flow required, without recirculating foam back to the storage tank. Recirculating foam concentrate back to the storage tank can cause agitation and premature foaming of the concentrate, which can result in system failure. The foam concentrate pump will be self-priming and have the ability to draw foam concentrate from external supplies such as drums or pails.

External Foam Concentrate Connection
An external foam pick-up will be provided to enable use of a foam agent that is not stored on the vehicle. The external foam pick-up will be designed to allow continued operation after the on- board foam tank is empty. The external foam pick-up will be designed to allow use with training foam or colored water for training purposes.

Panel Mounted Strainer / External Pick-Up Connection
A bronze body strainer / connector unit will be provided. The unit will be mounted to the pump panel. The external foam pick-up will be one (
1 )

1.00 " male connection with chrome-plated cap
integrated to a

2.00 " strainer cleanout cap. A check valve will be installed in the pick-up portion of 58 984
Bid #:

the cleanout cap. A basket style stainless steel screen will be installed in the body of the strainer / connector unit. Removal of the

2.00 " cleanout cap will be all that is required to gain access to and remove the stainless steel basket screen. The strainer / connector unit will be ahead of the foam concentrate pump inlet port to insure that all agents reaching the foam pump has been strained.

Pick-Up Hose
A

1.00 " flexible hose with an end for insertion into foam containers will be provided. The hose will be supplied with a

1.00 " female swivel NST thread swivel connector. The hose will be shipped loose.

Discharges
The foam system will be plumbed to
four (
4 ) discharges
. The discharges capable of dispensing
foam will be
front bumper discharge, the hose reel and the two (
2 )

1.75 " hose bed preconnects
.

System Electrical Load
The foam proportioning will not impose an electrical load on the vehicle electrical system any greater than five (
5 ) amps at
12 VDC.

Foam Supply Valve
An electric valve will be used for the foam supply valve. The foam supply valve will be controlled at the foam system control head for ease of operation. The supply valve will be electric, remote controlled, to eliminate air pockets in the foam tank supply hose.

Maintenance Message
A message will be displayed on the control head to advise when system maintenance needs to be performed. The message will display interval for cleaning the foam strainer, cleaning for the water strainers, and changing the hydraulic oil.

Flush System
The system will be designed such that a flush mode will be provided to allow the system to flush all foam concentrate with clear water. The flush circuit control logic will ensure the foam tank supply valve is closed prior to opening the flush valve. The flush valve will be operated at the foam system control head for ease of operation. The valve will be electrically controlled and located as close to the foam tank supply valve as possible. A manual flush drain valve will be labeled and located under the left side running board.
0012126
Not Required, CAF Compressor

0552481
Refill, Foam Tank, Single Tank,
Husky 12, Class A Foam

SINGLE FOAM TANK REFILL
The foam system's proportioning pump will be used to fill the Class A foam tank. This will allow use of the auxiliary foam pick-up to pump the foam from pails or a drum on the ground into the foam tank. A foam shut-off switch will be installed in the fill dome of the tank to shut the system down when the tank is full. The fill operation will be controlled by a mode in the foam system controller stating TANK FILL. While the proportioner pump is filling the tank, the controller will display FILL TANK. When the tank is full, as determined by the float switch in the tank dome, the pump will stop and the controller will display TANK FULL. 0031896
Demonstration, Foam System, Dealer
Provided
0005446
Foam Cell, 20 Gallon, Not Reduce
Water

FOAM TANK
The foam tank will be an integral portion of the polypropylene water tank. The cell will have a capacity of
20 gallons of foam with the intended use of
Class A foam
. The foam cell will not
reduce the capacity of the water tank. The foam cell will have a screen in the fill dome and a breather in the lid.
0505016
Drain, 1.00", Foam Tank #1, Husky
12 Foam System

FOAM TANK DRAIN
A system of

1.00 " foam tank drains will be provided, integrated into the foam systems strainer and tank to foam pump valve management system. The tank to pump hoses running from the tank(s) to the panel mounted strainer will

1.00 " diameter. The foam system controller will have a mode that allows for a given foam valve to be opened at will. Flow of foam from the tank valve to the strainer will be usable as a tank drain mode.

An adaptor will be supplied, that allows the

1.00 " foam intake screen to assembly to be used as a
drain outlet. The standard supplied

1.00 " foam pick up hose will be attached to the screen assembly by way of the adapter. The drain mode will allow the operator to open and close the tank valve as required from the control head, to drain foam and re-fill foam containers through the connected hose, without foam spillage beneath the vehicle. 0091079
Not Required, Foam Tank #2

0091112
Not Required, Foam Tank #2 Drain

59 984
Bid #:

0746445
Approval Dwg, Pump Operator's
Panel, Includes Color And Label
Tags
The following drawing(s) will be provided for approval by the customer. The drawing(s) will be made for up
37089
apparatus and/or similar Pierce job number.

PUMP OPERATOR'S PANEL DRAWING
A detailed drawing to scale of the pump operator's panel will be provided for the customer to review. The drawing will include all of the gauges, controls, switching, etc.., located on the pump operator's panel. The customer will be allowed to make changes and/or mark-ups to this approval drawing. The fire apparatus manufacturer will make revisions (If needed) to the drawing per the customer changes and/or mark-ups as long as the changes are physically possible within a specific product line.

The finalized and signed customer approved pump operator's panel drawing will become part of the contract documents.

Due to the way drain(s), bleeder(s), operational/maintenance tag(s) and NFPA required warning tag(s) are placed on pump panel(s), these items will NOT be shown on any pump panel approval drawing(s). These item(s) will be placed on pump panel(s) at the fire apparatus manufacturer discretion.

COLOR CODED TAGS
A detailed drawing/chart of the colors used on all of the inlet(s) and outlet(s) will be provided for the customer to review. The customer will be allowed to make changes and/or mark-ups to this approval drawing/chart. The fire apparatus manufacturer will make revisions (If needed) to the drawing per the customer changes and/or mark-ups as long as the changes are physically possible within a specific product line.

The finalized and signed customer approved drawing/chart of the colors will become part of the contract documents.

SPECIAL TEXT/VERBIAGE TAGS
A detailed drawing/chart of the text/verbiage used on all of the inlet(s) and outlet(s) will be provided for the customer to review. The customer will be allowed to make changes and/or mark- ups to this approval drawing/chart. The fire apparatus manufacturer will make revisions (If needed) to the drawing per the customer changes and/or mark-ups as long as the changes are physically possible within a specific product line.

The finalized and signed customer approved drawing/chart of the text/verbiage will become part of the contract documents.
0035570
Pump Panel Configuration, No Match
Required

PUMP PANEL CONFIGURATION
The pump panel configuration will be neat and orderly.
0005525
Material, Pump Panels, Side Control
Brushed Stainless

PUMP AND GAUGE PANEL
The pump and gauge panels will be constructed of stainless steel with a brushed finish. A polished aluminum trim molding will be provided on both sides of the pump panel. 0721776
Panel, Pump Access - Right Side,
Hinged, Side Control

PUMP ACCESS
Right Side Panel
The right side pump panel will be hinged
along the rearward edge
.

Panel Fastener
The right side hinged panel will be secured using a
chrome rasied trigger latch
.

The right side lower (drain bank) and all left side panel will be secured using screws. 0005945
Light, Pump Compt

PUMP COMPARTMENT LIGHT
A pump compartment light will be provided inside the right side pump enclosure and accessible through a door on the pump panel.

0.125
" weep hole will be provided in each light lens, preventing moisture retention. 0536401
Gauges, Engine, Included With
Pierce Pressure Controller

Engine monitoring graduated LED indicators will be incorporated with the pressure controller. 0005601
Throttle, Engine, Incl'd w/Press
Controller
0739224
Indicator Light @ Pump Panel,
Throttle Ready, Incl w/Pressure
Gov/Throttle,Green

THROTTLE READY GREEN INDICATOR LIGHT
There will be a green indicator light integrated with the pressure governor and/or engine throttle installed on the pump operators panel that is activated when the pump is in throttle ready mode. 0549333
Indicators, Engine, Included with
Pressure Controller
0745568
Indicator Light, Pump Panel, Ok To
Pump, Green

OK TO PUMP INDICATOR LIGHT
There will be a green indicator light installed on the pump operators panel that is activated when the pump is in Ok To Pump mode.
0836960
SP
Compartment, Cab Lift/Ladder Rack
Control, Pump Panel, S/S Door

COMPARTMENT, CAB LIFT CONTROL PANEL
A compartment will be provided at the passenger side pump panel. The compartment will be large enough to house the control panel for the cab lift and ladder rack.

A stainless steel door will be provided.
60 984
Bid #:

0553643
Control, Air Horn at Pmp Pnl, Red
Switch, Momentary

AIR HORN SWITCH
An air horn control switch will be provided at the pump operator's control panel. This switch will be momentary red and properly labeled. The switch will be located within easy reach of the operator in the electrical switch panel.
0066121
Drains, LS, Keep Area Under Main
Inlet Clear

DRAINS, LEFT SIDE
The drains on the left side pump panel will be located to keep the area under the main pump inlet clear for customer installed piston intake valve.
0081262
Drains, RS, Keep Area Under Main
Inlet Clear

RIGHT SIDE DRAINS
The drains on the right side pump panel will be located to keep the area under the main pump inlet clear for customer installed piston intake valve. 0009666
Pump Master Gauge Panel Mounted
@ Angle

ANGLED GAUGE PANEL
The pump master gauge panel will be mounted at an angle downward to improve visibility of the gauges.
0673431
Switch w/Ind, Pump Panel for
Warning Light, 12 VDC

There will be a switch at the pump operators panel that can deactivate the warning light in that vicinity.

This switch will only be active when the parking brake is applied and the pump is shifted into gear.
0830289
Gauges, 6.00" Master, IC

VACUUM AND PRESSURE GAUGES
The pump vacuum and pressure gauges will be liquid filled and manufactured by Innovative Controls.

The gauges will be a minimum of

6.00 " in diameter and will have
white faces with black markings
,
with a pressure range of

30.00 "
0-600
psi
.

The pump pressure and vacuum gauges will be installed adjacent to each other at the pump operator's control panel.

Test port connections will be provided at the pump operator's panel. One ( 1 ) will be connected to
the intake side of the pump, and the other to the discharge manifold of the pump. They will have

0.25 in. standard pipe thread connections and polished stainless steel plugs. They will be marked with a label.
0511104
Gauge, 3.00" Pressure, Class 1, 30"-
0-400psi

PRESSURE GAUGES
The individual "line" pressure gauges for the discharges will be interlube filled and manufactured by Class
1 .

The gauges will be a minimum of

3.00 " in diameter and will have white faces with black lettering.

Gauge construction will include a Zytel nylon case with adhesive mounting gasket and threaded retaining nut.

Gauges will have a pressure range of
30 "-
0-400#
.

The individual pressure gauge will be installed as close to the outlet control as practical.

This gauge will include a
10 year warranty against leakage, pointer defect, and defective bourdon tube.
0750526
Gauge, Water Level, Pierce, In
pressure Controller, Lt Driver

WATER LEVEL GAUGE
An electric water level gauge will be incorporated in the pressure controller that registers water level by means of nine (
9 ) LEDs. They will be at
1/8
level increments with a tank empty LED. The
LEDs will be a bright type that is readable in sunlight and have a full 180
-degree of clear viewing.

To further alert the pump operator, the gauge will have a warning flash when the tank volume is less than
25 percent. The gauge will have down chasing LEDs when the tank is almost empty.

The level measurement will be ascertained by sensing the head pressure of the fluid in the tank or cell.

There will be a light driver module with this installation to power additional water level gauge(s) included on the apparatus.
0750438
Water Level Gauge, Wln PSTANK2,
LED 1-Light, 4-Level

WATER LEVEL GAUGE
There will be
three (
3 )
additional water level indicator(s), Whelen®, Model PSTANK 2 , LED
module with
black trim
, installed
one (
1 ) each side rearward of crew cab doors and one (
1 ) on
rear body bulkhead
.

This light module(s) will include four (
4 ) colored levels, and function similar to the water level indicator located at the operators panel:

First green module indicates a full water level
Second blue module indicates a water level above
3/4
full
Third amber module indicates a water level above
1/2
full
Last red module indicates a water level above
1/4
full and empty
Above
1/4
this light will be steady burning
At empty this light will be flashing
The flash rate will be determined by the main water level tank sensor.

This module will be activated when the
parking brake is applied
.
61 984
Bid #:

0604354
Gauge, Foam Level, FRC, Tank
Vision Pro, WLA 360-A00, Class "A"

CLASS "A" FOAM LEVEL GAUGE
A Fire Research TankVision Pro, Model WLA
360
-A
00 , cell/tank level indicator kit will be installed
on the pump operator's panel. The kit will include an electronic indicator module, a pressure sensor, a
10 ' sensor cable and a tank vent. The indicator will show the volume of Class "A" foam concentrate in the cell/tank on nine (
9 ) easy to see super bright RGB LEDs. A wide view lens over the LEDs will provide for a viewing angle of
180
degrees. The indicator case will be
waterproof, manufactured of Polycarbonate/Nylon material and have a distinctive green label.

The program features will be accessed from the front of the indicator module. The program will support self-diagnostics capabilities, self-calibration, six ( 6 ) programmable colored light patterns
to display cell/tank volume, adjustable brightness control levels and a data link to connect remote indicators. Low foam level warnings will include flashing LEDs at 1/4
cell/tank and down chasing
LEDs when the cell/tank is almost empty.

The indicator will receive an input signal from an electronic pressure sensor. The sensor will be mounted from the outside of the foam cell/tank near the bottom. No probe will be placed on the interior of the cell/tank. Wiring will be weather resistant and have automotive type plug-in connectors.
0898679
SP
Light Shield/Step 10" LED w/P25
LED Step Light

STEP/LIGHT SHIELD
There will be an aluminum treadplate stepping surface no less than

10.00 " deep and properly
reinforced to support a man's weight, installed over the pump operators panel.

There will be
12 volt DC white LED lights installed under the step to illuminate the controls, switches, essential instructions, gauges, and instruments necessary for the operation of the apparatus. These lights will be activated by the pump panel light switch. Additional lights will be included every

18.00 " depending on the size of the pump house.

One (
1 ) pump panel light will come on when the pump is in ok to pump mode.

The switch panel will be lit when the parking brake is set. This is to afford the operator illumination when first approaching the control panel.

There will be a green pump engaged indicator light activated on at the operator's panel when the pump is shifted into gear from inside the cab.

All step lights on the apparatus will be illuminated per the current edition of applicable NFPA standards.
0682488
Light Shield, S/S, PS LED

ADDITIONAL LIGHT SHIELD
An additional polished,
16 gauge stainless steel light shield will be provided above passenger's side pump panel.

There will be
12 volt DC white LED lights installed under the light shield to illuminate the controls, switches, essential instructions, gauges, and instruments necessary for the operation of the apparatus. These lights will be activated by the pump panel light switch. Additional lights will be included every

18.00 " depending on the size of the pump house.
0837187
Air Horns, (2) Grover Stutter Tone, 6"
Round, In Bumper

AIR HORN SYSTEM
Two (
2 ) Grover air horns will be recessed in the front bumper.

The air horns will be
chrome
.

The air horn system will be piped to the air brake system wet tank utilizing

0.38 " tubing. A
pressure protection valve will be installed to prevent the loss of air in the brake system. 0606834
Location, Air Horns, Bumper, Each
Side, Outside Frame, Inboard (Pos
#2 & #6)
Air Horn Location
The air horns will be located on each side of the bumper, just outside of the frame rails. 0757092
Control, Air Horn, Multi Select

Air Horn Control
The air horn(s) will be activated by the following:
0757076
Control, Air Horn, Lanyard, RS

Right side lanyard. The
lanyard to be a nylon rope
.
0757077
Control, Air Horn, Lanyard, LS

Left side lanyard. The
lanyard to be a nylon rope
.
0757081
Control, Air Horn, Ft Sw, LS

Left side foot switch
62 984
Bid #:

0547475
Siren, Wln 295HFSA7 200W, Dual
Tone, Flush Mount

ELECTRONIC SIREN
A Whelen, Model
295
HFSA
7 electronic siren and remote head with a removable unidirectional microphone will be installed.

The model to be used will be determined by the chassis and location of the siren remote head.

The siren will contain a remote siren head and a siren amplifier with a dual system build in to the amplifier.

The siren features will include:

Six (
6 ) function siren plus radio repeat and public address Will meet California Title
13 and SAE J
1849
specifications.

Model
295
HFSA
7 will operate two (
2 )
100
watt speakers
Operates is dual or mono modes.

External dip switch selectable modes of operation.

Outputs
2 independent siren tones creating a "rich harmonic dual tone sound". "Hands Free" operation. Turn On/Off and access all three siren tones (wail, yelp, and Piercer) without taking hands from the steering wheel.

PTT (push to talk) switch on microphone overrides all siren functions.

Removable unidirectional microphone.

Adjustable microphone volume.

Adjustable preset radio repeat volume.

Input polarity protection.

Output short circuit protection.

External mini spade-type fuse.

Bi-polarity horn/ring control activation.

Quick disconnect plug for ease of service or replacement.

Five year HDP "Heavy Duty Professional" warranty on amp.

This siren to be active when the battery switch is on and the emergency master switch is on. 0510206
Location, Elect Siren, Recessed
Overhead In Console

Electronic siren head will be
recessed in the driver side center switch panel
.
0076156
Control, Elec Siren, Head Only
The electronic siren will be controlled on the siren head only. No horn button or foot switches will be provided.
0601306
Speaker, (1) Wln, SA315P, w/Pierce
Polished Stainless Steel Grille, 100
watt

SPEAKER
There will be one (
1 ) Whelen®, Model SA
315
P, black nylon composite,
100
-watt, speaker with
through bumper mounting brackets and polished stainless steel grille provided. The speaker will be
connected to the siren amplifier
.
0601551
Location, Speaker, Frt Bumper,
Recessed, Right Side, Outside
Frame,Outbrd(Pos 1)
The speaker will be recessed in the right side of the front bumper, towards the outside. 0895310
Siren, Federal Q2B

AUXILIARY MECHANICAL SIREN
There will be a Federal Signal Model Q
2 B mechanical siren furnished and installed in the front of the apparatus.

The Q
2 B will be
chrome finish
.

The siren will have a
2 -gauge cable connected to a power solenoid that is connected by a 2 -
gauge cable ran battery direct to the primary chassis batteries and will be labeled Q 2 B+ at the
battery. The power solenoid will only be enabled when the emergency master switch is on.

The siren will have a
2 -gauge ground wire connected to the chassis battery stud. The cable will be labeled Q
2 B- at the battery.
0665593
Siren, Mechanical, Recessed In
Bumper, Special Recessing Depth,
EF Grille
The mechanical siren will be recessed behind the front bumper on the left side
. The siren will be
supported by the bumper framework. The Federal, Model MSFMT-EF, grille will be used on the front bumper in place of the standard Q2B mechanical siren grille. 0748305
Control, Mech Siren, Multi Select

MECHANICAL SIREN CONTROL
The mechanical siren will be activated by the following:
0748279
Control Mech Siren, Push Button Sw,
RS
Right side push button switch
0748282
Control Mech Siren, Ft Sw LS
Left side foot switch.
0736691
Sw, Siren Brake, Momentary Chrome
Push Button, LS
A momentary chrome push button switch will be included in the left side dash panel to activate the siren brake.
0740391
Sw, Siren Brake, Momentary Chrome
Push Button, RS
A momentary chrome push button switch will be included in the right side dash panel to activate the siren brake.
63 984
Bid #:

0693597
Microphone Extension, Wln Model
CCMICX20, 20'

SIREN MICROPHONE EXTENSION
There will be a Whelen®, Model CCMICX
20 ,
20 foot microphone extension provided.
0791324
SP
Bracket, Wedge Style for Two Foot
Switches, Each

WEDGE STYLE FOOT SWITCH BRACKET
There will be one (
1 ) wedge style bracket provided at the
drivers side left foot as far forward and
outboard as possible. Match job
35771
side on cab the floor. The bracket will be large enough to hold two (
2 ) foot switches. The bracket will be angled approximately 30 degrees.
0746353
Not Required, Warning Lights
Intensity
0604784
Lightbar, Wln, Freedom IV-Q, 81",
RRRRWRsrROptRsrRWRRRR

FRONT ZONE UPPER WARNING LIGHTS
There will be one (
1 )

81.00 " Whelen® Freedom IV
™
lightbar mounted on the cab roof.

The lightbar will include the following:

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the driver's side end position.

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the driver's side front corner position.

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the driver's side first front position.

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the driver's side second front position.

One (
1 ) white flashing LED module in the driver's side third front position.

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the driver's side fourth front position.

One (
1 ) red steady burning LED module in the driver's side fifth front position.

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the driver's side sixth front position.

One (
1 )
795
LED traffic light controller set to
national standard high priority
in the center positions.

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the passenger's side sixth front position.

One (
1 ) red steady burning LED module in the passenger's side fifth front position.

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the passenger's side fourth front position.

One (
1 ) white flashing LED module in the passenger's side third front position.

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the passenger's side second front position.

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the passenger's side first front position.

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the passenger's side front corner position.

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the passenger's side end position.

There will be
clear lenses and colored filters included on the lightbar .

The following switches may be a installed in the cab on the switch panel to control the lightbar:
a switch to control the flashing LED modules.
the traffic light controller
by a cab switch with emergency master control
.
no momentary switch to activate the traffic light controller .

The white flashing LED modules and the traffic light controller will be disabled when the parking brake is applied.

The eight (
8 ) red flashing LED modules in the front positions may be load managed when the parking brake is applied.
0793318
Lightbars, Wln, Freedom IV, 2-21.5",

RWRW WRWR

SIDE WARNING LIGHTS
There will be two (
2 )

21.50 " Whelen® Freedom
™
IV lightbars mounted on the roof, one (
1 ) on
each side parallel to the sides of the cab,
over the cab doors
.

Each lightbar will include the following:

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the outside rear corner position.

One (
1 ) white flashing LED module in the outside rear position.

One (
1 ) red flashing LED module in the outside front position.

One (
1 ) white flashing LED module in the outside front corner position.

There will be
clear lenses and colored filters included on the lightbar .

There will be a switch in the cab on the switch panel to control the lightbars.

The white flashing warning lights will be disabled when the parking brake is applied.

The red flashing warning lights may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0016380
No Additional Lights Req'd, Side
Zone Upper
0761731
Lights, Front Zone, Wln M6** M6**
M6** M6**, 4lts Q Bezel, Clr Fet

FRONT ZONE LOWER LIGHTS
There will be two (
2 ) pair of Whelen, Model M
6 **, LED lights installed on the cab face above the
headlights, in a common bezel matching the one for the headlamps. The housing to be polished
and the trim shall be chrome
.

The
driver's side front outside warning light to be red
The
driver's side front inside warning light to be white
The
passenger's side front inside warning light to be white The
passenger's side front outside warning light to be red
The color of the lenses will be
the same color as the LED's
There will be a switch located in the cab on the switch panel to control the lights. 0653937
Flasher, Headlight Alternating

HEADLIGHT FLASHER
The high beam headlights will flash alternately between the left and right side.

There will be a switch installed in the cab on the switch panel to control the high beam flash. This switch will be live when the battery switch and the emergency master switches are on.

The flashing will automatically cancel when
the hi-beam headlight switch is activated
or when the
parking brake is set.
64 984
Bid #:

0898593
Lights, Side Zone Lower, Wln M6**,
M6V2**, M6V2**, 6Lts

SIDE ZONE LOWER LIGHTING
There will be six (
6 ) Whelen®, lights with
chrome trim
installed per the following:

Two (
2 ) Model M
6 **,

4.31 " high x

6.75 " long x

1.37 " deep flashing LED warning lights,
one (
1 )
each side on the front custom cab corner
. The
left side, side front light to include red warning
LEDs
and the
right side, side front light to include red warning LEDs .

Two (
2 ) Model M
6 V
2 *,

4.31 " high x

6.75 " long x

2.25 " deep flashing LED warning lights with white
scene LEDs,
one (
1 ) each side of cab rearward of crew cab doors
. The
left side, side middle light
to include red warning LEDs
and the
right side, side middle light to include red warning LEDs .

Two (
2 ) Model M
6 V
2 *,

4.31 " high x

6.75 " long x

2.25 " deep flashing LED warning lights with white
scene LEDs,
one (
1 ) each side above rear wheels
. The
left side, side rear light to include red
warning LEDs
and the
right side, side rear light to include red warning LEDs .

The
warning light lens colors to be the same as the LEDs
.

There will be a switch in the cab on the switch panel to control the warning LEDs.

The scene LEDs will be activated
when the parking brake is applied
.

The scene LEDs may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0564654
Lights, Rear Zn Lwr, Wln M6*,
Colored Lens, For Tail Light Housing

REAR ZONE LOWER LIGHTING
There will be two (
2 ) Whelen®, Model M
6 *, LED flashing warning lights will be located at the rear of the apparatus.

The
driver's side rear light to be red
The
passenger's side rear light to be red
Both lights will include a lens that is the same color as the LED's.

There will be a switch located in the cab on the switch panel to control the lights. 0006700
Mtg, Lights, Recess In Rear
Bulkhead (pair)

MOUNTING, RECESS LIGHT
There will be
one (
1 ) pair
of upper rear warning lights, on the rear bulkheads, recessed into the body. The lights will be flush to the compartment sheet and will be installed one (
1 ) each side rear
bulkhead (these are for the Whelen PCPSM
1 scene lights)
.
0686562
Light, Rear Zone Up, Wln MCFLED2*
LED

REAR UPPER ZONE WARNING LIGHTS
There will be two (
2 ) Whelen, Model MCFLED
2 * LED warning beacons provided at the rear of the
truck, one (
1 ) each side.

The color of the lights will be:

The
rear upper light(s) on the driver's side to be red
.

The
rear upper light(s) on the passenger's side to be red
.

All lenses will be
the same color as the LED's
.

There will be a switch located in the cab on the switch panel to control the beacons. 0006551
Not Required, Lights, Rear Upper
Zone Blocking
0006615
Mtg, Rear Warn Lts, Compt Top
The rear warning lights will be mounted on top of the compartmentation with all wiring totally enclosed.
0789327
Light, Traffic Directing, Wln TAZ86,

30.87" Long TACTL5 Cnt LED

TRAFFIC DIRECTING LIGHT
There will be one (
1 ) Whelen® Model TAZ
86 ,

1.75 " high x

30.87 " long x

2.18 " deep, traffic
directing light with eight (
8 ) amber LED modules installed at the rear of the apparatus.

The Whelen Model TACTL
5 control head will be included with this installation. The control head will be energized when the battery switch is on.

The
remote flash control to be energized when the emergency master switch is on .
0590662
Location, TDL, Over Hose Bed,
Crosstube (Included), Recessed
This traffic directing light will be mounted over the hose bed, between the body side sheets, recessed within the crosstube, at the rear of the apparatus.

The crosstube will be
painted to match lower job color
.
0530282
Location, Traf Dir Lt Controller,
Overhead Switch Panel DS Right
End
The traffic directing light control head will be located in the driver side overhead switch panel in the right panel position.
0779722
Receptacle, 15/20A 120V 3-Pr 3-Wr,
NEMA 5-20R SB Dup, 1st, Interior
Body
120

VOLT RECEPTACLE
There will be
one (
1 )
,
15/20
amp
120
volt AC three (
3 ) wire straight blade duplex receptacle(s)
with
an interior duplex flip up cover
, installed
B
1 back wall, as high as possible towards the RS
.

The NEMA configuration for the receptacle(s) will be
5-20
R.

The receptacle(s) will be powered from the
shoreline inlet
.

There will be a label installed near the receptacle(s) that state the following:

Line Voltage
Current Ratting (amps)
Phase
Frequency
0519934
Not Required, Brand, Hydraulic Tool
System
65 984
Bid #:

0638558
SP
Loose Equipment, Power Point
Receptacle and Mounting Box

POWER POINT LOOSE EQUIPMENT
One (
1 ) power point receptacle with rubber cover and a mounting box will be shipped loose with the unit.
0007150
Bag of Nuts and Bolts

LOOSE EQUIPMENT
The following equipment will be furnished with the completed unit:

One (
1 ) bag
of chrome, stainless steel, or cadmium plated screws, nuts, bolts and washers, as used in the construction of the unit.
0816508
NFPA Required Loose Equipment,
Pumper, NFPA/ULC 2024, Provided
by Fire Dept

NFPA LOOSE EQUIPMENT
NFPA Required Loose Equipment Provided by Fire Department The following loose equipment as outlined in NFPA
1900
,
2024
edition, table

8.1 and CAN/ULC
515:2024
edition, section

5.2 will be provided by the fire department:

One (
1 ) traffic vest for each seating position, each vest to comply with ANSI/ISEA 207
,
Standard
for High Visibility Public Safety Vests
, and have a five-point breakaway feature that includes two (
2 ) at the shoulders, two (
2 ) at the sides, and one (
1 ) at the front.

Five (
5 ) fluorescent orange traffic cones not less than

28.00 " (
711
mm) in height, each equipped
with a

6.00 " (
152
mm) retro-reflective white band no more than

4.00 " (
152
mm) from the top of
the cone, and an additional

4.00 " (
102
mm) retro-reflective white band

2.00 " (
51 mm) below the

6.00 " (
152
mm) band.

Five (
5 ) illuminated warning devices such as highway flares, unless the five ( 5 ) fluorescent
orange traffic cones have illuminating capabilities.

NFPA Loose Equipment That Should be Considered
The following loose equipment as outlined in NFPA
1900
,
2024
edition, appendix table A.

8.4 (a)
and CAN/ULC
515:2024
edition, section

5.2 should be considered:
800
ft (
60 m) of

2.50 " (
65 mm) or larger fire hose.
400
ft (
120
m) of

1.50 " (
38 mm),

1.75 " (
45 mm), or

2.00 " (
52 mm) fire hose.

One (
1 ) handline nozzle,
200
gpm (
750
L/min) minimum.

Two (
2 ) handline nozzles,
95 gpm (
360
L/min) minimum.

One (
1 ) smooth bore or combination nozzle with shutoff and with

2.50 " (
65 mm) inlet that flows a
minimum of
250
gpm (
950
L/min).

Four (
4 ) SCBA apparatus
Four (
4 ) SCBA spare cylinders
One (
1 ) first aid kit.

Four (
4 ) combination spanner wrenches.

Two (
2 ) hydrant wrenches.

One (
1 ) double female

2.50 " (
65 mm) adapter with national hose (NH) threads.

One (
1 ) double male

2.50 " (
65 mm) adapter with national hose (NH) threads.

One (
1 ) rubber mallet, for use on suction hose connections.

Two (
2 ) salvage covers each a minimum size of
12 ft ×
18 ft (

3.7 m ×

5.5 m).

One (
1 ) automatic external defibrillator (AED).
0816941
Soft Suction Hose, Provided by Fire
Department, NFPA/ULC 2024

SOFT SUCTION HOSE PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
Hose is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide suction or supply hose.
0027023
No Strainer Required
0816939
Extinguisher, Dry Chemical, NFPA
2024, Provided by Fire Department

DRY CHEMICAL EXTINGUISHER PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
The extinguisher is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the extinguisher.
0816937
Extinguisher, 2.5 Gal. Pressurized
Water, NFPA/ULC 2024, Provided by
Fire Dept

WATER EXTINGUISHER PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
The extinguisher is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the extinguisher.
0816998
Axe, Flathead, Provided by Fire
Department

FLATHEAD AXE PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
The axe is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the axe.
0817000
Axe, Pickhead, Provided by Fire
Department

PICKHEAD AXE PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
The axe is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the axe.
66 984
Bid #:

0741569
Paint Process / Environmental
Requirements, Appleton

PAINT PROCESS
The exterior custom cab and body painting procedure will consist of a seven ( 7 ) step finishing
process as follows:

Manual Surface Preparation
- All exposed metal surfaces on the custom cab and body will be thoroughly cleaned and prepared for painting. Imperfections on the exterior surfaces will be removed and sanded to a smooth finish. Exterior seams will be sealed before painting. Exterior surfaces that will not be painted include; chrome plating, polished stainless steel, anodized aluminum and bright aluminum treadplate.

Chemical Cleaning and Pretreatment
- All surfaces will be chemically cleaned to remove dirt, oil, grease, and metal oxides to ensure the subsequent coatings bond well. The aluminum surfaces will be properly cleaned and treated using a high pressure, high temperature 4 step Acid Etch
process. The steel and stainless surfaces will be properly cleaned and treated using a high temperature
3 step process specifically designed for steel or stainless. The chemical treatment converts the metal surface to a passive condition to help prevent corrosion.

Surfacer Primer
- The Surfacer Primer will be applied to a chemically treated metal surface to provide a strong corrosion protective basecoat. A minimum thickness of 2 mils of Surfacer Primer
is applied to surfaces that require a Critical aesthetic finish. The Surfacer Primer is a two- component high solids urethane that has excellent sanding properties and an extra smooth finish when sanded.

Finish Sanding
- The Surfacer Primer will be sanded with a fine grit abrasive to achieve an ultra- smooth finish. This sanding process is critical to produce the smooth mirror like finish in the topcoat.

Sealer Primer
- The Sealer Primer is applied prior to the Basecoat in all areas that have not been previously primed with the Surfacer Primer. The Sealer Primer is a two-component high solids urethane that goes on smooth and provides excellent gloss hold out when topcoated.

Base
coat Paint
- Two coats of a high performance, two component high solids polyurethane basecoat will be applied. The Basecoat will be applied to a thickness that will achieve the proper color match. The Basecoat will be used in conjunction with a urethane clear coat to provide protection from the environment.

Clear Coat
- Two (
2 ) coats of Clear Coat will be applied over the Basecoat color. The Clear Coat is a two-component high solids urethane that provides superior gloss and durability to the exterior surfaces. Lap style and roll-up doors will be Clear Coated to match the body. Paint warranty for the roll-up doors will be provided by the roll-up door manufacturer.

After the cab and body are painted, the color will be verified to make sure that it matches the color standard. Electronic color measuring equipment will be used to compare the color sample to the color standard entered into the computer. Color specifications will be used to determine the color match. A Delta E reading will be used to determine a good color match within each family color.

All removable items such as brackets, compartment doors, door hinges, and trim will be removed and painted separately if required, to ensure paint behind all mounted items. Body assemblies that cannot be finish painted after assembly will be finish painted before assembly.

The paint finish quality levels for critical areas of the apparatus (cab front and sides, body sides and doors, and boom lettering panels) are to meet or exceed Cadillac/General Motors GMW
15777
global paint requirements. Orange peel levels are to meet or exceed the #6
A.C.T.
standard in critical areas. The manufacture's written paint standards will be available upon request.

Environmental Impact
Contractor will meet or exceed all current state regulations concerning paint operations. Pollution control will include measures to protect the atmosphere, water and soil. Controls will include the following conditions:

Topcoats and primers will be chrome and lead free.

Metal treatment chemicals will be chrome free. The wastewater generated in the metal treatment process will be treated on-site to remove any other heavy metals.

Particulate emission collection from sanding operations will have a

99.99 percent efficiency
factor.

Particulate emissions from painting operations will be collected by a dry filter or water wash process. If the dry filter is used, it will have an efficiency rating of 98 percent. Water wash
systems will be

99.97 percent efficient.

Water from water wash booths will be reused. Solids will be removed on a continual basis to keep the water clean.

Paint wastes are disposed of in an environmentally safe manner.

Empty metal paint containers will be recycled to recover the metal.

Solvents used in clean-up operations will be recycled on-site or sent off-site for distillation and returned for reuse.

Additionally, the finished apparatus will not be manufactured with or contain products that have ozone depleting substances. Contractor will, upon demand, present evidence that the manufacturing facility meets the above conditions and that it is in compliance with his state EPA rules and regulations.
0709566
Paint, Two-Tone Color, Enforcer

TWO-TONE CAB PAINT
The cab will be painted two-tone with the upper section painted #101
black
and the lower section
painted
#90
red
. There will be
a standard two-tone cab paint break provided
.

There will be
a standard cab shield provided
.
0709845
Paint, Single Color, Body

BODY PAINT
The body will be
painted to match the lower section of the cab
.
67 984
Bid #:

0646897
Paint Chassis Frame Assy, E-Coat,
Standard

PAINT CHASSIS FRAME ASSEMBLY
The chassis frame assembly will be finished with
a single system black top coat
before the
installation of the cab and body, and before installation of the engine and transmission assembly, air brake lines, electrical wire harnesses, etc.

Components treated with epoxy E-coat protection prior to paint:

Two (
2 ) C-channel frame rails
Components that are included with the chassis frame assembly that will be painted not e-coated (unless otherwise stated in a secondary option) are:

Cross members
Axles
Suspensions
Steering gear
Battery boxes
Bumper extension weldment
Frame extensions
Body mounting angles
Rear Body support substructure (front and rear)
Pump house substructure
Steel fuel tank
Castings
Individual piece parts used in chassis and body assembly The E-coat process will meet the technical properties shown. 0693797
No Paint Required, Aluminum Front
Wheels

0693792
No Paint Required, Aluminum Rear
Wheels

0733739
Paint, Axle Hubs

AXLE HUB PAINT
All axle hubs will be painted
black
#101
.
0007230
Compartment, Painted, Spatter Gray

COMPARTMENT INTERIOR PAINT
The interior of all compartments will be painted with a gray spatter finish for ease of cleaning and to make it easier to touch up scratches and nicks.
0544111
Reflective Band, 10"

REFLECTIVE BAND
A

10.00 "
black
reflective band will be provided across the front of the vehicle and along the sides of the body.
0007356
Reflective across Cab Face

The reflective band provided on the cab face will be at the headlight level. 0819898
Stripe, Chevron, Rear, Reflective,
NFPA/ULC 2024, Pumper

REAR CHEVRON STRIPING
There will be alternating chevron striping located on the rear-facing vertical surface of the apparatus. The rear surface, excluding the rear compartment door, will be covered.

The colors will be
ruby red
and
black
reflective.

Each stripe will be

6.00 " in width.
0024438
SP
Stripe, Pin, Double Vinyl on
Reflective Band, Union City

PIN STRIPE, DOUBLE TAPE
A double pin stripe will be applied on the reflective band. The Located
1/4
" from the outer edges
of the entire scotchlite stripe.
colored pin stripe will consist of a .
125
" stripe followed by a .
125
"
void and then a .
062
" wide stripe. This pin stripe will be located on the top and bottom portion of the reflective band.
0065687
Stripe, Reflective, Cab Doors Interior

CAB DOOR REFLECTIVE STRIPE
A

6.00 " x

16.00 "
black
reflective stripe will be provided across the interior of each cab door. The stripe will be located approximately

1.00 " up from the bottom, on the door panel.

This stripe will meet the current edition of applicable NFPA standards. 0680371
Stripe, Gold Leaf, Two-Tone Paint
Break with Shield, IPO Chrome
Molding

CAB STRIPE
There will be a genuine gold leaf stripe provided on both sides of the cab in place of the chrome molding and on the cab face with shield.
0027285
Stripe, Gold Leaf, Side of Cab, Low
and Over Fender

CAB STRIPE
There will be a genuine gold leaf stripe on each side of the cab, low and over the fender. 0027372
Lettering Specifications, (GOLD
STAR Process)

LETTERING
The lettering will be totally encapsulated between two ( 2 ) layers of clear vinyl.
68 984
Bid #:

0686432
Lettering, Gold Leaf, 3.00", Each

LETTERING
There will be genuine gold leaf lettering,

3.00 " high, with
outline and shade
provided. There will
be
nine (
9 ) letters
provided.
0017773
Stripe, Gold Leaf, Side of Body, Over
Fender Only, Single Axle

BODY STRIPE
There will be a genuine gold leaf stripe provided on each side of the body, over the fender. 0685985
Lettering, Reflective, 12.00", Each

LETTERING
There will be reflective lettering,

12.00 " high, with
outline and shade
provided. There will be
one
(
1 ) letter
provided.
0686002
Lettering, Reflective, 8.00", Each

LETTERING
There will be reflective lettering,

8.00 " high, with
outline and shade
provided. There will be
two
(
2 ) letters
provided.
0686033
Lettering, Reflective, 4.00", Each

LETTERING
There will be reflective lettering,

4.00 " high, with
outline and shade
provided. There will be
15 letters
provided.
0683997
Lettering, Vinyl, 18.00", Each

LETTERING
There will be non-reflective vinyl lettering,

18.00 " high, with
no outline or shade
provided. There
will be
five (
5 ) letters
provided.
0684004
Lettering, Vinyl, 12.00", Each

LETTERING
There will be non-reflective vinyl lettering,

12.00 " high, with
outline and shade
provided. There
will be
two (
2 ) letters
provided.
0684036
Lettering, Vinyl, 5.00", Each

LETTERING
There will be non-reflective vinyl lettering,

5.00 " high, with
outline and shade
provided. There will
be
six (
6 ) letters
provided.
0684061
Lettering, Vinyl, 2.00", Each

LETTERING
There will be non-reflective vinyl lettering,

2.00 " high, with
outline and shade
provided. There will
be
15 letters
provided.
0037227
Lettering, Reflective, Reverse Cut
Into Reflective Band

REFLECTIVE LETTERING
18 letters
,

8.00 "
high will be cut into the reflective stripe to allow the painted surface to form the letter. The letters will be
on LS
1 and RS
1 and will read "PARAMEDIC"
.
0020216
Lettering, Reverse Cut Into Reflective
Band, Additional

REFLECTIVE LETTERING
18 letters
,

4.00 "
high will be cut into the reflective stripe to allow the painted surface to form the letter.
0655896
Sign Kit, Painted, Holder and Insert,
Each

SIGN KIT FOR LETTERING/NUMERALS
four (
4 )
painted stainless steel plate(s) and holder(s) will be provided for department lettering.

They will be mounted
one (
1 ) each side located on crew cab doors, one (
1 ) on the front bumper
centered one (
1 ) added at pick-up to the rear of the truck.
and
8 "H X
11 "W S/S Placards
in size.
0672356
SP
Emblem, Helmet, Color Imaged,
Single, Gold Leaf Letters

EMBLEM
There will be an emblem with a firefighter's helmet and the date " 9-11-01
" installed on the vehicle
Located on cab behind the crew cab window
. The emblem will be color imaged with gold leaf
letters.
0022652
Emblem, Maltese Cross, Gold Leaf,
15"-17", Pair

MALTESE CROSS INSTALLATION
There will be
one (
1 )
pair of maltese crosses, comprised of genuine gold leaf material, provided and installed
Located on cab doors
.
0769753
Emblem, American Flag Painted on
Cab Grille, All Custom Chassis

CAB GRILLE DESIGN
An American flag design will be painted on the cab grille. 69 984
Bid #:

0772003
Manual, Fire Apparatus Parts, USB
Flash Drive, Custom

FIRE APPARATUS PARTS MANUAL
There will be
one (
1 )
custom parts manual(s) in USB flash drive format for the complete fire apparatus provided.

The manual(s) will contain the following:

Job number
Part numbers with full descriptions
Table of contents
Parts section sorted in functional groups reflecting a major system, component, or assembly Parts section sorted in alphabetical order
Instructions on how to locate parts
Each manual will be specifically written for the chassis and body model being purchased. It will not be a generic manual for a multitude of different chassis and bodies.

Service Parts Internet Site
The service parts information included in these manuals are also available on the Pierce website.

The website offers additional functions and features not contained in this manual, such as digital photographs and line drawings of select items. The website also features electronic search tools to assist in locating parts quickly.
0772037
Manual, Chassis Service, USB Flash
Drive, Custom

CHASSIS SERVICE MANUALS
There will be
one (
1 )
chassis service manuals on USB flash drives containing parts and service information on major components provided with the completed unit.

The manual will contain the following sections:

Job number
Table of contents
Troubleshooting
Front Axle/Suspension
Brakes
Engine
Tires
Wheels
Cab
Electrical, DC
Air Systems
Plumbing
Appendix
The manual will be specifically written for the chassis model being purchased. It will not be a generic manual for a multitude of different chassis and bodies. 0773381
Manual, Chassis Operation, (1) USB
Flash Drive, Custom, English

CHASSIS OPERATION MANUAL
The chassis operation manual will be provided on one (
1 ) USB flash drive. The manual will be in
the English language.
0030008
Warranty, Basic, 1 Year, Apparatus,
WA0008
ONE (
1 ) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP
A Pierce basic apparatus limited warranty certificate, WA 0008
, is included with this proposal.
0735523
Warranty, Engine, Paccar MX13, 5
Year, WA0386

ENGINE WARRANTY
A Paccar five (
5 ) year
limited engine warranty will be provided. A limited warranty certificate is included with this proposal.
0684953
Warranty, Steering Gear, Sheppard
M110, 3 Year WA0201

STEERING GEAR WARRANTY
A Sheppard
three (
3 ) year
limited steering gear warranty will be provided. A copy of the warranty certificate will be submitted with this proposal.
0596017
Warranty, Frame, 50 Year, Custom
Chassis, WA0013

FIFTY (
50 ) YEAR STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY
The Pierce custom chassis frame only (does not include crossmembers) limited warranty certificate, WA
0013
, is included with this proposal.
0595698
Warranty, Axle, 3 Year, TAK-4,
WA0050

FRONT AXLE THREE (
3 ) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY
The Pierce TAK-
4 suspension limited warranty certificate, WA
0050
, is included with this proposal.
0733306
Warranty, Single Axle, 5 Year,
Meritor, General Service, WA0384

SINGLE REAR AXLE FIVE (
5 ) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY
A Meritor
™
Axle
5 year limited warranty will be provided.
0652758
Warranty, ABS Brake System, 3
Year, Meritor Wabco, WA0232

ABS BRAKE SYSTEM THREE (
3 ) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP

WARRANTY
A Meritor Wabco
™
ABS brake system limited warranty certificate, WA
0232
, is included with this
proposal.
0019914
Warranty, Structure, 10 Year, Custom
Cab, WA0012
TEN (
10 ) YEAR STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY
The Pierce custom cab limited warranty certificate, WA
0012
, is included with this proposal.
70 984
Bid #:

0744240
Warranty, Paint, 10 Year, Cab, Pro-
Rate, WA0055
TEN (
10 ) YEAR PRO-RATED PAINT AND CORROSION
A Pierce cab limited pro-rated paint warranty certificate, WA 0055
, is included with this proposal.
0524627
Warranty, Electronics, 5 Year, MUX,
WA0014
FIVE (
5 ) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP
The Pierce Command Zone electronics limited warranty certificate, WA 0014
, is included with this
proposal.
0695416
Warranty, Pierce Camera System,
WA0188

CAMERA SYSTEM WARRANTY
A Pierce fifty four (
54 ) month
warranty will be provided for the camera system
.
0708760
Warranty, Not Applicable, LED Strip
Lights

COMPARTMENT LIGHT WARRANTY
The compartment lights will not offer an extended warranty. 0046369
Warranty, 5-year EVS Transmission,
Standard Custom, WA0187

TRANSMISSION WARRANTY
The transmission will have a
five (
5 ) year/unlimited mileage
warranty covering
100
percent
parts and labor. The warranty will be provided by Allison Transmission.

Note: The transmission cooler is not covered under any extended warranty you may be getting on your Allison Transmission. Please review your Allison Transmission warranty for coverage limitations.
0685945
Warranty, Transmission Cooler,
WA0216

TRANSMISSION COOLER WARRANTY
The transmission cooler will carry a five (
5 ) year parts and labor warranty (exclusive to the
transmission cooler). In addition, a collateral damage warranty will also be in effect for the first three (
3 ) years of the warranty coverage and will not exceed
$10,000
per occurrence. A copy of
the warranty certificate will be included with this proposal. 0688798
Warranty, Water Tank, Lifetime, UPF,
Poly Tank, WA0195

WATER TANK WARRANTY
A UPF poly water tank limited warranty certificate, WA
0195
, is included with this proposal.
0596025
Warranty, Structure, 10 Year, Body,
WA0009
TEN (
10 ) YEAR STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY
The Pierce apparatus body limited warranty certificate, WA 0009
, is included with this proposal.
0690936
Warranty, Roll up Doors, Not
Required

0734463
Warranty, Pump, Waterous, 7 Year
Parts, WA0382

PUMP WARRANTY
The Waterous pump will be provided with a seven (
7 ) year
material and workmanship limited
warranty.

A copy of the warranty certificate will be included with this proposal. 0648675
Warranty, 10 Year S/S Pumbing,
WA0035
TEN (
10 ) YEAR PUMP PLUMBING WARRANTY
The Pierce apparatus plumbing limited warranty certificate, WA 0035
, is included with this
proposal.
0657846
Warranty, Foam System, Husky 12,
WA0231

FOAM SYSTEM WARRANTY
The Husky
12 foam system limited warranty certificate, WA
0231
, is included with this proposal.
0595820
Warranty, Paint, 10 Year, Body, Pro-
Rate, WA0057
TEN (
10 ) YEAR PRO-RATED PAINT AND CORROSION
A Pierce body limited pro-rated paint warranty certificate, WA 0057
, is included with this proposal.
0595421
Warranty, Goldstar, 3 Year,
Apparatus, WA0018

THREE (
3 ) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP
The Pierce Goldstar gold leaf lamination limited warranty limited warranty certificate, WA 0018
, is
included with this proposal.
0819254
Certification, Vehicle Stability,
CD0196

VEHICLE STABILITY CERTIFICATION
The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a certification stating the apparatus complies with NFPA
1900
, current edition, section

7.14 , Vehicle Stability. The certification is included with this proposal.
0808565
Certification, Engine Installation, Enf,
Paccar MX, 2027

ENGINE INSTALLATION CERTIFICATION
The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a certification, along with a letter from the engine manufacturer stating they approve of the engine installation in the bidder's chassis. The certification will be provided at the time of delivery. 71 984
Bid #:

0686786
Certification, Power Steering,
CD0098

POWER STEERING CERTIFICATION
The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a certification stating the power steering system as installed meets the requirements of the component supplier. The certification is included with this proposal.
0892691
Certification, Cab Integrity, Saber
FR/Enforcer, CD0189

CAB INTEGRITY CERTIFICATION
The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a cab crash test certification with this proposal. The certification will state that a specimen representing the substantial structural configuration of the cab has been tested and certified by an independent third party test facility. Testing events will be documented with photographs, real-time and high-speed video, vehicle accelerometers, cart accelerometers, and a laser speed trap. The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a state licensed professional engineer to witness and certify all testing events. Testing will meet or exceed the requirements below:

SAE J
2422
Cab Roof Strength Evaluation - Quasi-Static Loading Heavy Trucks.

European Occupant Protection Standard ECE Regulation No. 29 .

SAE J
2420
COE Frontal Strength Evaluation - Dynamic Loading Heavy Trucks.

Side Impact
The cab will be subjected to dynamic preload where a
14,320
-lb moving barrier is slammed into
the side of the cab at

5.50 mph, striking with an impact of
13,000
ft-lb of force. This test is part of
the SAE J
2422
test procedure and more closely represents the forces a cab will see in a rollover incident.

Frontal Impact
The same cab will withstand a frontal impact of
32,600
ft-lb of force using a moving barrier in
accordance with SAE J
2420
.

Additional Frontal Impact
The same cab will withstand a frontal impact of
65,098
ft-lb of force using a moving barrier.
(Twice the force required by SAE J
2420
)
Roof Crush
The cab will be subjected to a roof crush force of
22,500
lb. This value meets the ECE
29 criteria,
and is equivalent to the front axle rating up to a maximum of ten ( 10 ) metric tons.

Additional Roof Crush
The same cab will be subjected to a roof crush force of 110,000
lbs. (Four and a half times the
load criteria of ECE
29 )
The same cab will withstand all tests without any measurable intrusion into the survival space of the occupant area.
0631973
Certification, Cab Door Durability,
Saber FR/Enforcer, CD0137

CAB DOOR DURABILITY CERTIFICATION
Robust cab doors help protect occupants. Cab doors will survive a 200,000
cycle door slam test
where the slamming force exceeds
20 G's of deceleration. The bidder will certify that the sample doors similar to those provided on the apparatus have been tested and have met these criteria without structural damage, latch malfunction, or significant component wear. 0631978
Certification, Windshield Wiper
Durability, Saber FR/Enforcer,
CD0132

WINDSHIELD WIPER DURABILITY CERTIFICATION
Visibility during inclement weather is essential to safe apparatus performance. Windshield wipers will survive a
3 million cycle durability test in accordance with section

6.2 of SAE J
198

Windshield
Wiper Systems - Trucks, Buses and Multipurpose Vehicles.

The bidder will certify that the wiper
system design has been tested and that the wiper system has met these criteria. 0631974
Certification, Electric Window
Durability, Saber FR/Enforcer,
CD0133

ELECTRIC WINDOW DURABILITY CERTIFICATION
Cab window roll-up systems can cause maintenance problems if not designed for long service life. The window regulator design will complete
30,000
complete up-down cycles and still function
normally when finished. The bidder will certify that sample doors and windows similar to those provided on the apparatus have been tested and have met these criteria without malfunction or significant component wear.
0631977
Certification, Seat Belt Anchors and
Mounting, Saber FR/Enforcer,
CD0134

SEAT BELT ANCHOR STRENGTH
Seat belt attachment strength is regulated by Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards and should be validated through testing. Each seat belt anchor design will withstand 3000
lb of pull on both
the lap and shoulder belt in accordance with FMVSS
571.210
Seat Belt Assembly Anchorages.

The bidder will certify that each anchor design was pull tested to the required force and met the appropriate criteria.

SEAT MOUNTING STRENGTH
Seat attachment strength is regulated by Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards and should be validated through testing. Each seat mounting design will be tested to withstand 20 G's of force in
accordance with FMVSS
571.207
Seating Systems. The bidder will certify, at time of delivery, that each seat mount and cab structure design was pull tested to the required force and met the appropriate criteria.
72 984
Bid #:

0735949
Certification, Cab HVAC System
Performance, SFR/Enf,
CD0165/CD0167/CD0174/CD0175

PERFORMANCE CERTIFICATIONS
Cab Air Conditioning
Good cab air conditioning temperature and air flow performance keeps occupants comfortable, reduces humidity, and provides a climate for recuperation while at the scene. The cab air conditioning system will cool the cab from a heat-soaked condition at 100
degrees Fahrenheit to
an average of
78 degrees Fahrenheit in
30 minutes. The bidder will certify that a substantially similar cab has been tested and has met these criteria.

Cab Defroster
Visibility during inclement weather is essential to safe apparatus performance. The defroster system will clear the required windshield zones in accordance with SAE J 381
Windshield
Defrosting Systems Test Procedure And Performance Requirements - Trucks, Buses, And Multipurpose Vehicles.

The bidder will certify that the defrost system design has been tested in a cold chamber and passes the SAE J
381
criteria.

Cab Auxiliary Heater
Good cab heat performance and regulation provides a more effective working environment for personnel, whether in-transit, or at a scene. An auxiliary cab heater will warm the cab 77 degrees
Fahrenheit from a cold-soak, within
30 minutes when tested using the coolant supply methods found in SAE J
381
. The bidder will certify, at time of delivery, that a substantially similar cab has been tested and has met these criteria.
0545073
Amp Draw Report, NFPA Current
Edition

AMP DRAW REPORT
The bidder will provide, at the time of bid and delivery, an itemized print out of the expected amp draw of the entire vehicle's electrical system.

The manufacturer of the apparatus will provide the following:

Documentation of the electrical system performance tests.

A written load analysis, which will include the following:

The nameplate rating of the alternator.

The alternator rating under the conditions specified per:

Current edition of applicable NFPA standards.

The minimum continuous load of each component that is specified per:

Current edition of applicable NFPA standards.

Additional loads that, when added to the minimum continuous load, determine the total connected load.

Each individual intermittent load.

All of the above listed items will be provided by the bidder per the current edition of applicable NFPA standards.
0002758
Amp Draw, NFPA/ULC Radio
Allowance
0799248
Appleton/Florida BTO

0000018
PUMPER, 2ND GEN

0000012

PIERCE CHASSIS
0735525
PACCAR MX13 ENGINE

0046396
EVS 4000 Series TRANSMISSION
0020011

WATEROUS PUMP

0020009

POLY TANK

0028048

FOAM SYSTEM
0020006

SIDE CONTROL
0020007

AKRON VALVES

0020015

ABS SYSTEM

0658751

PUMPER BASE

73 984
Bid #:

Electrical Analysis
12/18/2025
Bid #:
984
Fairfield FD Enforcer 1500 GPM Pumper (37089 dup on
Enforcer)
Sales Rep:

Organization:

Martinez, Mike
Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc
Desc:

Job #:

Customer:

Fairfield Fire Department
Option:

Pierce Command Zone, Advanced Electronics & Control
System, Enforcer, WiFi CZT
Type:

Multiplexed
Option
Description
Type*
Minimum
Load
Intermittent
Load
Total
Connected
0001244
High Idle w/Electronic Engine, Custom

0.00 1.20

0.00 0005216
Reel, Booster, Aluminum - Over Pump, Left Side

0.00 36.00

0.00 0005945
Light, Pump Compt

0.00 1.80

0.00 0032189
Mirrors, Ramco, 8000PCHR, Heated/Remote, w/Heated/Remote Convex, Door Mount

0.00 0.00

8.00 0072153
Primer, Trident, Air Prime, Air Operated

0.00 0.00

0.00 0079211
Batteries, (6) Stryten/Exide Grp 31, 950 CCA each, Threaded Stud

0.00 3.00

0.00 0095358
Foam Sys, Husky 12, Single Agent

0.00 5.00

0.00 0543751
Light, Do Not Move Apparatus

0.00 0.80

0.00 0549333
Indicators, Engine, Included with Pressure Controller

0.00 0.35

0.00 0553643
Control, Air Horn at Pmp Pnl, Red Switch, Momentary

0.00 0.16

0.00 0555812
Handlts, (2) Streamlight, Fire Vulcan, 44451 C4 LED, Tail lights, 12v, Orange

0.00 0.00

2.20 0583938
Lights, Engine Compt, Custom, Auto Sw, Wln 3SC0CDCR, 3" LED, Trim

0.00 0.30

0.00 0589905
Alarm, Back-up Warning, PRECO 1040

0.00 0.50

0.00 0604354
Gauge, Foam Level, FRC, Tank Vision Pro, WLA 360-A00, Class "A"

0.00 0.00

1.23 0630636
Controls, Electric Roll-Up Windows, 4dr, 4 Driver Controls, Saber FR/Enforcer

0.00 26.00

0.00 0639727
Cab Lift, Elec/Hyd, Manual Override, Saber FR/Enforcer

0.00 180.00

0.00 0649915
Light, Map, Havis, C-MAP-T-LED, Gooseneck

0.00 0.00

0.25 0727540
Spotlight, Golight/RadioRay, Model 20**4GT, LED, 1 Lt

0.00 0.00

3.00 0735687
Engine Brake, Fully Integrated, Paccar MX13 Engine

0.00 0.42

0.00 0748793
Lights, Wln, S44M** 44" 12VDC, RS Body

0.00 0.00

10.80 0748795
Lights, Wln, S44M** 44" 12VDC, LS Body

0.00 0.00

10.80 0793318
Lightbars, Wln, Freedom IV, 2-21.5", RWRW WRWR

0.00 7.28

7.28 0802726
Intercom, David Clark, 5-Pos, 2-Dual Radio, (D, O, RPTT), 3ibC, 3805

0.00 0.00

0.50 0806466
Lights, Backup, Wln M62BU, LED, For Tail Lt Housing

0.00 3.20

0.00 0816158
Camera, Pierce, LS Mux, RS, LS, R, Cameras, AHD

0.00 1.20

0.00 0819994
Radio, Jensen, AM/FM/WB, Bluetooth

0.00 0.00

2.00 0820509
ESC/ABS/ATC Wabco Brake System, Single Rear Axle, NFPA 1900/ULC

0.00 6.00

0.00 0821580
Wiring, Spare, 7.5A 12V DC 1st NFPA1900/ULC

0.00 0.00

7.50 0834416
USB, Cab, 4, 12V DC, Dual USB Termination, NFPA1900/ULC

0.00 0.00

10.00 0838293
Compt, 16.50 W x 16 LS/25.50 RS H x 15 D, Ea Side, Sgl Pan, Rec Tube,DEF,70" Enf

0.00 0.00

0.00 0889662
Lights, Wln, S16*M* 16.37" 12VDC, Brkt Fet 2nd

0.00 0.00

3.66 0889664
Lights, Wln, S16*M* 16.37" 12VDC, Brkt Fet 1st

0.00 0.00

3.66 0895310
Siren, Federal Q2B

0.00 100.00

0.00 0898549
Cab Air Filtration, TFT CrewProtect 100, 12v DC, Loc, CARE

0.00 0.00

1.50 0766906
Lights, Wln, PCPSM1*, Pioneer, 12 VDC, 1st
Load Managed

0.00 0.00

12.00 0817805
HVAC, Heavy-Duty, Enforcer, Paccar, CARE
Load Managed

0.00 0.00
136.00
0820904
Wiring, Spare, 15 A 12V DC 1st NFPA1900/ULC
Load Managed

0.00 0.00

15.00 0820906
Wiring, Spare, 15 A 12V DC 2nd NFPA1900/ULC
Load Managed

0.00 0.00
105.00
0820909
Wiring, Spare, 15 A 12V DC 4th NFPA1900/ULC
Load Managed

0.00 0.00

15.00 0820910
Wiring, Spare, 15 A 12V DC 5th NFPA1900/ULC
Load Managed

0.00 0.00

15.00 0821192
Wiring, Spare, 20 A 12V DC 1st NFPA1900/ULC
Load Managed

0.00 0.00

40.00 0002758
Amp Draw, NFPA/ULC Radio Allowance
NFPA

5.00 0.00

0.00 0013671
Rear, Rollup, 30.75" F-F, 25.88" D
NFPA

0.90 0.00

0.90 0025615
RS 152" Rollup, Full Height/Depth Front, Full Height Rear, FDLER NFPA

2.70 0.00

2.70 0075649
LS 152" Rollup, Full Height/Depth Front, Full Height Rear, FDLER NFPA

3.60 0.00

3.60 0092582
Load Manager/Sequencer, MUX
NFPA

0.56 0.56

0.00 0536401
Gauges, Engine, Included With Pierce Pressure Controller NFPA

0.30 0.00

0.00 * UDMC = User Defined Mission Critical, LM = User Defined Load Managed, S = Electrical Amperage Supply 1 Electrical Analysis
12/18/2025
Bid #:
984
Fairfield FD Enforcer 1500 GPM Pumper (37089 dup on
Enforcer)
Sales Rep:

Organization:

Martinez, Mike
Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc
Desc:

Job #:

Customer:

Fairfield Fire Department
Option:

Pierce Command Zone, Advanced Electronics & Control
System, Enforcer, WiFi CZT
Type:

Multiplexed
Option
Description
Type*
Minimum
Load
Intermittent
Load
Total
Connected
0547475
Siren, Wln 295HFSA7 200W, Dual Tone, Flush Mount
NFPA

1.40 12.60

0.00 0556360
Lights, Step, P25 LED 4lts, Pump Pnl Sw
NFPA

1.00 0.00

0.00 0564654
Lights, Rear Zn Lwr, Wln M6*, Colored Lens, For Tail Light Housing
NFPA

1.80 2.70

0.00 0568012
Air Dryer, Wabco System Saver 1200, Heater, 2010
NFPA

7.81 0.00

0.00 0604784
Lightbar, Wln, Freedom IV-Q, 81", RRRRWRsrROptRsrRWRRRR NFPA

8.96 2.68

9.92 0605126
Pump Shift, Air Mnl Override, Split Shaft, Interlocked, Waterous NFPA

1.00 0.00

0.00 0616824
Lights, Perimeter Body, OSS Access 73000 6" LED 2lts, Rear Step
NFPA

1.20 0.00

0.00 0617904
Lights, Perimeter Pump House, OSS Access 73010 10" LED 2lts NFPA

1.20 0.00

0.00 0622803
Cab Instruments, Black Gauges, Black Bezels, Enforcer MUX NFPA

1.26 0.00

0.00 0622994
Cabinet, (2) Rr Fcng, Overhead, 21 W x 10 H x 34 D, SFR/Enf NFPA

0.21 0.21

0.00 0625210
Lights, Directional, Cab Front Side, Truck-Lite 19036Y LED, AXT/Enf
NFPA

0.12 0.00

0.00 0625953
Light, Directional, Wln 600 Cmb, Cab Crn, Wrp Bzl Out HD Lts, Enf/Sab
NFPA

0.70 0.70

0.00 0627282
Lights, Clearance/Marker/ID, Rear, FRP LED Bar & P25 LED 4Lts NFPA

1.75 0.00

0.00 0645879
Lights, Hose Bed, Cover, Dual Amdor AY-9750-20 LED Light Strips 2lts, Low
NFPA

1.70 0.00

0.00 0647632
Lights, Dome, Wln 60C*EGCS Dual LED 4 Lts
NFPA

3.00 3.00

0.00 0648332
Cab, Enforcer, 7010
NFPA

6.80 10.20

0.00 0653937
Flasher, Headlight Alternating
NFPA

0.08 0.00

0.00 0682488
Light Shield, S/S, PS LED
NFPA

3.00 0.00

0.00 0686562
Light, Rear Zone Up, Wln MCFLED2* LED
NFPA

3.00 0.00

0.00 0721609
Controller, Pressure, Pierce LCD, Custom Chassis
NFPA

1.70 0.00

0.00 0734373
Lights, Clearance/Marker, Side, Truck-Lite 33050Y 2 Lts, Others With Visor Lt
NFPA

0.49 0.00

0.00 0739224
Indicator Light @ Pump Panel, Throttle Ready, Incl w/Pressure Gov/Throttle,Green
NFPA

0.10 0.00

0.00 0745568
Indicator Light, Pump Panel, Ok To Pump, Green
NFPA

0.10 0.00

0.00 0749661
Light, Roof Mt, Wln S72M**, 72" Cnt Feature, Mkr Lts Activated NFPA

0.32 0.00

18.68 0750438
Water Level Gauge, Wln PSTANK2, LED 1-Light, 4-Level
NFPA

2.40 0.00

0.00 0750526
Gauge, Water Level, Pierce, In pressure Controller, Lt Driver NFPA

1.23 0.00

0.00 0756375
Lights, Hyd Lad Rack Deployed, Truck-Lite 15****
NFPA

0.10 0.00

0.00 0761731
Lights, Front Zone, Wln M6** M6** M6** M6**, 4lts Q Bezel, Clr Fet
NFPA

3.60 5.40

0.00 0768311
Light, Directional/Marker, Intermediate, Truck-Lite 30375Y Grm Mt, 2lts, MUX
NFPA

0.10 1.00

0.00 0770200
Handrail, Exterior, Hansen, Knurled, Alum, LED Backlit, 4-Door Cab
NFPA

0.80 0.00

0.00 0783153
Headlights, Rect LED, JW Spkr Evo 2, AXT/Enf/Imp/Sab/Vel NFPA

4.20 4.20

0.00 0789327
Light, Traffic Directing, Wln TAZ86, 30.87" Long TACTL5 Cnt LED NFPA

1.50 4.50

0.00 0804514
Lights, Tail, Wln M62BTT* Red Stop/Tail & M62T* Amber Dir Arw For Hsg
NFPA

0.83 2.49

0.00 0808515
Engine, Paccar MX, 510HP, 1850 lb-ftW/OBD, EPA 2027, Saber FR/Enforcer
NFPA

6.00 0.00

0.00 0814201
Vehicle Information Center, 7" Color Display, Touchscreen, MUX, CL714
NFPA

1.20 0.00

0.00 0817254
Lights, Perimeter Cab, Amdor AY-LB-12HW0** LED 4Dr
NFPA

1.20 0.00

0.00 0818704
Cabinet, Rear Facing, LS, 23 W x 24 H x 26.75 D, Lap, SFR/Enf NFPA

0.24 0.24

0.00 0818707
Cabinet, Rear Facing, RS, 22 W x 24 H x 26.75 D, Lap, SFR/Enf NFPA

0.24 0.24

0.00 0887546
Trans, Allison 6th Gen, 4000 EVS P, w/Prognostics,
Imp/Vel/SFR/Enf
NFPA

2.00 2.00

0.00 0889521
DEF Tank, 7.3 Gallon, LS Fill, Under Cab, Paccar, Lift Up Fill Dr, Spring, ENF
NFPA

0.60 11.40

0.00 0889577
Bracket, License Plate & Light, P25 LED, Stainless Brkt NFPA

0.07 0.00

0.00 0892638
Lights, Cab & Crw Cab Acs Stps, P25, LED w/Bezel, 6lts
NFPA

1.00 0.00

0.00 0892704
Lights, Walk Surf, 8-P25 LED, Hose Bed Cover, Overall Height Restrictions
NFPA

0.07 0.00

0.00 0898593
Lights, Side Zone Lower, Wln M6**, M6V2**, M6V2**, 6Lts NFPA

3.60 5.36

1.54 0898679
Light Shield/Step 10" LED w/P25 LED Step Light
NFPA

4.00 0.00

0.00 0647729
Alternator, 320 amp, Delco Remy 40SI
S

0.00 0.00

0.00 Load Totals:

96.74 442.69
447.72
* UDMC = User Defined Mission Critical, LM = User Defined Load Managed, S = Electrical Amperage Supply 2 Electrical Analysis
12/18/2025
Bid #:
984
Fairfield FD Enforcer 1500 GPM Pumper (37089 dup on
Enforcer)
Sales Rep:

Organization:

Martinez, Mike
Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc
Desc:

Job #:

Customer:

Fairfield Fire Department
Option:

Pierce Command Zone, Advanced Electronics & Control
System, Enforcer, WiFi CZT
Type:

Multiplexed
Minimum Continuous Load
Supply:
210.00
Demand:

96.74 Variance:
113.26
Total Connected Load
Supply:
288.00
Demand:
206.46
Variance:

81.54 Note: Minimum Continous Load is in "Blocking Right of Way" mode.(Reference current edition of NFPA 1901) Note: Intermittent Load items are not factored in on any alternator load comparisons. These items are included on the report for reference only and should be looked at as amp draw exclusion items. (Reference current edition of NFPA 1901) Note: Total Connected Load "Demand" represents Total Connected Load minus any Load Managed items 210.00
288.00
Alternator Output at Idle:

Alternator Output at Governed Speed:
* UDMC = User Defined Mission Critical, LM = User Defined Load Managed, S = Electrical Amperage Supply 3 Turning Performance Analysis
Bid Number:
984
Chassis:

Enforcer Chassis
Department:

Fairfield Fire Department
Body:

Pumper, Medium, Galvanneal, 2nd Gen
Parameters:
*Inside Cramp Angle:
45°
Axle Track:

82.92 in.

Wheel Offset:

4.68 in.

Tread Width:

15.9 in.

Chassis Overhang:

65.95 in.

Additional Bumper Depth:
16 in.

Front Overhang:

81.95 in.

Wheelbase:
191.5 in.

Calculated Turning Radii:

Inside Turn:
14 ft. 11 in.

Curb to curb:
28 ft. 11 in.

Wall to wall:
33 ft. 0 in.

Notes:
*Actual Inside cramp angle may be less than shown.

Curb to Curb turning radius calculated for 9.00 inch curb. 12/18/2025
Category
Option
Description
Tires, Front
0802633
Tires, Front, Goodyear, Armor Max MSA, 385/65R22.50, 18 ply, Fire Ser. Load Rtg
Bumpers
0630342
Bumper, 16" Extended, Steel Painted, Saber FR/Enforcer
Axle, Front, Custom
0630705
Axle, Front, Oshkosh TAK-4, Non Drive, 19,500 lb, Enforcer Wheels, Front
0019611
Wheels, Front, Alcoa, 22.50" x 12.25", Aluminum, Hub Pilot

Definitions:

Inside CrampAngle
Maximum turning angle of the front inside fire.

Axle Track
King-pin to King-pin distance of front axle.

Wheel Offset
Offset from the center line of the wheel to the King-pin.

Tread Width
Width of the tire tread.

Chassis Overhang
Distance of the center line of the front axle to the front edge of the cab. This does not include the bumper depth.

Additional Bumper Wheel
Depth that the bumper assembly adds to the front overhang.

Wheelbase
Distance between the center lines of the vehicles front and rear axles.

Inside Turning Radius
Radius of the smallest circle around which the vehicle can turn.

Curb to Curb Turning Radius
Radius of the smallest circle around which the vehicle's tires can turn. This measures assumes a curb height of 9 inches.

Wall to Wall Turning Radius
Radius of the smallest circle around which the vehicle's tires can turn. This measures takes into account any front overhang due to chassis , bumper extensions and or aerial devices.

JROGHQVWDWHĆUHFRP

PRODUCT

WARRANTIES
Exhibit “C”
4 Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 2/8/2010 WA0008

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL

OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES
The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty.

This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

No specific exclusions apply
Conditions and
Exclusions:

See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4
Limited Warranty
Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer:
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to:

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

One (1) Year Material and Workmanship
Basic Apparatus
Twelve (12) months.Warranty Period
Ends After:

The date the apparatus is placed in service, or 60 days from the original buyer invoice date, whichever comes first.Warranty Begins:

Portions of the apparatus manufactured by Pierce shall be free from defects in material and workmanship
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot;

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages.

If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation.

3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

SUPPLIER
Limited Warranty
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to:

Covers any failures of the engine which result, under normal use and service, from a defect in material or factory
workmanship.

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
(b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the purchaser who first puts the product in service ("Buyer"):
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; The date of the original buyer invoice.Warranty Begins:

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

See warranty for exclusions.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce.

Five (5) years or 100,000 miles, whichever occurs firstWarranty Period Ends After:

Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 3/19/2021 WA0386
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL

OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

Oshkosh Corporation Classification - Restricted

PACCAR ENGINE LIMITED WARRANTY
PACCAR MX Warranty
United States

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY (“ LIMITED WARRANTY ”) LISTS THE RESPECTIVE RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF PIERCE MANUFACTURING INC.’S END USER CUSTOMER THAT FIRST PUTS THE PACCAR ENGINE INTO SERVICE (“ YOU” or “ FIRST PURCHASER”), PACCAR INC (“PACCAR”), AND THE SERVICING PACCAR ENGINE DISTRIBUTORS (“AUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTORS”). PLEASE READ THIS LIMITED WARRANTY CAREFULLY.

PACCAR warrants directly to You that the PACCAR MX engine and related kitted parts (collectively, the “Engine”) will be free from defects in materials and factory workmanship (“Warrantable Failures”) appearing under normal commercial use and service during the time, mileage or hour limitations set forth in the attached Warranty Schedule. This Engine warranty extends only to You, and not any subsequent owner or user of the Engine. The Emissions warranty is made to all owners of the Engine in the chain of distribution until the end of the Emissions warranty coverage period. Warranty coverage relating to the Emissions components is outlined in the Emissions Warranty section of the PACCAR MX Operator’s Manual, the terms and conditions of which are incorporated herein by reference.

YOUR SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDY AGAINST PACCAR AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES AND AFFILIATES ARISING FROM YOUR

PURCHASE AND USE OF THIS ENGINE IS LIMITED TO THE REPAI R OR REPLACEMENT OF WARRANTABLE FAILURES AT AUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTORS IN THE UNITED STATES AND CANADA AND IS SUBJECT TO PACCAR’S TIME, MILEAGE, AND HOUR LIMITATIONS LISTED IN THE ATTACHED WARRANTY SCHEDULES. The maximum time, mileage and hour limitations in the Warranty Schedules begin running on the Date of Delivery to the First Purchaser. The accrued time, mileage, or hours is calculated when this Engine is brought into an Authorized Distributor for correction of Warrantable Failures.

WARRANTY DISCLAIMER AND LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITY (ENGINE AND EMISSIONS) This Limited Warranty is the sole warranty made by PACCAR and its Authorized Distributors to You relating to the Engine. Except for the above limited express warranty, PACCAR and its Authorized Distribu tors make no other warranties to You, express or implied. PACCAR AND ITS AUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTORS EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM ANY WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

IT IS AGREED THAT PACCAR AND ITS AUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTORS SHALL NOT BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO: LOSS OF INCOME OR LOST PROFITS; ENGINE OR VEHICLE DOWNTIME; THIRD PARTY DAMAGE, INCLUDING DAMAGE OR LOSS TO OTHER ENGINES, VEHICLES OR PROPERTY, ATTACHMENTS, TRAILERS AND CARGO; LOSS OR DAMAGE TO PERSONAL CONTENTS; COMMUNICATION EXPENSES; LODGING AND/OR MEAL EXPENSES; FINES; APPLICABLE TAXES OR BUSINESS COSTS OR LOSSES; ATTORNEYS’ FEES; AND ANY LIABILITY YOU MAY HAVE IN RESPECT TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

This warranty does not apply to parts or accessories supplied by the vehicle manufacturer or third parties.

Failures of belts and hoses supplied by PACCAR are covered during the first year from the Date of Delivery of the Engine to the First Purchaser. PACCAR does not warrant antifreeze, lubricants, filters, filter elements, or any other part that is a maintenance or repair item. However, in its sole discretion, PACCAR may pay for lubricating oil, antifreeze, filter elements, belts, hoses, and other mainte nance or repair items if the need for replacing such items is due to a Warrantable Failure of the Engine.

You are responsible for the safe operation and maintenance of the Engine and Emissions equipment as specified in the applicable Operator’s Manuals. You are responsible for providing proof that all recommended ins pections and maintenance have been performed. Before the expiration of the applicable warranty, You must notify an Authorized Distributor of any Warrantable Failures and make the Engine available for Engine repair by such Authorized Distributor. You are responsible for delivery of the Engine to the Authorized Distributor. Locations in the United States and Canada of Authorized Distributors may be found at WWW.PACCARPOWERTRAIN.COM.

PACCAR IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR WEAR AND TEAR OR WEAROUT OF COVERED PARTS, storage deterioration, and changes in adjustment resulting from your use of the Engine. Damage due to accident, misuse, abuse, neglect, negligence, impr oper or insufficient maintenance, or unauthorized modification is not warranted. This may include, but is not limited to: operation without adequate coolants, lubricants, or other fluids; over-fueling; over-speeding; lack of maintenance of the lubricating, cooling or air intake systems; improper storage, starting, warm-up, run-in or shutdown practices; and unauthorized modifications to the Engine. PACCAR is not responsible for damage or loss resulting from Engine horsepower/torque upgrades.

Parts used to repair a Warrantable Failure may be new parts, approved remanufactured parts, or repaired parts. PACCAR is not responsible for failures resulting from the use of parts not approved by PACCAR. A new or approved remanufactured part used to repair a Warrantable Failure assumes the identity of the part it has replaced and is entitled to the remaining warranty coverage, if any.

PACCAR IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR DAMAGE OR LOSSES CAUSED BY INCORRECT OIL, FUEL, DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID, COOLANT, OR ADDITIVES; WATER, DIRT OR OTHER CONTAMINANTS IN THE FUEL, OIL OR DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID; OPERATION WITHOUT ADEQUATE COOLANTS OR LUBRICANTS; OVER -FUELING; OVER -SPEEDING; IMPROPER STORAGE, STARTING, WARM-UP, RUN-IN OR SHUT-DOWN PRACTICES; OR UNAUTHORIZED MODIFICATIONS OF THE ENGINE. Failure of replacement parts used in repairs due to the above non-warrantable conditions is not warrantable.

If your vehicle is disabled by a Warrantable Failure to the Engine during the base warranty period, PACCAR is not responsible fo r towing expenses to transport the vehicle to the nearest Authorized Distributor. In lieu of the towing expense and at the sole discretion of PACCAR,

Oshkosh Corporation Classification - Restricted
PACCAR will pay the reasonable costs of an authorized mechanic to travel to and from the location of the disabled Vehicle in order to perform the Engine repair.

PACCAR will pay for reasonable labor costs for Engine removal and reinstallation when necessary to repair a Warrantable Failure.

Warrantable Failures resulting in excessive oil consumption will be handled within the basic Engine coverage as stated in the attached Engine Schedule. Before a claim for excessive oil consumption, low power, or excessive fuel consumption will be considered for payment, You must submit adequate documentation to show that consumption exceeds PACCAR published standards

PACCAR reserves the right to inspect and download data from the Engine Electronic Control Module for purpose of failure analysis unless prohibited by applicable law.

TIME LIMIT ON COMMENCING LEGAL ACTION / OTHER TERMS
IT IS AGREED THAT YOU HAVE 12 MONTHS FROM THE ACCRUAL OF THE CAUSE OF ACTION TO COMMENCE ANY LEGAL ACTION ARISING FROM THE PURCHASE OR USE OF THE ENGINE, OR BE BARRED FOREVER.

To the extent any provision of this limited warranty is found to contravene the law of any jurisdiction, the remainder of the warranty shall not be affected thereby.

Oshkosh Corporation Classification - Restricted

PACCAR ENGINE LIMITED WARRANTY SCHEDULE
PACCAR MX Warranty
United States

THIS ENGINE WARRANTY SCHEDULE APPLIES ONLY TO ORIGINAL FACTORY EQUIPMENT AND IS SUBJECT TO THE TERMS AND LIMITATIONS IN THE ATTACHED LIMITED WARRANTY. This Engine Warranty Schedule does not apply to the vehicle which is warranted separately. Pursuant to the terms of the attached Limited Warranty, PACCAR Inc (“PACCAR”) will pay warranty claims for Warrantable Failures within the following maximum limits in time, mileage, or hours, whichever shall occur first. The Warrantable Failure must be brought to the attention of an Authorized Distributor within 30 days of discovery.

PACCAR MX Engine

Basic Engine -Twenty-four (24) months or 250,000 miles (or 400,000 km) or 6,250 hours - (all applications except fire apparatus)

Fire Apparatus Truck Applications Basic Engine - Sixty (60) months or 100,000 miles (or 160,000 km) or 6,250 hours

Major Engine Components - Sixty (60) months or 500,000 miles or 12,500 hours

Cylinder Block Casting Crankshaft Lube Pump Gear Flywheel Housing Main Bearing Bolts Camshaft Crankshaft Gear Water Pump Housing Cylinder Head Casting Cam Follower Assemblies Camshaft Gear Thermostat Housing Cylinder Head Capscrews Connecting Rod Assemblies Camshaft Idler Gear

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

This warranty applies to the frame rails only, crossmembers are excluded.

This warranty does not apply to damage caused by corrosion.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

Fifty (50) Years
(Expected Life of Apparatus)
Warranty Period
Ends After:

Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 12/10/2024 WA0013
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL

OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

Lifetime Fifty (50) Year Structural Integrity
Custom Chassis Frame
Limited Warranty
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to:

Custom chassis frame rail manufactured by Pierce shall be free from defects in material and workmanship

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

This limited warranty excludes brake pads, brake rotors, seal boots and shock absorbers.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGE S.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages.

Three (3) Years
-or-
30,000 Miles
Warranty Period
Ends After:

Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle.
12/16/2013 WA0050
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES

ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

Three (3) Year Material and Workmanship
TAK-4 Independent Front Suspension
Limited Warranty Limited Warranty Limited Warranty Limited Warranty Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to:

The TAK-4 Front Independent Suspension and Steering
Gears shall be free from defects in material and
workmanship.

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
(b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer:
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory). Warranty Begins:

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

SUPPLIER
Limited Warranty
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to:

The Meritor axle shall be covered by Meritor as indicated in the attached Meritor warranty coverage description

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

The exclusions listed in the attached Meritor warranty
description shall apply.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

Five (5) YearsWarranty Period
Ends After:

Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 6/29/2020 WA0384
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL

OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

CUMMINS-MERITOR

COMMERCIAL

VEHICLE SYSTEMS

WARRANTY

COVERAGE FOR THE

UNITED STATES AND CANADA
MODEL YEAR 2024 VEHICLES
2 WARRANTY INFORMATION

TABLE OF CONTENTS
EFFECTIVE MODEL YEAR 2024 VEHICLES
Linehaul .......................................................................................................3 General Service ...........................................................................................6 Heavy Service/Specialty Vehicle ..................................................................9 Fire and Emergency ...................................................................................12 Transit Bus ................................................................................................ 14 Off-highway Service ...................................................................................15 Terms and Conditions ................................................................................17 How to Read Warranty Coverage
Number of Years Mileage (in thousands)
Unl = Unlimited
P = Parts Only
P&L = Parts and Labor
Notice:

Models or components that are approved for use by Cummins-Meritor’s vocational guidelines contained in Cummins-Meritor publication TP-9441 for axles, SP-8320 for trailer axles and TP-12126 for drivelines, or any other products that have an application approval completed with Cummins-Meritor which are not specifically listed, are warranted for one year, unlimited miles, parts only (1/Unl/P).

Products purchased on an incomplete vehicle (glider) are limited to one year, unlimited miles, parts only (1/Unl/P).

Advantage Program
Purchasing additional coverage on select components will continue to safeguard your investment against major repair costs after the initial base coverage expires. You can find out more about the Advantage Program by visiting meritor.com or by contacting Cummins-Meritor at 866-OnTrac1 (866-668-7221) . 3 Linehaul Vehicles
Auto Hauler1
Bulk Hauler1
Chip Hauler1,2
Doubles
Flatbed
General Freight
Grain Hauler1
Livestock Hauler
Moving Van
Pipe Hauler
Refrigerated Freight
Tanker1
Triples
1 Cummins-Meritor classifies these vehicle types as high center of gravity, which require special axle housing considerations. 2 Chip Hauler vehicles require specific axle models listed below and Linehaul condition to be eligible for Linehaul warranty consideration.

Linehaul Typically Is:

High mileage operation (over 60,000 miles/year)
Greater than 30 miles between starts and stops
Maximum grades of 12%
Well maintained highways of concrete or asphalt construction (100% on-road)
Category A job sites, terminals, docks and transfer sites (defined as pavement, concrete or maintained and hard packed gravel).

Note: Category B job sites, terminals, docks, transfer sites (defined as loose or unmaintained sand, dirt or gravel; landfill; farm field; mud; or other similar surfaces) are NOT approved for certain linehaul axle models.

Front Non-Drive Steer Axles – 5/750/P&L
FD-965
FF-941
FF-942
FF-943
FF-944
FF-961
FF-966
FF-967
FG-941
FG-943
MFS-10-122A
MFS-10-143A-N
MFS-10-144A-N
MFS-12-122A-N
MFS-12-122B-N
MFS-12-122C-N
MFS-12E-122A-N
MFS-12E-122B-N
MFS-12E-122C-N
MFS-12-124A-N
MFS-12-132B-N
MFS-12-132C-N
MFS-12E-132B-N
MFS-12E-132C-N
MFS-12-143A-N
MFS-12E-143A-N
MFS-12-144A-N
MFS-13-122A-N
MFS-13-122B-N
MFS-13-122C-N
MFS-13-132B-N
MFS-13-132C-N
MFS-13-143A-N
MFS-13-144A-N
MFS-13B-122B-N
MFS-13B-122C-N
MFS-13B-132B-N
MFS-13B-132C-N
MFS-14-122A-N
MFS-14-122B-N
MFS-14F-122B-N
MFS-14G-122B-N
MFS-14-122C-N
MFS-14F-122C-N
MFS-14G-122C-N
MFS-14-124A-N
MFS-14-132B-N
MFS-14F-132B-N
MFS-14G-132B-N
MFS-14-132C-N
MFS-14F-132C-N
MFS-14G-132C-N
MFS-14-142B-N
MFS-14F-142B-N
MFS-14G-142B-N
MFS-14-142C-N
MFS-14F-142C-N
MFS-14G-142C-N
MFS-14-143A-N
MFS-14-144A-N
Rear Drive Single Axles – 5/750/P&L
MS-19-14X
RS-21-160
MS-23-17H1,2
MS-23-17X2
RS-23-160
RS-23-161
RS-23-185
RS-23-186
Coverage under Cummins-Meritor’s warranty require that
the application of products be properly approved pursuant to OEM and Cummins-Meritor approvals. Refer to TP-9441
for axles, SP-8320 for trailer axles, TP-12126 for drivelines and/or contact Cummins-Meritor regarding specific
application approval questions on any product line.

LINEHAUL

WARRANTY INFORMATION
Vocational Definition of Linehaul
Long distance hauling of food, goods and finished materials Not included are raw ferrous materials, minerals (except oil), sand, gravel, stone, rocks, topsoil, waste or logs Linehaul includes turnpike and hub & spoke
1 Not approved for use in any Category B job sites, terminals, docks or transfer sites. 2 Recommend 11 mm minimum wall thickness for these models used in combination with high center of gravity vehicles and trailing arm suspensions or vehicles operating mainly in Canada.
4 Trailer Axles1
Beam and Brackets 5/500/P , 1/100/L
TPX3000 Axle Series 2 10/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L
Wheel End Systems3
Standard System 4 1/100/P&L
AxlePak5 5/Unl/P&L
AxlePak7 5 7/Unl/P&L
1 For brake components and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties. 2 Structural components only excluding spindle wear. Spindle wear is 5/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L.
3 Includes hub, wheel seals and wheel bearings—all systems require annual inspections and proper documentation to ensure full coverage. 4 When installed by Cummins-Meritor.
5 When specified with AxlePak7 wheel end system, coverage on Meritor Tire Inflation System (MTIS) thru-tee and stator is 7/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L.

TAG/Pusher Axles1
TQ, TR Beam and Brackets 5/750/P&L
1 For brake components and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties.

Trailer Mechanical Suspension
Systems1
IMS40 (Integrated Mechanical Suspension – Tandem)2 1/Unl/P&L IMS20 (Integrated Mechanical Suspension – Single)2 1/Unl/P&L 1 For axle coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties. 2 All other suspension components refer to appropriate manufacturer’s warranty.

Trailer Air Suspension Systems
MPA40 (Tandem Axle Parallelogram)1
Major Structural Components 5/500/P, 1/100/L
Curbing Damage Warranty2 5/500/P , 1/100/L
Height Control Valve 1/100/P&L
Shock Absorbers 2/200/P&L
Air Springs 2/200/P , 1/100/L
Bushings 5/Unl/P , 3/Unl/L
PinLoc Air Controls 1/100/P&L
PinLoc Actuator 3/300/P&L
MPA20 (Single Axle Parallelogram)
Major Structural Components 5/500/P, 1/100/L
Height Control Valve 1/100/P&L
Shock Absorbers 2/200/P&L
Air Springs 2/200/P , 1/100/L
Bushings 5/Unl/P , 3/Unl/L
MTA and MTA-Tec6 Trailing Arm Suspension System
Major Structural Components 5/500/P, 1/100/L
Height Control Valve 1/100/P&L
Air Springs 2/200/P , 1/100/L
Bushings 5/500/P , 3/300/L
Shock Absorbers 2/200/P&L
Lift Kit System 1/100/P&L
1 Fastener torque coverage is limited to 2/Unl/P&L when torqued by Cummins- Meritor (For axle and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties.) 2 “Curbing damage” is defined as deformation (bending, buckling or breakage), caused by sudden impact with a curb or similar fixed object. Damage to the RideSentry slider box (the suspension sliding sub-frame consisting of the frame rails, cross-members and central A-frame assembly), caused by accidental trailer impact with a curb or similar fixed object, is eligible for warranty coverage. Damage to other components or resulting from collision with another vehicle, rollover or fire is not covered under this provision. Warranty is not transferable to another trailer VIN and coverage does not apply if the trailer is deemed to be a total loss, scrapped or otherwise not salvageable.

LINEHAUL

WARRANTY INFORMATION
Rear Drive Tandem/Tridem Axles – 5/750/P&L
RT-40-160/P1,2
RT-46-160/P1,2
RT-46-164/P1,2
RZ-1662
RT-50-160/P1,2
MA-40-165
MA-40-17H3
RZ-188
MA-40-175
MT-34-14X /P4
MT-40-14T/P
MT-40-14X /P4
MT-40-14X /P4
MT-40-14H/E3,4
1 These models required for Chip Hauler and Linehaul warranty consideration. 2 Each vehicle must have a Request for Application Recommendation (RAR) approved by Cummins-Meritor prior to vehicle build. All RARs must identify the chassis number or VIN. Refer to Product Information Letter #303 and #396 for further details. 3 Not approved for use in any Category B job sites, terminals, docks or transfer sites. 4 Recommend 11 mm minimum wall thickness for these models used in combination with high center of gravity vehicles and trailing arm suspensions or vehicles operating mainly in Canada.
5 LINEHAUL

WARRANTY INFORMATION
Brake Components
Cam Q Series Trailer Brakes 5/500/P , 1/100/L
Q+ Drum Brake™1 5/500/P , 1/Unl/P&L
ASA 5/500/P , 1/Unl/P&L
Hubs/Cast Drums and Other Wheel-End Components 1/Unl/P
Hydraulic Disc Brakes 1/Unl/P
All Other Brakes 1/Unl/P
STEELite X30 Drum Brake™2 12-Years or Wearable Life/P
EX+ L and EX+LS Air Disc Brake™3 5/500/P , 1/Unl/L
EX+L Air Disc Brake Extended Standard Warranty 3,4 5/500/P&L 1 For Trailer only, 3/300/P against rust jacking when equipped with Platinum Shield III.
2 Based on stamped wear diameter max.
3 Warranty coverage for boots, seals, caps, bushings and pins is 2/200/P.

Warranty coverage for pads is 1/100/P.
4 Applies only to calipers using friction: MA9300 (EX225LXXXCGXXX).

Drivelines
RPL 5/500/P , 1/Unl/P&L
MXL 3/350/P , 1/Unl/P&L
92N 1/Unl/P
Meritor Tire Inflation System
(MTIS)
MTIS Components 5/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
6 General Service Vehicles
Auto Hauler
Beverage Truck
Bulk Hauler
Chip Hauler
Cross Country Coach
Flatbed
Front Engine Commercial
Chassis
Front Engine Integral Coach
General Freight
Grain Hauler
Intercity Coach
Intermodal Chassis
Livestock Hauler
Meat Packer
Moving Van
Municipal Truck
Newspaper Delivery
Pick-Up and Delivery
Pipe Hauler
Platform Auto Hauler
Rear Engine Integral Coach
Recreational Vehicles
Refrigerated Freight
School Bus
Stake Truck
Tanker
Tanker Trailer
Tour Bus
Wrecker
General Service Typically Is:

Typically, moderate mileage operation (less than 60,000 miles/year) An average of 3 to 30 miles between starts and stops
Maximum grades of 12%
Generally, on-road service (less than 10% off-road allowed) Category A job sites, terminals, docks and transfer sites (defined as pavement, concrete or maintained and hard packed gravel) or Category B job sites, terminals, docks and transfer sites (defined as loose or unmaintained sand, dirt or gravel; landfill; farm field; mud, or other similar surfaces)
Front Non-Drive Steer Axles – 2/Unl/P&L
FD-965
FF-941
FF-942
FF-943
FF-944
FF-946
FF-961
FF-966
FF-967
FG-941
FH-941
FH-9461
F L-9 41
FL -943
MFS-6-151A-N
MFS-6-153B-N
MFS-6-162B-N
MFS-6-153C-N
MFS-6-162C-N
MFS-7-113C-N
MFS-7-153C-N
MFS-7-163C-N
MFS-8-113B-N
MFS-8-143A-N
MFS-8-153B-N
MFS-8-163B-N
MFS-10-122A
MFS-10-143A-N
MFS-10-144A-N
MFS-12-122A-N
MFS-12E-122A-N
MFS-12-122B-N
MFS-12E-122B-N
MFS-12-122C-N
MFS-12E-122C-N
MFS-12-124A-N
MFS-12-132B-N
MFS-12E-132B-N
MFS-12-132C-N
MFS-12E-132C-N
MFS-12-143A-N
MFS-12-144A-N
MFS-12E-143A-N
MFS-13-122A-N
MFS-13-122B-N
MFS-13B-122B-N
MFS-13-122C-N
MFS-13B-122C-N
MFS-13-132B-N
MFS-13-132C-N
MFS-13B-132B-N
MFS-13B-132C-N
MFS-13-143A-N
MFS-13-144A-N
MFS-14-122A-N
MFS-14-122B-N
MFS-14F-122B-N
MFS-14G-122B-N
MFS-14-122C-N
MFS-14F-122C-N
MFS-14G-122C-N
MFS-14-124A-N
MFS-14-132B-N
MFS-14F-132B-N
MFS-14G-132B-N
MFS-14-132C-N
MFS-14F-132C-N
MFS-14G-132C-N
MFS-14-142B-N
MFS-14F-142B-N
MFS-14G-142B-N
MFS-14-142C-N
MFS-14F-142C-N
MFS-14G-142C-N
MFS-14-143A-N
MFS-14-144A-N
MFS-16-122A-N
MFS-16-133A-N
MFS-16-135A-N
MFS-16-143A-N
MFS-18-133A-N
MFS-18-135A-N
MFS-18-193A-N
MFS-20-133A-N
MFS-20-135A-N
MFS-20-192A-N
MFS-20-193A-N
MFS-22-135A-N
MFS-22H-135A-N
MFS-22-193A-N
MFS-22H-193A-N
1 Can also be used with reduced steer angles in tag position in Coach applications.

GENERAL SERVICE

WARRANTY INFORMATION
Rear Drive Tandem/Tridem Axles – 2/Unl/P&L
MT-34-14X /P
MT-40-14T/P
MT-40-14X /P
MT-44-14X /P
RT-46-169
MT-52-616
RT-52-1851
MT-58-616
RT-58-1851
MT-70-380
RZ-188
1 Each vehicle must have a Request for Application Recommendation (RAR) approved by Cummins-Meritor prior to vehicle build. All RARs must identify the chassis number or VIN. Refer to Product Information Letter #303 and #396 for further details.

Rear Drive Tandem/Tridem – 3/Unl/P&L
RT-40-160/P RT-46-160/P RT-46-164/P RT-50-160/P RZ-166
Rear Drive Axles – 1/Unl/P&L
RND-14H RND-16A
PTO – 1/Unl/P&L
MPT-170
MPT-180
MPT-185
MPT-309
MPT-500
MPT-518
MPT-1702
Brake Components
Cam Q Series Trailer Brakes1 3/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L
Cam P2 2/200/P
Cam 3/Unl/P
Q+ Drum Brake™ 3/Unl/P&L
Q+ Drum Brake™1,2 2/200/P&L
ASA 3/Unl/P
ASA2 2/200/P
Hubs/Cast Drums and Other Wheel-End Components 1/Unl/P
Hydraulic Disc Brakes 1/Unl/P
All Other Brakes 1/Unl/P
STEELite X30 Drum Brake™3 12-Years or Wearable Life/P
EX+ Air Disc Brake™4 2/Unl/P&L
1 For Trailer only, 3/300/P against rust jacking when equipped with Platinum Shield III or Chassis Protect.
2 Applies to Tour Bus and Cross Country Coach only.
3 Based on stamped wear diameter max.
4 Warranty coverage for boots, seals, caps, bushings and pins is 2/200/P.

Warranty coverage for pads is 1/100/P.

Drivelines
RPL 4/400/P , 1/Unl/P&L
MXL 3/350/P , 1/Unl/P&L
92N 1/Unl/P
Rear Drive Single Axles – 2/Unl/P&L
MS-17-13X
MS-17-14X
MS-19-13X
MS-19-14X
MS-21-13X
MS-21-14X
MS-23-17X
RS-21-160
RC-23-160
RC-23-161
RC-23-1621
RC-23-1651
RS-23-160
RS-23-161
RS-23-185
RS-23-186
RS-24-160
RC-25-160
RS-26-185
MS-26-616
MS-26-616-SP
RS-30-185
MS-30-616
MS-30-616-SP
RS-35-380
1 3/Unl/P&L if PreSet by Cummins-Meritor.
8 Trailer Axles1
Beam and Brackets2 5/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L
TPX4000 Axle Series 3 10/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L
Wheel End Systems4
Standard System 5 1/Unl/P&L
AxlePak5 5/Unl/P&L
AxlePak76 7/Unl/P&L
AxlePak107 10/Unl/P&L
1 For brake components and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties.
2 9000 Series is 3/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
3 Structural components only excluding spindle wear. Spindle wear 5/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L.
4 Includes hub, wheel seals and wheel bearings—all systems require annual inspections and proper documentation to ensure full coverage. 5 When installed by Cummins-Meritor.
6 When specified with AxlePak7 wheel end system, coverage on Meritor Tire Inflation System (MTIS) thru-tee and stator is 7/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L. 7 AxlePak10 is limited to Intermodal Chassis applications equipped with TPX4000 series axles.

TAG/Pusher Axles1
TQ, TR Beam and Brackets 3/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
MC14002, MC16003, FH946 2 2/Unl/P&L
1 For brake components coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties. 2 3/Unl/P&L if sold with PreSet by Cummins-Meritor.

Meritor Tire Inflation System
(MTIS)
MTIS Components 5/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
Trailer Mechanical Suspension
Systems1
IMS40 (Integrated Mechanical Suspension – Tandem)2 1/Unl/P&L IMS20 (Integrated Mechanical Suspension – Single)2 1/Unl/P&L 1 For axle coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties. 2 All other suspension components refer to appropriate manufacturer’s warranty.

Trailer Air Suspension Systems1
MPA40 (Tandem Axle Parallelogram)2
Major Structural Components 5/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L
Curbing Damage Warranty3 5/500/P , 1/100/L
Height Control Valve 1/Unl/P&L
Shock Absorbers 2/Unl/P&L
Air Springs 2/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
Bushings 5/P , 3/L
PinLoc Air Controls 1/Unl/P&L
PinLoc Actuator 3/Unl/P&L
MPA20 (Single Axle Parallelogram)
Major Structural Components 5/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L
Height Control Valve 1/Unl/P&L
Shock Absorbers 2/Unl/P&L
Air Springs and Rebound Straps 2/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
Bushings 5/P , 3/L
MTA and MTA-Tec6 Trailing Arm Suspension System
Major Structural Components 5/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L
Height Control Valve 1/Unl/P&L
Air Springs 2/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
Bushings 4 5/Unl/P, 3/Unl/L
Shock Absorbers 2/Unl/P&L
Lift Kit System 1/Unl/P&L
1 For axle coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties. 2 Fastener torque coverage is limited to 2/Unl/P&L when torqued by Cummins- Meritor.
3 “Curbing damage” is defined as deformation (bending, buckling or breakage), caused by sudden impact with a curb or similar fixed object. Damage to the RideSentry slider box (the suspension sliding sub-frame, consisting of the frame rails, cross-members and central A-frame assembly), caused by accidental trailer impact with a curb or similar fixed object, is eligible for warranty coverage. Damage to other components or damage resulting from collision with another vehicle, rollover or fire is not covered under this provision. Warranty is not transferable to another trailer VIN and coverage does not apply if the trailer is deemed to be a total loss, scrapped or otherwise not salvageable. 4 Raw wood applications 3/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L

GENERAL SERVICE

WARRANTY INFORMATION
9 Heavy Service/Specialty Vehicles
Airport Rescue Fire
Fighting (ARFF)
Airport Shuttle1
Asphalt Truck
Block Truck
Bottom Dump Trailer
Combination
Cementing Vehicle
Commercial Pick-Up
Concrete Pumper
Construction Material Hauler
Mixer
Demolition
Drill Rig
Dump
Equipment Hauling
Flatbed Trailer Hauler
Flatbed Truck
Fracturing Truck
Front Loader
Geophysical Exploration
Hopper Trailer Combinations
Landscaping Truck
Liquid Waste Hauler
Log Hauling
Lowboy
Michigan Special Gravel
Train
Michigan Special Log Hauler
Michigan Special Steel
Hauler
Michigan Special Waste
Vehicle
Municipal Dump
Rear Loader (Refuse)
Recycling Truck
Residential Pick-Up (Refuse)
Rigging Truck
Roll-Off
Scrap Truck
Semi-End Dump
Sewer/Septic Vacuum
Shuttle Bus1
Side Loader
Snowplow/Snowblower
Steel Hauling
Tanker
Tank Truck
Tractors with Pole Trailers
Tractor/Trailer with Jeeps
Transfer Dump
Transfer Vehicle
Utility Truck
Winch Truck
1 Commercial chassis only
Heavy Service/Specialty Vehicle
Typically Is:

Moderate mileage operation (less than 60,000 miles per year) On/off-road vocations (10% or more off-road)
Moderate to frequent stops/starts (up to 10 stops per mile) An average of three (3) miles between starting and stopping Front Non-Drive Steer Axles – 2/Unl/P&L
FD-965
FF-941
FF-942
FF-943
FF-944
FF-946
FF-961
FF-966
FF-967
FG-941
FG-943
FH-941
FH-946
F L-9 41
FL -943
MFS-6-151A-N
MFS-6-153B
MFS-6-162B
MFS-6-162C
MFS-7-113C-N
MFS-7-153C-N
MFS-7-163C-N
MFS-8-113B-N
MFS-8-153B-N
MFS-8-163B-N
MFS-10-122A
MFS-10-143A-N
MFS-10-144A-N
MFS-12-122
MFS-12E-122
MFS-12-122B-N
MFS-12E-122B-N
MFS-12-122C-N
MFS-12E-122C-N
MFS-12-124A-N
MFS-12-132B-N
MFS-12E-132B-N
MFS-12-132C-N
MFS-12E-132C-N
MFS-12-143A-N
MFS-12-144A-N
MFS-12-155
MFS-13-122
MFS-13-122B-N
MFS-13B-122B-N
MFS-13-122C-N
MFS-13B-122C-N
MFS-13-132B-N
MFS-13B-132B-N
MFS-13-132C-N
MFS-13B-132C-N
MFS-13-143A-N
MFS-13-144A-N
MFS-13-155
MFS-14-122
MFS-14-122B-N
MFS-14F-122B-N
MFS-14G-122B-N
MFS-14-122C-N
MFS-14F-122C-N
MFS-14G-122C-N
MFS-14-124A-N
MFS-14-132B-N
MFS-14F-132B-N
MFS-14G-132B-N
MFS-14-132C-N
MFS-14F-132C-N
MFS-14G-132C-N
MFS-14-142B-N
MFS-14F-142B-N
MFS-14G-142B-N
MFS-14-142C-N
MFS-14F-142C-N
MFS-14G-142C-N
MFS-14-143A-N
MFS-14-144A-N
MFS-16-122A-N
MFS-16-133A-N
MFS-16-135A-N
MFS-16-143A-N
MFS-18-133A-N
MFS-18-135A-N
MFS-18-192A-N
MFS-18-193A-N
MFS-20-133A-N
MFS-20-135A-N
MFS-20-192A-N
MFS-20-193A-N
MFS-22-135A-N
MFS-22H-135A-N
MFS-22-193A-N
MFS-22H-193A-N
RF-16-145
RF-21-160

HEAVY SERVICE/SPECIALTY VEHICLE

WARRANTY INFORMATION
Coverage under Cummins-Meritor’s warranty require that
the application of products be properly approved pursuant to OEM and Cummins-Meritor approvals. Refer to TP-9441
for axles, SP-8320 for trailer axles, TP-12126 for drivelines and/or contact Cummins-Meritor regarding specific
application approval questions on any product line.
10 Rear Drive Axles – 2/Unl/P&L
MS-17-14X
MS-19-14X
MS-21-14X
RS-21-160
RC-23-160
RH-23-160
RS-23-160
RC-23-161
RS-23-161
RS-23-185
RS-23-186/380
RS-24-160
RC-25-160
RS-25-160
MS-26-616
MS-26-616-SP
RS-26-185/380
RC-26-633
MS-30-616
MS-30-616-SP
RS-30-185/380
MS-35-380
RS-38-380
MT-58-616
MT-58-616-SP
Rear Drive Axles – 1/Unl/P&L
RND-14H RND-16A
Rear Drive Tandem/Tridem Axles – 2/Unl/P&L
MT-34-14X /P
MT-40-14T/P
MT-40-14X /P
MT-44-14X /P
RT-46-169
RT-58-160
MT-52-616
MT-52-616-SP
RT-52-185/3801,2
MT-58-616
MT-58-616-SP
RT-58-185/3801,2
RT-70-380
MT-70-380
RZ-188
1 Axle model designated will vary according to options and variations specified on these axles. Contact Cummins-Meritor Axle Applications Engineering for details. 2 Each vehicle must have a Request for Application Recommendation (RAR) approved by Cummins-Meritor prior to vehicle build. All RARs must identify the chassis number or VIN. Refer to Product Information Letter #303 and #396 for further details.

Rear Drive Tandem/Tridem – 3/Unl/P&L
RT-40-160/P/A3 RT-46-160/P/A1,3 RT-46-164/P2,3 RT-50-160/P/A3 RZ-166 1 U.S. only. Canadian warranty = 1/Unl/P for combination vehicles only. 2 Axle model designated will vary according to options and variations specified on these axles. Contact Cummins-Meritor Axle Applications Engineering for details. 3 Each vehicle must have a Request for Application Recommendation (RAR) approved by Cummins-Meritor prior to vehicle build. All RARs must identify the chassis number or VIN. Refer to Product Information Letter #303 and #396 for further details.

Front Drive Steer Axles – 1/Unl/P&L
MX-08-130-FV (FSD-08A)
MX-10-130-FV (FSD-10A)
MX-12-130-FV (FSD-12A)
MX-13-130-FV (FSD-13A)
MX-14-130-FV (FSD-14A)
MX-16-130-FV (FSD-16A)
MX-18-130-FV (FSD-18A)
MX-18-130-SD (SDA-1800)
MX-20-130-FV (FSD-20A)
MX-21-130-FV (FSD-21A)
MX-21-130-SD (SDA-2100)
MX-23-130-FV (FSD-23A)
MX-23-130-SD (SDA-2300)

HEAVY SERVICE/SPECIALTY VEHICLE

WARRANTY INFORMATION
MX-10-120
MX-10-120 EVO
MX-12-120
MX-12-120 EVO
MX-14-120
MX-14-120 EVO
MX-16-120
MX-18-120
MX-17-140
MX-19-140
MX-21-140
MX-21-160
MX-23-160
MX-23-810
Front Drive Steer Axles – 2/Unl/P&L
MPT-170
MPT-180
MPT-185
MPT-309
MPT-500
MPT-518
MPT-1702
PTO – 1/Unl/P&L
11 Drivelines
RPL 3/Unl/P , 1/Unl/P&L
92N 1/Unl/P&L
MXL 1/Unl/P&L
Transmission – 1/Unl/P&L
FAT 30
Brake Components
Cam P 3/Unl/P
Cam P 2/100/P
Cam Cast Plus™ 2/100/P&L
Q+ Drum Brake™1 3/Unl/P&L
Q+ Drum Brake™2 2/100/P&L
ASA 3/Unl/P
ASA2 2/100/P
Hubs/Cast Drums and Other Wheel-End Components 3 1/Unl/P Hydraulic Disc Brakes 1/Unl/P
All Other Brakes 1/Unl/P
EX+ Air Disc Brake4 2/100/P&L
1 For Trailer only, 3/300/P against rust jacking when equipped with Platinum Shield III.
2 Applies to City Bus, Trolley, Shuttle Bus and Airport Shuttle only. 3 Based on stamped wear diameter max.
4 Warranty coverage for boots, seals, caps, bushings and pins is 2/100/P.

Warranty coverage for pads is 1/100/P.

Trailer Axles1
Beam and Brackets2 5/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L
Wheel End Systems3
Standard System 4 1/Unl/P&L
1 For brake components coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties. 2 9000 Series is 3/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
3 Includes hub, wheel seals and wheel bearings—all systems require annual inspections and proper documentation to ensure full coverage. 4 When installed by Cummins-Meritor.

Trailer Air Suspension Systems1
MTA and MTA-Tec6 Trailing Arm Suspension System
Major Structural Components 2 5/500/P , 1/100/L
Height Control Valve 1/100/P&L
Air Springs 2/200/P , 1/100/L
Bushings 2 5/500/P , 3/300/L
Shock Absorbers 2/200/P&L
Lift Kit System 1/100/P&L
1 For axle coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties. 2 Raw wood applications 3/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L
Meritor Tire Inflation System
(MTIS)
MTIS Components 5/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
Gearboxes – 1/Unl/P&L
MGX-402
MGX-423
MGX-450
MGX-451
MGX-466
MGX-479
MGX-538
Transfer Cases – 1/Unl/P
MTC-2212-CV (306)
MTC-3106-FV (TC-137)
MTC-3111 (T-2111)
MTC-3112-CV (548C)
MTC-3116 (T-2111 through-shaft)
MTC-3118-FV (TC-180 and TC-180-23)
MTC-3118-CV (358)
MTC-3120-FV (TC-143)
MTC-3124 (T-2119)
MTC-3203
MTC-3205-GV (MTC-25/RTC-25)
MTC-3206-FV (TC-237)
MTC-3206-CS (544)
MTC-3208-GV (RTC-50)
MTC-3209-GV (MTC-60/RTC-60)
MTC-3212-CV (315 and 548B)
MTC-3312-FV (TC-270)
MTC-3220-FC (TC-142)
MTC-4206-FV (TC-38)
MTC-4208
MTC-4210
MTC-4213

HEAVY SERVICE/SPECIALTY VEHICLE

WARRANTY INFORMATION
12 Fire and Emergency Vehicles
Aerial Ladder Truck
Aerial Platform
Ambulance
Command Vehicle
Crash Fire Rescue
Pumper
Rapid Intervention
Vehicle (RIV)
Tanker
Fire and Emergency Typically Is:

Lower mileage operations (less than 20,000 miles/year)
Generally, on-road service (less than 10% off-road)
An average of three (3) miles between starting and stopping Front Non-Drive Steer Axles – 5/Unl/P&L
F L-9 41
FL -943
MFS-18-133A-N
MFS-18-135A-N
MFS-18-193A-N
MFS-20-133A-N
MFS-20-135A-N
MFS-20-193A-N
MFS-22-135A-N
MFS-22H-135A-N
MFS-22-193A-N
MFS-22H-193A-N
Rear Drive Single Axles – 5/Unl/P&L
RC-23-160
RS-23-160
RS-23-161
RS-23-185
RS-23-186
RS-24-160
RC-25-160
RS-26-185
RS-30-185
RS-35-1851
RS-25-160
1 2/Unl/P&L if PreSet by Cummins-Meritor.

Rear Drive Tandem/Tridem Axles – 5/Unl/P&L
MT-40-14X /P
RT-40-160/P
MT-44-14X /P
RT-46-160/P
RT-46-164/P
RT-46-169
RT-50-160/P
MT-52-616
RT-52-1851
MT-58-616
RT-58-1851
MT-70-3802
1 Each vehicle must have a Request for Application Recommendation (RAR) approved by Cummins-Meritor prior to vehicle build. All RARs must identify the chassis number or VIN. Refer to Product Information Letter #303 and #396 for further details. 2 2/Unl/P&L
Front Drive Steer Axles – 2/Unl/P&L
MX-19-140 MX-21-140 MX-21-160 MX-23-160 MX-23-810

FIRE AND EMERGENCY

WARRANTY INFORMATION
Coverage under Cummins-Meritor’s warranty require
that the application of products be properly approved
pursuant to OEM and Cummins-Meritor approvals.

Refer to TP-9441 for axles, TP-12126 for drivelines
and/or contact Cummins-Meritor regarding specific
application approval questions on any product line.

Transfer Cases – 1/Unl/P
MTC-2212-CV (306)
MTC-3106-FV (TC-137)
MTC-3111 (T-2111 through-shaft)
MTC-3112-CV (548C)
MTC-3118-FV (TC-180 and TC-180-23)
MTC-3118-CV (358)
MTC-3120-FV (TC-143)
MTC-3124 (T-2119)
MTC-3206-FV (TC-237)
MTC-3206-CS (544)
MTC-3208-GV (RTC-50)
MTC-3209-GV (MTC-60/RTC-60)
MTC-3212-CV (315 and 548B)
MTC-3312-FV (TC-270)
MTC-3220-FC (TC-142)
MTC-4206-FV (TC-38)
MTC-4208
MTC-4210
MTC-4213
13 PTO – 1/Unl/P&L
MPT-170
MPT-180
MPT-185
MPT-309
MPT-500
MPT-518
MPT-1702

FIRE AND EMERGENCY

WARRANTY INFORMATION
Brake Components
Cam 3/Unl/P
Q+ Drum Brake™ 3/Unl/P&L
ASA 3/Unl/P
Hubs/Cast Drums and Other Wheel-End Components 1/Unl/P
Hydraulic Disc Brakes 1/Unl/P
All Other Brakes 1/Unl/P
EX+ Air Disc Brake™1 2/Unl/P&L
1 Warranty coverage for boots, seals, caps, bushings and pins is 2/200/P.

Warranty coverage for pads is 1/100/P.

Drivelines
RPL 4/400/P , 1/Unl/L
MXL 3/350/P , 1/Unl/L
92N 1/Unl/P
14 Transit Bus Vehicles
Airport Shuttle
City Bus
Commuter Coach
Shuttle Bus
Transit Bus Trolley
Transit Bus Typically Is:

Moderate mileage operation (less than 50,000 miles per year) Moderate to frequent stops/starts (up to 10 stops per mile) Front Non-Drive Steer Axles – 5/300/P&L
FH-946 FH-9411 MFS-12-155 MFS-13-155
1 Commuter coach only – 2/Unl/P&L
Tag Axles – 2/Unl/P&L
Brake Components
Cam Cast Plus™ 2/100/P&L
Q+ Drum Brake™1 2/100/P&L
ASA1 2/100/P
Hubs/Cast Drums and Other Wheel-End Components 1/Unl/P
All Other Brakes 1/Unl/P
EX+ Air Disc Brake2 2/100/P&L
1 Applies to City Bus, Trolley, Shuttle Bus and Airport Shuttle only. 2 Warranty coverage for boots, seals, caps, bushings and pins is 2/100/P.

Warranty coverage for pads is 1/100/P.

Drivelines
RPL 3/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
92N 1/Unl/P&L
MXL 1/Unl/P&L
1 Commuter coach only – 2/Unl/P&L
Rear Drive Single Axles – 5/300/P&L
RS-23-160
RC-23-161
71163
79163
RC-23-1621
RC-23-1651
RS-21-160
MC-14002 MC-16003 FH-946
Center Non-drive Axles – 5/300/P&L
MC-26000 71063 79063
Gearboxes – 1/Unl/P&L
MGX-450 MGX-451 MGX-538

TRANSIT BUS

WARRANTY INFORMATION
Coverage under Cummins-Meritor’s warranty require
that the application of products be properly approved
pursuant to OEM and Cummins-Meritor approvals.

Refer to TP-9441 for axles, TP-12126 for drivelines
and/or contact Cummins-Meritor regarding specific
application approval questions on any product line.
15 Industrial and Off-Highway Service Vehicles
Load-On/Load-Off
Port Tractor
Rail Yard Spotter
Roll-On/Roll-Off
Stevedoring Tractor
Trailer Spotter
Yard Jockey
All and Rough
Terrain Cranes
Forestry
Material Handling
Specialized Heavy
Haul
Excavator
Compactor
Fertilizer Spreader
Snow Blower
Mining and
Specialized Mining
Rail Car Mover
Loader
Tow Tractor
Pushback Tractor
Industrial and Off-Highway Service Typically Is:

Low mileage operation
Low speed vehicle speed restriction
Vehicles are not typically licensed for highway use
Six (6) starts/stops per mile (typical)
Front Non-Drive Steer Axles – 1/Unl/P
FF - 941
FF - 943
FF - 961
FF - 966
FG - 941
FG - 943
FL - 941
FL - 943
FN - 951
FS-25
MFS-20-133A-N
MFS-20-135A-N
MFS-20-192A-N
MFS-20-193A-N
MFS-22-135A-N
MFS-22H-135A-N
MFS-22-193A-N
MFS-22H-193A-N
MON-Z0 FAMILY
Gearboxes – 1/Unl/P&L
MGX-402
MGX-423
MGX-450
MGX-451
MGX-466
MGX-479
MGX-538
PTO – 1/Unl/P&L
MPT-170
MPT-180
MPT-185
MPT-309
MPT-500
MPT-518
MPT-1702
1 2/Unl/P for LO/LO Terminal Tractor applications
Planetary Axles – 1/Unl/P
MOB
MOC
MOD
MOE
MOF
MOG
MOH
MOR
MOS
MOT
MOX
MOY
MOZ
Rear Drive Axles – 1/Unl/P
MT-14X1
RS-23-186
RS-23-380
RS-24-160
RS-30-185
RS-30-380
RT-1451
RT-1601

OFF-HIGHWAY SERVICE

RPL MXL
Transmission – 1/Unl/P&L
FAT 30
Brake Components
Cam 3/Unl/P
Q+ Drum Brake™ 3/Unl/P&L
ASA 3/Unl/P
Hubs/Cast Drums and Other Wheel-End Components 1/Unl/P
Hydraulic Disc Brakes 1/Unl/P
All Other Brakes 1/Unl/P

OFF-HIGHWAY SERVICE

WARRANTY INFORMATION
Transfer Cases – 1/Unl/P
MTC-2212-CV (306)
MTC-3106-FV (TC-137)
MTC-3111 (T-2111 through-shaft)
MTC-3112-CV (548C)
MTC-3116 (T-2111)
MTC-3118-FV (TC-180 and TC-180-23)
MTC-3118-CV (358)
MTC-3120-FV (TC-143)
MTC-3124 (T-2119)
MTC-3206-FV (TC-237)
MTC-3208-GV (RTC-50)
MTC-3209-GV (MTC-60/RTC-60)
MTC-3220-FC (TC-142)
17 Coverage Exclusions
Product Description
All
The cost of any repairs, replacements or adjustments to a covered component (1) associated with noise; (2) resulting from the use or installation of non-genuine Cummins-Meritor components or materials; (3) due to vibration associated with improper operation or misapplication of drivetrain components; and (4) damage resulting from corrosion.

For axle assemblies supplied by Cummins-Meritor with suspension and interface brackets designed and/or attached by non- Cummins-Meritor parties, Cummins-Meritor warranty coverage does not apply to the brackets, bracket attachment methods and field issues caused by brackets or bracket attachments to any covered component unless specified in a separate OEM agreement.

Front Axles1
Linehaul – King Pin Bushings 1yr/Unl P&L
All Other Vocations – King Pin Bushings Excluded
1 King Pin Bushing wear excluded for all vocations.

Rear Axles
Self-contained traction equalizers and oil filters. The use of NoSPIN differentials will result in the exclusion of axle shafts from warranty considerations. NoSPIN is a product of Eaton.

ASA
Boot and bushing. Bent, broken, over-torqued, missing or otherwise damaged pawl assemblies.

Cam Brake
Brake lining wear and brake shoe “rust-jacking.”
Disc Brake
Pad wear, rotor wear.

Coverage Limitations
Product Description
All
Any claim beyond 60 days from date of repair will not be accepted or honored under this warranty program. Products purchased on an incomplete vehicle (glider) are limited to one year, unlimited miles parts only (1/Unl/P).

Warranty coverage on vehicles with 1,850 lb-ft engine torque and over may be reduced on individual drivetrain components. Contact your Cummins-Meritor representative for specific details.

Front Axles
Tie rod and tie rod ends limited to 3-year/300,000-mile or published vocational coverage, whichever is less. Wheel seals, gaskets and wheel bearings are covered for 1 year/unlimited miles if the wheel end equipment is supplied and assembled by Cummins-Meritor.

Rear Axles
Pinion and through shaft seals limited to 3-year/300,000-mile or published vocational coverage, whichever is less, if yoke is installed by Cummins-Meritor. If yoke is not installed by Cummins- Meritor, then Cummins-Meritor does not warrant pinion seals.

Wheel seals, gaskets and wheel bearings are covered for 1 year/unlimited miles if the wheel end equipment is supplied and assembled by Cummins-Meritor.

Rear Axles
The Cummins-Meritor breather part number A-2297-C-8765 with A-3196-J-1336 hose must be used for eligibility of any potential warranty consideration relating to contamination and/or loss of lube in axles.

Cam Brake
Limited to bracket, brake spider and camshaft structural integrity.

STEELite X30
Wearable life is up to the discard diameter of the drum.

Terms and Conditions
(1) What is Covered by this Commercial Warranty?
Meritor Heavy Vehicle Systems, LLC warrants to the owner (“Owner”) that the components listed in this publication, which have been installed by an Original Equipment Manufacturer (“OEM”) as original equipment in vehicles licensed for on-highway use, will be free from defects in material and workmanship. This warranty coverage begins only after the expiration of the OEM’s vehicle warranty for the applicable covered components. Warranty coverage ends at the expiration of the applicable time period from the date of vehicle purchase by the first Owner or the applicable mileage limitation, whichever occurs first. Duration of coverage varies by component and vocation as detailed elsewhere in this warranty statement.

Some components are warranted for parts only and the Owner must pay any labor costs associated with the repair or replacement of the component.

Other components are warranted for both parts and reasonable labor to repair or replace the subject component. Components (whether new, used or remanufactured) installed as replacements under this warranty are warranted only for the remainder of the original period of time or mileage under the original warranty.

For certain components, coverage requires the use of specific extended drain interval or synthetic lubricants. For further information about lubrication and maintenance, see Cummins-Meritor publication Maintenance Manual Number l and the applicable Cummins-Meritor maintenance manual for the product in question. Other conditions and limitations applicable to this warranty are detailed below.

TERMS AND CONDITIONS
Product models, brands, names and trademarks depicted herein are the property of their respective owners and, except where otherwise indicated, are not in any way associated with Meritor Heavy Vehicle Systems, LLC, or any parent or affiliate, thereof. (2) Designation of Vocational Use Required
To obtain warranty coverage, each Owner must notify Cummins-Meritor through the OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer of the intended vocational use of the vehicle into which the Cummins-Meritor components have been incorporated prior to the vehicle in-service date. This notification may be accomplished by registering the vehicle through your OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer or with Cummins-Meritor directly. Failure to notify Cummins- Meritor of (I) the intended vocational use of the vehicle or (II) a change in vocational use from that which was originally designated, will result in the application of a one year, unlimited mileage, parts only warranty (1/Unl/P) from the initial in-service date.

A second Owner and each subsequent Owner must also notify Cummins- Meritor as to the intended vocational use of the vehicle. This notification can be sent directly to Cummins-Meritor or through the OEM new truck and/ or trailer dealer. The duration and mileage coverage of this warranty cannot exceed the coverage extended to the first Owner after his or her initial designation of vocational use.

Coverage under Cummins-Meritor’s warranty requires that the application of products be properly approved pursuant to OEM and Cummins-Meritor approvals. Refer to TP-9441 for axles, SP-8320 for trailer axles, TP-12126 for drivelines and/or contact Cummins-Meritor regarding specific application approval questions on any product line.
(3) What is the Cost of this Warranty?
There is no charge to the Owner for this warranty.
(4) What is not Covered by this Warranty?
This warranty does not cover normal wear and tear; nor does it cover a component that fails, malfunctions or is damaged as a result of (I) improper installation, adjustment, repair or modification (including the use of unauthorized attachments or changes or modification in the vehicle’s configuration, usage or vocation from that which was originally approved by Cummins-Meritor), (II) accident, natural disaster, abuse or improper use (including loading beyond the specified maximum vehicle weight or altering engine power settings to exceed the axle and/or driveline capacity) or (III) improper or insufficient maintenance (including deviation from approved lubricants, change intervals or lube levels). This warranty does not cover any component or part that is not branded by Cummins-Meritor. For vehicles that operate full or part time outside of the United States and Canada, a one year, unlimited mileage, parts only warranty (1/Unl/P) will apply.
(5) Remedy
The exclusive remedy under this warranty shall be the repair or replacement of the defective component at Cummins-Meritor’s option. Cummins-Meritor reserves the right to require that all applicable failed materials are available and/or returned to Cummins-Meritor for review and evaluation. (6) Disclaimer of Warranty

THIS WARRANTY IS EXPRESSLY IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES

OR CONDITIONS, EXPRESSED, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY INCLUDING

ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR
PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
(7) Limitation of Remedies
In no event shall Cummins-Meritor be liable for special, incidental, indirect or consequential damages of any kind or under any legal theory, including, but not limited to, towing, downtime, lost productivity, cargo damage, taxes or any other losses or costs resulting from a defective covered component. (8) To Obtain Service
If the Owner discovers within the applicable coverage period a defect in material or workmanship, the Owner must promptly give notice to either Cummins-Meritor or the dealer from which the vehicle was purchased. To obtain service, the vehicle must be taken to any participating OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer or authorized Cummins-Meritor service location. The dealer will inspect the vehicle and contact Cummins-Meritor for an evaluation of the claim. When authorized by Cummins-Meritor, the dealer will repair or replace during the term of this warranty any defective Cummins-Meritor component covered by this warranty.
(9) Entire Agreement
This is the entire agreement between Cummins-Meritor and the Owner about warranty and no Cummins-Meritor employee or dealer is authorized to make any additional warranty on behalf of Cummins-Meritor. This agreement allocates the responsibilities for component failure between Cummins-Meritor and the Owner.

TERMS AND CONDITIONS
Cummins Inc.

Box 3005
Columbus, IN 47202-3005
U.S.A.
cummins.com
SP-95155
Bulletin 6451105 Produced in U.S.A. Rev. 1/24
©2024 Meritor, Inc.
)LUHDQG5HVFXH$SSDUDWXV
Coverage:
7KUHH

<HDU0DWHULDODQG:RUNPDQVKLS
0HULWRU:DEFR$%6%UDNH6\VWHP
Limited Warranty
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to:

The Meritor Wabco ABS brake system shall be covered by
Meritor Wabco as indicated in the attached Meritor Wabco warranty coverage description
/,0,7(':$55$17<
(b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer:
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory).Warranty Begins:
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce.

Three (3) YearWarranty Period
Ends After:

The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

The exclusions listed in the attached Meritor Wabco warranty description shall apply.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4
(;&/86,212)&216(48(17,$/$1',1&,'(17$/'$0$*(6
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages.

Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY.
%8<(5
6(;&/86,9(5(0('<
Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle.
2/25/2013 WA0232
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES

ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.
',6&/$,0(562):$55$17,(6
capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty.

WARRANTY
Warranty coverage is essential to protecting your investment. But understanding the full details of your coverage can be challenging. This straightforward approach allows you, our valued customer, to better understand how your specific vehicle applications will be covered in your region. Our component warranty coverage is provided according to vocation/usage categories listed below. • Linehaul covers high mileage operation (over 60,000 miles/year) on well-maintained major highways of concrete or asphalt construction.
• General Service covers moderate mileage operations (less than 60,000 miles/year) on well-maintained public roads (less than 10 percent off-road) typically with less than three (3) stops per mile. • Heavy Service (Vocational) covers vehicles with more than 10 percent off-road OR moderate to frequent starts/stops typically with more than three (3) stops per mile.
• Off-Highway Service covers lower mileage operations. Vehicles are not typically licensed for highway use. • The standard aftermarket warranty for WABCO products - including WABCO Original parts, WABCO Reman Solutions, ProVia quality aftermarket parts and WABCO retrofit solutions - is one year, parts only from in-service date when purchased from ZF distributor networks or its affiliates and/or subsidiaries.

MODEL YEAR 2021 VEHICLES
How to Read Warranty Coverage (Example)
Number of Years Mileage (in thousands) Unl=Unlimited P=Parts Only P&L=Parts & Labor 3 300 P
WARRANTY - MODEL YEAR 2021 VEHICLES
¹ ZF and WABCO branded components.
2 WABCO compressors installed on Cummins, Mercedes, and DDC engines are not warranted or serviced by ZF. Please contact your respective dealer/distributor of those engines for warranty and servicing. 3 An extended warranty of 4/400/P will apply when a WABCO Trailer Control Line Filter is used in combination with a WABCO Trailer ABS valve.
• Aerial Ladder Truck
• Aerial Platform
• Ambulance
• Auto Hauler
• Beverage Truck
• Bulk Hauler
• Chip Hauler (Truck)
• Cross Country Coach
• Doubles
• Flatbed
• Front Engine Commercial
Chassis
• Front Engine Integral
Coach
• General Freight
• Grain Hauler
• Intercity Coach
• Intermodal Chassis
• Livestock Hauler
• Meat Packer
• Moving Van
• Municipal Truck
• Pipe Hauler
• Platform Auto Hauler
• Pumper
• Rear Engine Integral Coach
• Recreational Vehicles
• Refrigerated Freight
• School Bus
• Stake Truck
• Tanker
• Tanker Truck
• Triples
• Tour Bus
• Wrecker

LINEHAUL/GENERAL SERVICE VEHICLES

LINEHAUL/GENERAL SERVICE WARRANTY INFORMATION

LINEHAUL TYPICALLY IS
• High mileage operation (over 60,000 miles/year)
• Well maintained major highways of concrete or
asphalt construction

GENERAL SERVICE TYPICALLY IS
• Moderate mileage operations (less than 60,000 miles/year) • Well maintained public roads (less than 10% off-road) • Less than three (3) stops per mile
WABCO Components1
Air Management
Air Brake Valves
1/100/P&LTrailer Lift Axle Control Valve
Trailer Control Line Filter3
Air Compressors (ALL)2 2/200/P&L
Air Dryers (ALL) 3/300/P&L
Aerodynamics
OptiFlow® TrailerSkirt 2/UnU/P
OptiFlow® Trailer Tail and AutoTail 2/UnI/P
Braking Systems
ABS (Anti-Lock Braking System) Air
3/300/P&L
ABS (Anti-Lock Braking System) Hydraulic
Electronic Braking System (EBS)
Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
Roll Stability Control (RSS)
Trailer Roll Stability Support (RSS)
Trailer ABS (Anti-Lock Braking System)
3 Driveline Suspension Control
Clutch Controls 2/200/P&L
Leveling Valves
1/100/P&L
OptiRide® Automated Manual Transmission (AMT)
OptiRide® Electronically Controlled Air Suspension
(ECAS) 3/300/P&L
WABCO Components1 (cont.)
Safety
OnGuardACTIVE®
3/300/P&L
OnLane®
OnLaneALERT®
OnSide®
Trailer SafeStart™
Trailer TailGUARD™
Telematics
TrailerCAST™ Telematics Device 3/300/P&L
Wheel End Solutions
EasyFit™ Slack Adjuster 6/600/P
MAXXUS™ Truck Air Disc Brake 5/500/P&L
IVTM - Wheel Module 6/P
IVTM - All Other Products 2/P
Pan 17 and 19 Air Disc Brake 2/Unl/P and
1/Unl/L
Pan 22 Air Disc Brake 5/500/P and 1/L
TRISTOP™ D Actuator w/ IBV or IRB 6/600/P
TRISTOP™ D Actuator 3/300/P
UNISTOP™ Actuator 2/200/P
Trailer MAXX22T™ Air Disc Brake 5/500/P and 1/L
1 ZF and WABCO branded components. 2 WABCO compressors installed on Cummins, Mercedes, and DDC engines are not warranted or serviced by ZF. Please contact your respective dealer/distributor of those engines for warranty and servicing. 3 An extended warranty of 4/400/P will apply when a WABCO Trailer Control Line Filter is used in combination with a WABCO Trailer ABS valve.

WABCO Components1
Air Management
Air Brake Valves
1/100/P&L
Air Compressors (ALL)2
Air Dryers (ALL)
Trailer Control Line Filter3
Braking Systems
ABS (Anti-Lock Braking System) Air 3/300/P&L
ABS (Anti-Lock Braking System) Hydraulic 2/200/P&L
Electronic Braking System (EBS)
3/300/P&L
Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
Trailer ABS Valve3
Roll Stability Control (RSS)
Trailer Roll Stability Support (RSS)
Driveline Suspension Control
OptiRide® Electronically Controlled Air Suspension
(ECAS) 2/200/P&L
Leveling Valves 1/100/P&L
Clutch Controls 2/200/P&L
Safety
OnGuardACTIVE®
3/300/P&L
OnLane®
OnLaneALERT®
OnSide®
Trailer SafeStart™
Trailer TailGUARD™
Telematics
TrailerCAST™ Telematics Device 3/300/P&L
Wheel End Solutions
EasyFit™ Slack Adjuster 2/200/P
MAXXUS™ Air Disc Brake 1/Unl/P&L
IVTM - Wheel Module 6/P
IVTM - All Other Products 2/P
Pan 22, 19 and 17 Air Disc Brake 1/Unl/P&L
Trailer MAXX22T™ 1/Unl/P&L
TRISTOP™ D Actuator w/ IBV 3/Unl/P
TRISTOP™ D Actuator 2/200/P
UNISTOP™ Actuator 1/100/P
• Airport Rescue Fire (ARF)
• Airport Shuttle
• Asphalt Truck
• Block Truck
• Bottom Dump Trailer
Combination
• Cementing Vehicle
• City Bus
• Commercial Pick-Up
• Concrete Pumper
• Construction Material Hauler
• Crash Fire Rescue (CFR)
• Mixer
• Demolition
• Drill Rig
• Dump
• Emergency Service
• Equipment Hauling
• Flatbed Trailer Hauler
• Flatbed Truck
• Fracturing Truck
• Front Loader
• Geophysical Exploration
• Hopper Trailer Combinations
• Landscaping Truck
• Liquid Waste Hauler
• Log Hauling
• Lowboy
• Michigan Special
Gravel Trains
• Michigan Special
Log Hauler
• Michigan Special
Steel Hauler
• Michigan Special
Waste Vehicle
• Municipal Dump
• Newspaper Delivery
• Package Delivery
• Pick-up and Delivery
• Rapid Intervention
Vehicle (RIV)
• Rear Loader
• Recycling Truck
• Residential Pick-Up/Waste
• Rigging Truck
• Roll-Off
• Scrap Truck
• Semi-End Dump
• Sewer/Septic Vacuum
• Shuttle Bus
• Side Loader
• Snowplow/Snowblower
• Steel Hauling
• Tanker
• Tank Truck
• Tractors with Pole Trailers
• Tractor/Trailer with Jeeps
• Transfer Dump
• Transfer Vehicle
• Transit Bus
• Trolley
• Utility Truck
• Winch Truck

HEAVY SERVICE VEHICLES

HEAVY SERVICE (VOCATIONAL) WARRANTY INFORMATION

HEAVY SERVICE TYPICALLY IS
• On/Off road vocations (10% or more off-road) OR
• Moderate to frequent starts/stops typically more than three (3) stops per mile
WARRANTY - MODEL YEAR 2021 VEHICLES

INDUSTRIAL AND OFF-HIGHWAY SERVICE

TYPICALLY IS
• Low mileage operation3
• Vehicles are not typically licensed for highway use
¹ ZF and WABCO branded components. 2 WABCO compressors installed on Cummins, Mercedes, and DDC engines are not warranted or serviced by ZF. Please contact your respective dealer/distributor of those engines for warranty and servicing. 3 Equivalent hours of service limit: 2,000 hours for all components.

INDUSTRIAL/OFF-HIGHWAY SERVICE WARRANTY INFORMATION
WABCO Components1
Air Management
Air Brake Valves
2/Unl/PAir Compressors (ALL)2
Air Dryers (ALL)
Brake Actuation
Air/Hydraulic Actuators
2/Unl/P
Master Cylinders
Remote Actuators
Slave and Wheel Cylinders
Two Fluid Actuators
Brake Locks
Brake Locks (ALL)
2/Unl/PElectric Brake Locks
Lever Locks
Braking Systems
ABS (Anti-Lock Braking System) Air
1/100/P&L
ABS (Anti-Lock Braking System) Hydraulic
Driveline Suspension Control
Clutch Controls
1/100/P&L
Leveling Valves
Electrohydraulics & Controls
Electronic Pedals
2/Unl/PElectrohydraulic Brake Valves (EBV)
Pressure Switches
Hydraulic Braking Solutions
Accumulator Charging Valves
2/Unl/PHydraulic Throttle Controls and Switches
Modulating Brake Valves
Wheel End Solutions
EasyFit™ Slack Adjuster 2/200/P
Caliper Disc Brakes 2/Unl/P
MAXXUS™ Air Disc Brake 1/Unl/P&L
Multiple Disc Brakes 2/Unl/P
IVTM - Wheel Module 6/P
IVTM - All Other Products 2/P
Pan 22, 19 and 17 Air Disc Brake 1/Unl/P&L
TRISTOP™ D Actuator w/ IBV 3/Unl/P
TRISTOP™ D Actuator 2/200/P
UNISTOP™ Actuator 1/100/P
Market Common Application Types
Agriculture
Fertilizer Spreader, Tractor, Heavy Duty Ag
Trailers, Harvester, Sprayer, Skid Loader, Silage
Bagger, Slurry Wagons, Grain Cart
Airport Support
Pushback Tractor, Towing Tugs, Aircraft Tow
Tractor, Refueling Trucks, Food Service Trucks,
Baggage Tractors, De-Icing Equipment,
Runway Clearing Equipment
Construction
All-Terrain Crane, Rough Terrain Crane,
Excavator, Compactor, Wheel Loader, Road
Roller, Motor Grader, Articulated Dump Truck,
Rubber Tire Road Roller, Backhoe Loaders,
Haul Trucks, Scraper Rough Terrain Forklifts,
Trenchers, Drills
Forestry Logging Forwarder, Kidder, Loaders, Yard
Forklifts, Harvesters Fellers
Material Handling
Port Tractor, Rail Yard Spotter, Stevedoring
Tractor, Trailer Spotter, Yard Jockey, Scissor
Lift, Straddle Carrier, Manlift, Forklift, Boom Lift
Telebandlers, Aerial Work Platforms
Mining
Specialized Mining, Excavator, Haul Truck,
Underground Loader, Service Trucks, Wheel
Loaders, Scrapers, Load Haul Dumps,
Personnel Transports, Bolters, Scalers
Municipal
Street Sweeper, Utility Tractor, Utility Trucks,
Tree Trimmers, Dump Trucks, Tow Trucks, Flat
Bed Trucks, Winch Applications
Oil & Gas
Fracturing Trailer, Injecter Heads, Top Drives,
Jack/Lift Boats, Wireline Trucks, Load-On /
Load-Off
Rail
Railcar Mover, Track Layers, Grinders, Platform
Crane, Locomotive Railcars, Ballast Equipment,
Winch Applications

ABS, ELECTRONIC STABILITY CONTROL (ESC),
ROLL STABILITY CONTROL (RSC), OPTIRIDE®,
ONGUARD® AND ONLANE®, COLLECTIVELY
“ELECTRONICS”
Failure of electronic components due to overvoltage
condition, improper grounding, electrostatic discharge
(ESD), improper shielding, electromagnetic interference (EMI), or other wiring or installation issues. Malfunctions and failure codes caused by other electronic subsystem failures (data bus, engine, transmission, dashboard, etc.)

HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS
For certain components, brake fluid DOT3 or DOT4 is
used as the operating medium. Use of any other fluid will void all warranties associated with that component. For hydraulic braking applications the brake fluid is considered a maintenance item. Maintenance intervals are listed in TB- 1367.

COVERAGE LIMITATIONS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION

ALL PRODUCTS
Any claim beyond 60 days from date of repair will not be accepted or honored under this warranty program.

Products purchased on an incomplete vehicle (glider) are limited to one year, 1/Unl/P .

For vehicles that operate full- or part-time outside of the United States and Canada, a 1-Year/Unlimited Miles parts only (1/Unl/P) will apply.

TOOLBOX PLUS™ DIAGNOSTIC SOFTWARE
Proper diagnostics of WABCO Electronics may require the latest version of TOOLBOX PLUS™. Additional labor due
to use of an outdated version of TOOLBOX™ software
and/or the time to purchase or install the latest version of TOOLBOX PLUS™ are not covered under product
warranty.

TERMS AND CONDITIONS

COVERAGE EXCLUSIONS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION

ALL PRODUCTS
This Warranty shall not apply to the following, but not limited to: (1) damage to the product or its component
parts caused by incorrect use, installation, maintenance or repair, including without limitation (a) improper fit of mating components or brackets, damaged threads, cut, broken,
chafed, pinched or otherwise damaged wiring (sensors,
harnesses and connectors), (b) sensors damaged during
removal when seized in block, or associated with sensor adjustments/ alignments, and (c) damage resulting from the use or installation of non-genuine WABCO components or
materials; (2) damage to the product, its component parts, or diminished product or component part performance due to incorrect operation, deviation from approved conditions or misapplication; (3) any unauthorized disassembly of the product or its component parts including without limitation (a) obliterated, defaced or missing WABCO or WABCO
name plate, serial numbers or label identifying the device as
a ZF product or WABCO component, (b) changes to sealed
adjusting screws, and (c) opening or attempted repair of non-serviceable components; (4) malfunction
of the component d ue to internal cont amination of t he vehicle system including without limitation (a) water and other contamination damage that is due to the use of a
non-genuine air dryer cartridge or (b) valve failures due to contamination in air system, (5) complaints associated
with noise, (6) damage resulting from corrosion (including oxidation of electrical devices and connections).

AIR DRYERS
Mounting brackets (see vehicle OEM). Desiccant cartridge housing only.

AIR SYSTEM COMPONENTS
Normal wear items; Gladhand seals, dash valve knobs,
valve actuation handles, treadles, pedals.

WARRANTY - MODEL YEAR 2021 VEHICLES
(1) What is Covered by this Commercial Warranty?
ZF CV Systems North America LLC and its North American
subsidiaries and affiliates (ZF) warrant to the owner (“Owner”) that the components listed in this publication, which have been installed by an Original Equipment Manufacturer (“OEM”) as original equipment will be free from defects in material and workmanship. This warranty coverage begins from the original in-service date to the limits provided and runs concurrently with any warranties provided by OEMs and/or any distribution agreements and/or any service contracts that cover the components listed in this publication, if any. If the components listed in this publication are covered by an OEM warranty and/or service contract, then the OEM’s warranty and/ or service contract shall supersede ZF’s warranty and Owner shall comply with all OEM’s warranty and/or service contract requirements for claims under such OEM’s warranty and/or service contract until those agreements expire.

Once those agreements expire and provided the ZF warranty has not expired under the terms stated above, the ZF warranty will be in effect until its expiration date.

Warranty coverage ends at the expiration of the applicable time period from the date of vehicle purchase by the first Owner, or, the applicable mileage limitation, whichever occurs first. Duration of coverage varies by component and vocation as detailed previously in this publication.

Some components are warranted for parts only and the Owner must pay any labor costs associated with the repair or replacement of the component. Other components are warranted for both parts and reasonable labor to repair or replace the subject component.

Additional diagnostic time due to use of an outdated version of TOOLBOX™, time to purchase or install latest version of TOOLBOX™ are the responsibility of the authorized ZF distributor networks and are not covered under product warranty. Components installed as replacements under this warranty are warranted only for the remainder of the original period of time or mileage under the original warranty. (2) Designation of Vocational Use Required. To obtain warranty coverage, each Owner must notify ZF through the OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer of the intended vocational use of the vehicle into which the WABCO components have been incorporated prior to the vehicle in- service date. This notification may be accomplished by registering the vehicle through your OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer or with ZF directly. Failure to notify ZF of (I) the intended vocational use of the vehicle or (II) a change in vocational use from that which was originally designated, will result in the application of a one year, unlimited mileage, parts only warranty (1/Unl/P) from the initial in- service date. A second Owner and each subsequent Owner
must
also notify ZF as to the intended vocational use of the vehicle. This notification can be sent directly to ZF or through
the OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer. The duration and mileage coverage of this warranty cannot exceed the coverage extended to the first Owner after his or her initial designation of vocational use. Coverage under ZF’
s warranty requires that the application of
products be properly approved pursuant to OEM and ZF, approvals. (3) What is the Cost of this Warranty? There is no charge to the Owner for this warranty.
(4) What is not Covered by this Warranty? In addition to the items listed on "Coverage Exclusions," this warranty does not cover normal wear and tear, or service items; nor does it cover a component that fails, malfunctions or is damaged as a result of (a) improper handling, storage, installation, adjustment, repair or modification including the use of unauthorized attachments or changes or modification in the vehicle’s configuration, usage, or vocation from that which was originally approved by ZF, (b) accident, fire or other casualty, natural disaster, road debris, negligence, misuse, abuse, or improper use (including loading beyond the specified maximum vehicle weight or altering engine power settings to exceed the brake system capacity),
or (c) improper or insufficient maintenance (including deviation from maintenance intervals, approved lubricants, or lube levels). This warranty does not cover any component or part that is not sold by ZF. (5) To obtain service. If the owner discovers within the applicable coverage period a defect in material or workmanship, the Owner must promptly give notice to either ZF or the dealer from which the vehicle was purchased. To obtain service, the vehicle must be taken to any participating OEM dealer or ZF distributor networks' servicer. The dealer or ZF authorized servicer will inspect the vehicle and contact ZF for an evaluation of the claim. When authorized by ZF, the dealer or ZF authorized servicer will repair or replace during the term of this warranty any defective WABCO component covered by this warranty. (6) Disclaimer of Warranty and Limitation of remedies. TO THE MAXIMUM

EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, THE LIMITED WARRANTY SET

FORTH HEREIN IS EXCLUSIVE AND IS IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER

WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, ARISING BY OPERATION OF

LAW OR OTHERWISE, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY

IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A

PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND/OR WARRANTY FOR HIDDEN OR

LATENT DEFECTS, AND IN NO EVENT WILL ZF OR ANY OF ITS

AFFILIATES BE LIABLE FOR DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,

PROGRESSIVE, SPECIAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY
KIND.

TERMS AND CONDITIONS
(7) Legal action. Any legal action or claim arising from or related to this Warranty, in contract or otherwise, must be commenced within one year from the accrual of that cause of action, or be barred forever. Any dispute arising in connection with this agreement shall be governed by and construed according to the laws of the State of Michigan and be brought, heard and determined exclusively in either the Circuit Court for the County of Oakland, State of Michigan or the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Michigan. The parties stipulate that the referenced venues are convenient.
(8) Remedy. The exclusive remedy under this warranty shall be the repair or replacement of the defective component at ZF's option. ZF reserves the right to require that all applicable covered components are available and/or returned to ZF
for review
and evaluation. THE MAXIMUM LIABILITY, IF ANY, OF ZF FOR ALL

DAMAGES, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION CONTRACT

DAMAGES, BREACH OF WARRANTY, NEGLIGENCE, STRICT

LIABILITY, OR OTHER TORT, IS LIMITED TO AN AMOUNT NOT TO EXCEED THE PURCHASE PRICE OF THE PRODUCT and where
indicated in the product and application warranty information above, the inclusion of labor is limited to the standard repair time. THE

PARTIES ACKNOWLEDGE AND AGREE THAT THE LIMITATION

OF DAMAGES PROVISION SET FORTH IN THIS PARAGRAPH

SURVIVES BETWEEN THE ORIGINAL END USER AND ZF EVEN IF

THE EXCLUSIVE REMEDY SET FORTH ABOVE IS DEEMED TO FAIL
OF ITS ESSENTIAL PURPOSE. ZF may change the design or make improvements to its Products without incurring any warranty obligation for previously manufactured Product .
(9) Entire Agreement. This is the entire agreement between ZF and the Owner about warranty and no, ZF employee, or dealer is authorized to make any additional warranty on behalf of ZF unless in writing and signed by an authorized representative of ZF.

About ZF Friedrichshafen AG
ZF is a global technology company and supplies systems for passenger cars, commercial vehicles and industrial technology, enabling the next generation of mobility. ZF allows vehicles to see, think and act. In the four technology domains Vehicle Motion Control, Integrated Safety, Automated Driving, and Electric Mobility, ZF offers comprehensive solutions for established vehicle manufacturers and newly emerging transport and mobility service providers. ZF electrifies different kinds of vehicles. With its products, the company contributes to reducing emissions and protecting the climate.

ZF, which acquired WABCO Holdings Inc. on May 29, 2020, now has 160,000 employees worldwide with approximately 260 locations in 41 countries. In 2019, the two then-independent companies achieved sales of €36.5 billion (ZF) and $3.4 billion (WABCO). For more information, visit: www.wabco-na.com
© 2021
ZF CV Systems North America LLC - All rights reserved - SP1375 / 2.2021 For further product details contact your distributor or the WABCO Customer Care Center at 855-228-3203.

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL

OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

This warranty applies only to the cab tubular support and mounting structures and other structural components of the cab of the vehicle model, as identified in the Pierce
specifications for the Fire and Rescue Apparatus.

This warranty does not apply to damage caused by corrosion.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

Ten (10) Year Structural Integrity
Custom Cab
Ten (10) Years
- or -
100,000 Miles
Warranty Period
Ends After:

The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory).Warranty Begins:

The Pierce Custom Cab shall be free from structural failures caused by defects in material and workmanship
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot;

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

Ten (10) Year Pro-Rated Paint and Corrosion
Cab
Ten (10) YearsWarranty Period
Ends After:

The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory).Warranty Begins:

Exterior surfaces of the cab painted by Pierce shall be free from blistering, peeling, corrosion or any other adhesion defect caused by defective manufacturing methods or paint material selection.
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; Limited Warranty
Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer:
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to:

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL

OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

This limited warranty is applicable to the vehicle in the following percentage costs of warranty repair, if any:

Topcoat Durability & Appearance: Gloss, Color Retention & Cracking
0-72 months 100%
73-96 months 50%
97-120 months 25%
Integrity of Coating System: Adhesion, Blistering/Bubbling 0-36 months 100%
37-84 months 50%
85-120 months 25%
Corrosion: Dissimilar Metal and Crevice
0-36 months 100%
37-48 months 50%
49-72 months 25%
73-120 months 10%
Corrosion Perforation
0-120 months 100%
This limited warranty applies only to exterior paint. Paint on the vehicle's interior is warranted only under the Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty.

Items not covered by this warranty include:
(a) Damage from lack of maintenance and cleaning (proper cleaning and maintenance procedures are detailed in the Pierce operation and maintenance manual).
(b) UV paint fade.
(c) Any cab not manufactured by Pierce.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL

OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

This limited warranty applies to all of the control modules for the Command Zone system, including the full color graphic displays. Related wire harnesses, cables and connectors are not covered under this limited warranty and are instead covered under the Pierce One Year Basic Apparatus Limited Warranty.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

Five (5) Year Material and Workmanship
Command Zone Electronics
Five (5) YearsWarranty Period
Ends After:

The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory).Warranty Begins:

Command Zone control modules shall be free from failures caused by defects in material and workmanship
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot;

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL

OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

This limited warranty does not apply to related wire
harnesses, cables, and connectors, which are covered by the Pierce one (1) year basic apparatus limited warranty.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:
54 Months Material and Workmanship
Camera System
Fifty - Four (54) monthsWarranty Period
Ends After:

The date of delivery.Warranty Begins:

This limited warranty covers repairs to correct any defect related to materials or workmanship of the Sharpvision
camera system installed on the apparatus occuring during th e
warranty period.
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot;

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.

NEW PRODUCT WARRANTY

PARTICIPATING OEM SALES

DISTRIBUTOR SALES

LIMITED WARRANTY ON NEW ALLISON AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSIONS

USED IN EMERGENCY VEHICLE APPLICATIONS

Allison Transmission will provide for repairs or replacement, at its option, during the warranty period of each new Allison transmission listed below that is installed in an Emergency Vehicle in accordance with the following te rms, conditions, and limitations.

WHAT IS COVERED
 WARRANTY APPLIES — This warranty is for new Allison transmission models listed below installed in an Emergency Vehicle and is provided to the original and any subsequent owner(s) of the vehicle during the warranty period.  REPAIRS COVERED — The warranty covers repairs or replacement, at Allison Transmission’s option, to correct any transmission malfunction resulting from defects in material or workmanship occurring during the warranty period. Needed repairs or replacements will be performed using the method Allison Transmission determines most appropriate under the circumstances.  TOWING — Towing is covered to the nearest Allison Transmission Distributor or authorized Dealer only when necessary to prevent further damage to your transmission.
 PAYMENT TERMS — Warranty repairs, including parts and labor, will be covered per the schedule shown in the chart contained in section “APPLICABLE MODELS, WARRANTY LIMITATIONS, AND ADJUSTMENT SCHEDULE.”  OBTAINING REPAIRS — To obtain warranty repairs, take the vehicle to any Allison Transmission Distributor or authorized Dealer within a reasonable amount of time and request the needed repairs. A reasonable amount of time must be allowed for the Distributor or Dealer to perform necessary repairs.
 TRANSMISSION REMOVAL AND REINSTALLATION — Labor costs for the removal and re-installation of the transmission, when necessary to make a warranty repair, are covered by this warranty.  WARRANTY PERIOD — The warranty period for all coverages shall begin on the date the transmission is delivered to the first retail purchaser, with the following exception:

Demonstration Service - A transmission in a new truck or bus may be demonstrated to a total of 5000 miles (8000 kilometers).

If the vehicle is within this limit when sold to a retail purchaser, the warranty start date is the date of purchase. Normal warranty services are applicable to the demonstrating Dealer. Should the truck or bus be sold to a retail purchaser after these limits are reached, the warranty period will begin on the date the vehicle was first placed in demonstration service and the purchaser will be entitled to the remaining warranty.

APPLICABLE MODELS, WARRANTY LIMITATIONS, AND ADJUSTMENT SCHEDULE

WARRANTY LIMITATIONS
(Whichever occurs first)

ADJUSTMENT CHARGE TO BE

PAID BY THE CUSTOMER APPLICABLE
MODELS
Months
Transmission Miles
Or Kilometers Parts Labor
MT, MD
3000, 3200, 3500, 3700 0–24 No Limit No Charge No Charge HT with Hydraulic Controls 0–24 No Limit No Charge No Charge AT, 1000 Series, 2000 Series,
2400 Series 0–36 No Limit No Charge No Charge
HT with Electronic Controls 0–60 No Limit No Charge No Charge HD
1000 EVS, 2100 EVS, 2200 EVS
2350 EVS, 2500 EVS, 2550 EVS,
3000 EVS, 3500 EVS, 4000,
4000 EVS, 4500, 4500 EVS, 4700,
4700 EVS, 4800, 4800 EVS
0–60 No Limit No Charge No Charge

Page 1 of 2 ends

Fairfield City CouncilJanuary 20, 2026

Fairfield City Council
January 20, 2026